pua00 public safety training package - tasmania fire · web viewusing another language...

SECTION 3: COMPETENCY STANDARDS

PART A: INDUSTRY WIDE COMPETENCY STANDARDS

PUA00 Public Safety Training Package

© AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITYPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Communicate in the workplace PUACOM001B .............. 1 Provide services to clients PUACOM002A .............. 5 Manage information PUACOM003A .............. 9 Manage organisational communication strategies PUACOM004A............13Foster a positive organisational image in the community PUACOM005A............15Plan and conduct a public awareness program PUACOM006A............17Liaise with other organisations PUACOM007A............21Develop and organise public safety awareness programs PUACOM008A............23Manage media requirements at major incident PUACOM009A............27Promote the organisation’s mission and services PUACOM010A............31Develop community awareness networks PUACOM011A............33Liaise with media at a local level PUACOM012A............37Administer a local public safety group PUACOM013A............41Contribute to community safety PUACOM014A............45Conduct community safety activities PUACOM015A............49Prepare, maintain and test response equipment PUAEQU001A.............53Provide emergency care PUAEME001A.............57Manage injuries at emergency incident PUAEME002B.............61Administer oxygen in an emergency situation PUAEME003B.............65Establish context and develop risk evaluation criteria PUAEMR001A............69Identify, analyse and evaluate risk PUAEMR002A............73Determine treatment strategies PUAEMR003A............77Manage treatment strategy implementation PUAEMR004A............81Design and manage activities which exercise elements of emergency management PUAEMR005A............83Treat risk at an operational level PUAEMR006A............87Conduct risk assessment PUAEMR007A............91Contribute to an emergency risk management process PUAEMR008A............95Facilitate emergency risk assessment PUAEMR009A..........101Undertake emergency planning PUAEMR010A..........107Plan and implement a treatment measure PUAEMR011A..........115Determine treatment options PUAEMR012A..........119Facilitate treatment strategy development and implementation PUAEMR013A..........125Protect and preserve incident scene PUALAW001A...........131Conduct initial investigation at incident scene PUALAW002A...........135Give evidence in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting PUALAW003A...........141Represent the organisation in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting PUALAW004A...........143Manage the organisation’s public safety responsibilities PUAMAN001A..........145Administer work group resources PUAMAN002A..........149Manage human resources PUAMAN003A..........151Manage procurement PUAMAN004A..........155Manage projects PUAMAN005A..........159Manage and facilitate change PUAMAN006A..........163

© AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITY A iPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


Manage financial resources PUAMAN007A..........167Manage physical resources PUAMAN008A..........171Follow defined occupational health and safety policies and procedures PUAOHS001B...........175Maintain safety at an incident scene PUAOHS002A...........179Implement and monitor the organisation’s occupational health and safety policies, procedures and programs PUAOHS003A...........185Establish and maintain the occupational health and safety system PUAOHS004A...........189Supervise response PUAOPE001A...........193Operate communications systems and equipment PUAOPE002A...........199Navigate in urban and rural environments PUAOPE003A...........201Conduct briefings/debriefings PUAOPE004A...........205Manage a multi team response PUAOPE005A...........209Control multi-agency emergency situations PUAOPE006A...........215Command agency personnel within a multi-agency emergency response PUAOPE007A...........221Coordinate resources within a multi-agency emergency response PUAOPE008A...........229Navigate in an aquatic environment PUAOPE009A...........235Operate a semi automatic defibrillator in an emergency PUAOPE010A...........239Inspect property and facilities PUAOPE011A...........243Work in a team PUATEA001A...........249Work autonomously PUATEA002A...........253Lead, manage and develop teams PUATEA003A...........257Work effectively in a public safety organisation PUATEA004B...........261Promote a learning environment in the workplace PUAPRO001A...........267Drive vehicles under operational conditions PUAVEH001A...........269Participate in a rescue operation PUASAR001A...........273Undertake road accident rescue PUASAR002A...........277Undertake technical rescue PUASAR003A...........283Undertake vertical rescue PUASAR004A...........287Undertake confined space rescue PUASAR005A...........291Undertake trench rescue PUASAR006A...........295Undertake structural collapse rescue PUASAR007A...........299Search as a member of a land search team PUASAR008A...........303Participate in an aquatic rescue operation PUASAR009A...........307Undertake a rescue operation in a small powercraft PUASAR010A...........311Search as a member of an aquatic search team PUASAR011A...........315Apply surf awareness and self-rescue skills PUASAR012A...........319Work in an aviation environment PUAAMS001A...........323Search as a member of an air search team PUAAMS002A...........329Conduct stores dropping operations PUAAMS003A...........333Coordinate search and rescue resources PUAAMS006A...........337Coordinate search and rescue operations PUAAMS007A...........341Manage search and rescue operations PUAAMS008A...........347Identify, prevent and report potential workplace emergency situations PUAWER001A..........351Ensure workplace emergency prevention procedures, systems and processes are implemented PUAWER002A..........355

A ii © AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITYPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


Manage and monitor workplace emergency, procedures, equipment and other resources PUAWER003A..........359Respond to workplace emergencies PUAWER004A..........363Operate as part of an emergency control organisation PUAWER005A..........367Lead an emergency control organisation PUAWER006A..........373Manage an emergency control organisation PUAWER007A..........379Confine small workplace emergencies PUAWER008A..........385Participate as a member of a workplace emergency initial response team PUAWER009A..........389Lead a workplace emergency initial response team PUAWER010A..........393Manage workplace emergency initial response teams PUAWER011A..........399

© AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITY A iiiPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


A iv © AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITYPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006

Communicate in the workplace

UNIT NAME Communicate in the workplace

UNIT CODE PUACOM001B

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency for interacting with people internally and externally through verbal, nonverbal and written communications in the workplace and the ability to follow verbal and written workplace instructions.

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

1. Communicate verbally

1. Language used in all communications is clear concise and appropriate to client, assignment and organisation’s requirements

2. Active listening skills and questioning techniques are used to clarify issues

3. Established communication pathways are used for routine and non-routine communication

2. Communicate non verbally

1. Non verbal communication is positive, culturally appropriate and tailored to the audience

2. Non verbal communication is consistent with verbal communication

3. Communicate with clients

1. Questioning, learning and summarising skills are used to establish client needs

2. The needs of clients are addressed in line with organisation’s policy and procedures

3. Confidentiality is observed in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

4. Give and receive instructions

1. Instructions received are acted upon within an agreed time frame and to meet organisation needs

2. Difficulties/problem areas are identified and communicated to the appropriate person in a timely manner

3. Clarification of instructions is sought from the appropriate person

4. Instructions are relayed clearly, concisely and accurately and confirmation of understanding obtained

5. Take part in group discussions and informal meetings

1. Contributions are made in small informal group activities and meetings to facilitate outcomes

2. Responses are sought from, and provided to, other group members in a constructive way

3. Views and opinions of individuals or a group are understood, acknowledged and accurately represented to others where required

6. Prepare and process routine written correspondence notes and records

1. Information and ideas are presented in a format, language and timeframe to meet organisation’s requirements

2. Presentation of written documents meets organisation’s standards of style and accuracy

3. Documents are processed to comply with legislative requirements and organisation’s policy and procedures

© AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITY A 1PUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


RANGE STATEMENT

Clients may include externalinternalrepresentatives of other organisationsrepresentatives of non government organisationscontractorsmembers of the publicpersons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundspeople with hearing/vision impairments

Instructions may be verbalnon verbalwritten and may include requestsdirections

Modes of communication may include

writtenface to faceradiomobile telephoneland line telephonefacsimileinformation technology systemssignalling systemspamphlets translated in other languages for persons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundsAuslan gesturesuse of interpreters signalsvisual signalling re vesselshelicopter signalsfixed plane signalssignalling to vessel skipper re anchoring, towing etc

Client needs may include informationadvicedirectionsassistance

Workplace may include officein the fieldworkshopoperational areasurf or ocean environmentblue water coastal areas, barrier reefbars and bar crossings

Non verbal communication may

include

body languagegestures and signals

Routine correspondence may include

brief notesdocumentsnumber of themes covered in document would be simple and limited

A 2 © AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL TRAINING AUTHORITYPUA00 V4 To be reviewed by 31 January 2006


EVIDENCE GUIDE

Critical aspects of evidence

It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in effectively interacting with clients and communicate verbally and non verbally

Interdependent assessment of units

Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: Nil

Underpinning knowledge effective non verbal communication techniqueseffective verbal communication techniquesgroup communication techniquessmall group dynamicswritten communication skills

Underpinning skills communicate in group settingfollow written instructionsgive and receive verbal instructionsinteract with clientsuse information technology effectively

Resource implications No special requirements

Consistency in performance

Evidence should be gathered over a period of time in a range of actual or simulated workplace environments

Context of assessment A combination of oral or written presentationsobservationson the job and/or in a simulated workplace environment

KEY COMPETENCIESCollect,

Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information

Plan & Organise Activities

Work with Others & in

Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1


Provide services to clients

UNIT NAME Provide services to clients

UNIT CODE PUACOM002A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to interact with internal and external clients.


1. Identify client needs and expectations

1. Current and potential clients are identified2. Needs and expectations are discussed and clarified with

clients

2. Determine and implement response to client needs

1. Appropriate decision making processes are established with client and relevant stakeholders

2. Options are identified3. Decision making criteria are identified taking account of

client needs and organisational context4. Decision making criteria are applied to options in order to

identify range of relevant outcomes5. Appropriate response are selected and implemented6. Client needs are recognised and taken into consideration in

accordance with anti discrimination and other organisation policy and procedures

3. Manage client expectations

1. Range of possible organisational responses are communicated to the client in a timely manner

2. Client is informed of options for further action3. Courtesy, consideration and sensitivity are exercised at all

times with the client4. All necessary documentation is obtained, completed and

processed according to organisation’s policy and procedures

5. Organisation’s policy and procedures relating to confidentiality are implemented

6. Assistance is sought to manage clients’ expectations when necessary

7. Clients are referred to other personnel where necessary to ensure their needs are managed efficiently

RANGE STATEMENT

Communication with clients may include

spokenface-to-facetelephonewrittenelectronicformslettersnon verbalgesturesbody languagedisplays of informationphotographsinterpreters



Clients may include colleaguescommunitycontractorspersonnel from other organisations

Other organisations may include

government departmentscommunity servicescommunity groupspublic safety organisationsnon government organisations

Effective (spoken) communication may

include

clearsequenced explanationsinstructionsparaphrasingnegotiating meaningchecking back on detailssummarisingusing another language

Appropriate response may include

written response involving readingselecting and extracting relevant information

spoken response involving questioning appropriate personnel and relaying information to the client

Completion of necessary documentation may

include

independent or assisted form fillingrecording events in the sequence they happened

Organisation’s policy and procedures may

include

as documented in procedures manualstandardised operationsconveyed through spoken language

Procedures for dealing with difficult clients

may include

seeking assistancereferring to other personnel

Opportunities for feedback may

include

client satisfaction formstelephone surveyfollow up contactsuggestion boxverbal

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in:locating, interpreting and providing relevant information to requestsseeking assistance when necessarycompleting appropriate workplace recordsworking in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures





Underpinning knowledge major regulatory functions of organisationorganisation and structureorganisation services, facilities and activitiesorganisation’s anti-discrimination proceduresorganisation’s policies and procedures relevant to client service and information provision

Underpinning skills interpersonal skillslocating informationreading selectively and summarising information




Context of assessment A combination of oral or written presentation, observation on the job and/or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1


Manage information

UNIT NAME Manage information


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage information to support the achievement of the organisation’s objectives.


1. Identify information needs and sources

1. The information needs of individuals/teams are determined and the sources are identified

2. Information held by the organisation is reviewed to determine suitability and accessibility

3. Plans are prepared to obtain information which is not available or accessible within the organisation

2. Collect and analyse information

1. Collection of information is timely and relevant to the needs of individuals/teams

2. Information is in a formal suitable for analysis, interpretation and dissemination

3. Information is analysed to identify relevant trends and developments in terms of the needs for which is was acquired

3. Use management information systems

1. Management information systems are used to store and retrieve data for decision making

2. Technology available in the work area/organisation is used to manage information

3. Recommendations for improving the information system are submitted to designated persons/groups

4. Record and support information

1. The results of information gathering, analysis and synthesis are reported within specified time frames and to the standard defined by the organisation

2. The results of information gathering, analysis and synthesis are reported so they can be inputs to policy development and organisation decision making

3. Information which is gathered is disseminated to appropriate personnel within the specified timeframe

RANGE STATEMENT

Presentation of information may

include

routine and complex reports and submissionsbriefing notesministerialsproposalsproject plansarticles and promotional material

Management information systems may include

computerscommunication channelsrecords managementproceduresmanualsprotocollegislationguidelines and awards


Manage information

organisationallegal and policy materialsclient informationmarket trendsregistries and file recordslibraryfinancial recordsbasic statistical informationpersonnel resources

Analysis may include application of statistical methodsmathematical calculationscritical analysisproblem solving

Collection techniques may include

researchsurveysliterature searchinterviewsdata basesobservation

Collection methods may include

indexinglinkingsortingcomparingcategorisingintegrating

Evaluation of information issues may include

credibilityreliabilityvalidityaccuracypertinencerelevance

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Establish an effective information system which facilitates achievement of organisational objectives



Underpinning knowledge analysis and display techniquesinformation collection, collationinformation evaluation issuesinformation storage requirements and methodsreporting procedures of the organisation

Underpinning skills analyse record informationcollect and collate informationcommunicate effectivelydisseminate informationpresent informationuse management information systems to store and retrieve data



Manage information


Evidence will need to be collected over time in a range of actual and/or simulated information management contexts

Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in an information management role within the workplace or operational or simulated environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 2 2 3 2


Manage information


Manage organisational communication strategies

UNIT NAME Manage organisational communication strategies


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in developing, implementing, reviewing and evaluating communication strategies and promoting effective communication techniques in the workplace.


1. Develop communication strategies

1. Strategies for effective internal and external dissemination of information are developed to meet the organisation’s requirements

2. Special communication needs are considered in developing strategies to avoid discrimination in the workplace

3. Communication strategies are analysed, evaluated and revised where necessary to make sure they are effective

2. Establish and maintain communication pathways

1. Pathways of communication are established to meet requirements of organisation and workforce

2. Pathways are maintained and reviewed to ensure personnel are informed of relevant information

3. Promote the use of communication strategies

1. Information is provided to all areas of the organisation to facilitate implementation of the strategy

2. Effective communication techniques are articulated and modelled to the workforce

3. Personnel are given guidance about adapting communication strategies to suit a range of contexts

RANGE STATEMENT

Special communication needs may include

persons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundspeople with a disability

Strategies to avoid discrimination may

include

emphasis on verbal rather than written communicationsimple proformasplain English documentsprovision of individual assistance with reading/writing

Communication strategies may

include

internal and external information requirementsrange of content areasdissemination of organisational informationevaluation and effectiveness

Communication contexts may include

communication with

publicother public safety organisationsnon-government organisationsgovernment departmentscommunity groupsother personnellocal industry and businesscultural groupschildren


Manage organisational communication strategies


include

face-to-facepaper basedelectronic

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in:Strategies developed suit organisation’s core business and different audiences



Underpinning knowledge conflict resolution strategies and techniqueslanguage and literacy levels of personnelnegotiation strategies and techniquespossible communication difficultiesrange of communication strategiesspecial communication needs of personneltechniques for improving communication and listening skills

Underpinning skills building relationshipscoachingconflict resolutionlisteningnegotiationnetworkingverbal communication




Context of assessment On the job or in a simulated work environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 3 2 2 1 2 1


Foster a positive organisational image in the community

UNIT NAME Foster a positive organisational image in the community


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to enable effective two-way communication with the community, and to promote a positive public image.


1. Promote the organisation in the community

1. Community requests for information or participation are responded to in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Opportunities to explain and promote the organisation’s activities are acted on to promote community recognition and support

3. Non-routine requests for information are referred to an appropriate person

2. Represent the organisation in the community

1. The organisation’s position on particular issues is represented in a way which acknowledges community concerns and promotes community awareness

2. Communication and presentation to the public enhances the organisation’s public image

3. Advise and involve the community in public safety activities

1. The community is advised of a range of prevention and mitigation techniques

2. Community members are informed and skilled to implement prevention and mitigation activities

3. Community is assisted to initiate, develop and conduct prevention and mitigation techniques addressing their own particular needs

RANGE STATEMENT

Information may include how to participatepublicity materialcontact informationprevention and mitigation strategies

Community may include local communitybusiness community including a range of ages and persons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundspeople with a disability

Opportunities to promote may include

answering general enquiriespresentations at community group gatheringsspecial interest forumsother organisation forumscommunity events and festivalsparticipating in conferencesrepresenting organisation on associations and committeesschool visits

Special promotions may include

career promotionslocal showsmarches and ceremoniesorganisation specific weeks and regular state/national events eg fire awareness week


Foster a positive organisational image in the community

bluey dayshopping mall promotions

Appropriate person may include

more senior personnelpersonnel with specific expertisecommunity liaison officerother organisationbilingual

Response may include referralprovide actiondetails of where to access further information

Prevention and mitigation techniques may

include

dancesschool/community group visitations/presentationsstation open daysPolice Citizens Clubsspecific co-operative arrangements with community groupsbusiness ownersshopping centres/mallsetc, and should focus on local community safety issues and the fostering of closer linkages/partnership with policy

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrate in ability to provide advice on prevention and mitigation techniques in a way that acknowledges community concerns


Pre-requisite units: PUATEA004B Work effectively in a public safety organisation (Fire Specific)

Co-requisite units: PUAFIR301A Undertake community safety activities (Fire Specific)

Underpinning knowledge a range of presentation strategies and techniques communicating with wide variety of peopleevaluating activitiesinterpreting commentslegislative responsibilities relevant to provision of informationlistening to questionsorganisation policy relevant to provision of adviceorganisation’s position on current issuesrelevant recording procedures

Resource implications Access to promotional/informational material





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 1


Plan and conduct a public awareness program

UNIT NAME Plan and conduct a public awareness program


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency for developing awareness in the local community about public safety together with an understanding of organisation’s services, facilities and activities.


1. Plan public awareness/ information presentation

1. Details of the audience’s, requirements and expectations are confirmed and clarified to ensure presentation meets client requirements

2. Objectives of presentation and respective roles of those involved are determined in consultation with relevant personnel

3. Presentation is structured taking into account characteristics of the audience, including ethic composition, anticipated questions and the subject matter to be presented

4. Relevant information is accessed and familiarity with subject matter is confirmed to ensure all information imparted is current and accurate

5. Required equipment aids and resources appropriate to the audience are identified and organised

2. Conduct public awareness/ information presentation

1. Information is accurate, culturally appropriate and is presented in a clear manner, in logical sequence

2. Aids and equipment are used effectively and correctly to help the audience gain knowledge and retain the information

3. Presentations are conducted using recognised principles of group learning appropriate to the audience characteristics

4. Feedback from audience and observers is used to assist in assessing own performance and program content

5. Current publications suitable to audience, and sources of additional information are provided to enable follow-up

6. Questions asked are answered and supplemented with relevant information

7. Queries outside the area of responsibility or expertise are referred to the relevant area

3. Conduct visits to facilities/specific locations of interest

1. Facilities, locations and/or equipment are prepared prior to demonstration/tour to meet organisation standards and occupational health and safety guidelines, and to promote a positive public image

2. Information given is accurate and provides comprehensive coverage of the facility/location/equipment being discussed or demonstrated

4. Store resources and complete records

1. Equipment and resources are stored according to organisation procedures

2. Records of presentations/demonstrations are completed in line with organisation requirements



5. Evaluate/review presentations and demonstrations

1. Improvements to own delivery of presentations are implemented within operational constraints

2. Recommendations for improvement to presentations/demonstrations and associated resources are made to relevant personnel

RANGE STATEMENT

Information may be provided

in a range of formal and informal situations including organisation displays and information standsdemonstrationsexercisesgroup displaysceremonial displaysat local events and festivals

Venues may include shopping mallsstation/baseany public place where organisation is being representedfront counter of station/basecommunity venuesschoolsother organisation’s facilitiesspecific locations of interest,places of worship

Information may include how to reduce public safety riskorganisation’s servicesfacilities and activitieslegal obligations of public and organisations involved

Relevant supplementary information may

include

information to assist the publicinformation of public interest

Legal and organisation requirements may

apply to

Freedom of Information Actprivacy legislation and any matters which may be under the jurisdiction of the courtsecurity considerationsmatters which may be considered sensitive or offensive to the public

Organisations may include

other organisationsschoolscommunity groupspre-schoolsmedical authorities

Audience may include adultschildrensenior citizensother agenciespre-school childrencommunity groupspersons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundspeople with disabilities



Appropriate communication takes

into account

ageEnglish language fluencyposition of the receiver in the organisationreasons information is being given

Communication may include

verbalnon-verbalwrittenphysical activity

Relevant personnel may include

co-presenterteam leader/supervisortraining officerhuman resources managertechnical expert/experienced person

Characteristics of audience may

include

agesize of groupanticipated level of existing knowledge on the subjectthe reason for attendance and level of English proficiency

Equipment may include overhead projectorselectronic whiteboardelectronic presentation equipmentorganisation technical equipmentpractical demonstration equipmentwriting material

Operational constraints may include

timefinancial resourceshuman resourcesavailability of materialsequipment and printed matter

Records may include brief written reportsproformasformsverbal reportattendance registerassessment

Additional information may include

telephone contact numbersreferences

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrate in: The preparation and presentation of information which is accurate and in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures, guidelines and legal requirements


Pre-requisite units: PUACOM005A Foster a positive organisational image in the community (Fire Specific)

Co-requisite units: Nil



Underpinning knowledge available presentation aids and resourcesknowledge of hazards related to the organisation's responsibilityoccupational health and safety guidelines relevant to safety of public around equipment and in facilitiesorganisation procedures for packing up and storing equipmentorganisation requirements for completing records of presentations/demonstrationsorganisation standards relevant to presentation of equipment and facilitiesorganisation standards relevant to safety of public in station/base premisesoverhead projectorpolicy and procedures relating to provision of information about the organisation’s activitiesrange of communication strategiesslide presentation equipmenttechnical information relevant to presentation/touruse of a variety of learning/training/presentation equipment including whiteboard

Underpinning skills analysing feedbackanalysing information requirementscommunicating information verbally and non-verballycompleting formsplanning presentationspresentation techniquesreviewing own performance

Resource implications Access to presentation venuepresentation equipment and aids will be required



Context of assessment Review plan against organisational guidelines and assess performance on the job


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 1


Liaise with other organisations

UNIT NAME Liaise with other organisations


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to develop networks and relationships and liaise effectively with other organisations.


1. Establish networks and relationships

1. Formal and informal networks are established to support ongoing and future liaisons and collaboration

2. Relationships are developed and used in a way which provides identifiable benefits to the organisation from shared expertise, information and/or resources

3. Participation in regular meetings and forums supports mutual cooperation

4. Consultation with affected and interested parties is undertaken to support the organisational goals and objectives

2. Communicate and interact with other organisations

1. Information is provided to other organisations in a clear, concise and comprehensive manner

2. Communication with other organisations is conducted in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

3. Information from other organisations is gathered to inform the improvement of services and to avoid duplication of effort

RANGE STATEMENT

Organisations may include

public safety organisationsgovernment organisationsemergency response organisationslocalstate/territory and commonwealthgovernmentsuppliersnon-government organisations eg Red CrossSalvation Armyvolunteersrescue etc

Affected and interested parties may include

local communitybusiness communitycommonwealthstate and territory and local governments

Organisational goals and objectives may vary

between sectors and organisations and

may include

organisational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardscustomer focussed service deliverycommunity awareness of public safety issueseffective response to incidents/operations/emergenciescommunity participation in public safety activitiesinter-organisation cooperation and collaborationorganisational goals and objectives may vary between sectors and organisations


Liaise with other organisations

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated as follows:

Networks and relationships developed and used effectivelyAll information provided is accurate and clear


Pre-requisite units: PUACOM005A Foster a positive organisational image in the community (Fire specific)


Underpinning knowledge awareness of role and responsibilities of other organisations chairing meetingsknowledge of current practices and procedures for communicating in the workplacemeeting protocols and proceduresorganisation’s confidentiality requirementsorganisational policy and procedures relating to liaison with other organisationsrole

Underpinning skills chairing meetingsnetworking and developing relationshipspublic speakingusing networks effectively






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 2


Develop and organise public safety awareness programs

UNIT NAME Develop and organise public safety awareness programs


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to determine public education requirements and develop and implement programs.


1. Determine scope of program

1. Research and analysis is undertaken to determine trends and issues and the need for a program consistent with organisational strategic direction

2. Target audience and characteristics are defined to inform program planning

3. Aims and objectives are specified for the program and performance measures agreed which allow assessment of improvement/influence in community behaviours and attitudes

2. Develop program 1. The program type, implementation, and support required to meet the needs of the target groups and organisational aims, outcomes and objectives are determined

2. Resource options to implement the program are determined and preferred option identified

3. Sponsorship/joint venture opportunities are investigated to maximise impact within budget

4. Cost effective resources and materials are accessed that are relevant to the target group and the subject

5. A pilot program is conducted where appropriate to assess effectiveness in achieving required outcomes and changes made as necessary

3. Implement program 1. Constraints and opportunities for implementing the program are identified

2. Production of resources is managed to ensure that relevant materials are available in sufficient quantities to meet identified needs

3. The program is managed to meet agreed performance indicators within budget

4. Ongoing monitoring of program is undertaken during the implementation phase

4. Evaluate effectiveness of program

1. Changes in target group practice are measured against predetermined performance indicators

2. Timely and relevant adjustments are made to future program to reflect evaluation outcomes

3. Market response is evaluated to determine effectiveness of the program and amendments are made to reflect market feedback



RANGE STATEMENT

Target groups may be selected based on

agelocation of residencegendertype of residencetype of vehicledrinking habitsdriving habitslanguagecultural group

Scope of program may include

purposeaimsobjectivestarget audience

Research and analysis may include

review of common public enquiriescompliance levelsnew trendsseasonal trendsissues

Materials and resources may include

videodisplayspamphletstrainersexpertssignagemultilingual information

Programs may include incentivespenaltieseducationcommunity participation

Constraints to implementing program

may include

budget cutsavailability of planned resourceslegislative liability and areas of jurisdiction

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in:

Development implementation and evaluation of a public safety awareness program


Pre-requisite units: PUACOM006A Plan and conduct a public awareness program (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge application of performance measureseducation principlesknowledge of current principles and practices relating to developing public education programsmarketing principlestarget groupsuse of educational support materials



Underpinning skills budgetingprogram design and managementresearch and analysis




Context of assessment On the job or in a simulated work environment in conjunction with presentation of portfolio evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 2 3 2 2 2 2


Manage media requirements at major incident

UNIT NAME Manage media requirements at major incident


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the development of a media strategy and the management of the media and provision of information for a major incident.


1. Assess scene and organisation requirements

1. Restricted and/or special access areas are clearly defined to media personnel to safeguard the operation and prevent contamination of evidence

2. Media access to personnel/volunteers/victims/casualties is controlled

3. Operational responsibilities and provision of information to media is assessed

2. Develop media strategy

1. Media plan is used to form the media strategy2. Arrangements are made to meet media requirements

according to incident characteristics and current developments

3. Organisational media representative is selected and briefed according to availability, knowledge of incident, media presence and role played in the incident

4. Media briefing area is allocated with required resources where possible

5. Media co-operation is gained in order to co-ordinate information flow and to provide information to the public on matters of safety and public interest

6. Media strategy is changed at any time to suit operational demands and level of incident

7. Approval is gained for information releases where appropriate

8. Information briefing sessions and tours are scheduled at appropriate times in line with operational responsibilities and media requirements

9. Media personnel and VIP are provided with Occupational Health and Safety clothing where appropriate

3. Provide information to media

1. Organisational protocols are followed when liaising with the media

2. Organisational media representative provides current developments of incident where appropriate

3. Interview and photo opportunities are scheduled and conducted to provide information where appropriate

4. Other organisations are consulted with at the incident to ensure a consistent presentation of information to the media

5. Accurate records of media enquiries and interviews are maintained

6. A two-way communication process between organisation and media is maintained



4. Promote the organisation via the media

1. Work and achievements of organisation, volunteer and other organisation personnel at incident is promoted throughout the incident to assist in maintaining morale and public profile

2. Own demeanour and presentation reflects the professional standards of the organisation and support for victims and others affected by the incident

RANGE STATEMENT

Media requirements may include

technical eg lighting/soundaccess for crew and equipmentphotographic/film opportunitieson-site interviewsinterviews with particular personnelnewsworthinessnews angleshuman interest interviews and storiestechnical and other requirements of local vs regional vs national mediaof print vs radio vs televisionand of community vs commercial vs government-owned mediaindividual requests from media personnelfoodshelterpersonal protective equipmenttelephonesfacsimilespower outletsbilingual briefing

Information which needs to be

disseminated to the public may

include

emergency hotlinesroad closuresfacility closureswarningsdanger zonespersons police are seeking to interviewpublic information/assuranceevacuation details

Organisation and legal requirements may

include

relating to occupational health and safetypublic safetyoperational prioritiesconfidentiality

Organisational requirements for

press conferences etc may include

operational requirementspolicies and procedurescurrency of informationneed for public assistance

Sources of information may include

other organisationseyewitnessesweather forecastersown organisation personnelvolunteer workers



EVIDENCE GUIDE


Manage media to ensure integrity of information being disseminated



Underpinning knowledge knowledge of current practices for media liaisonlegal and organisation requirements relating to confidentiality, libel, accuracy, discrimination newsworthiness of informationrequirements of different media—newspapers, magazines, radio, televisionrequirements of local vs regional vs national mediarequirements of media to present information in a newsworthy/entertaining mannerrole of media in disseminating information

Underpinning skills attention to detailcommunicating facts in a fluent, clear and interesting mannerconducting press conferences and group interviewsempathy with victims and operational personnelliaison with media and other organisation personnelmedia presentationpublic speakingretaining professionalism under duress






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information


Work with Others & in Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 1 3 2


Promote the organisation’s mission and services

UNIT NAME Promote the organisation’s mission and services


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency of building networks which facilitate the promotion and representation of the organisation.


1. Build networks and develop working relationships

1. Formal and informal networks are established at the local, regional and national levels to support ongoing and future liaison and collaboration

2. The roles and responsibilities of stakeholders are recognised and taken account of in interactions

3. Working relationships are developed with stakeholders and used in a way which provides identifiable benefits to the organisation and the community from shared expertise and resources

4. Dealings with stakeholders are conducted in line with ethical and professional standards to develop a relationship of trust and mutual understanding

5. Feedback is obtained from other organisations and governments to inform and improve service delivery

2. Represent the organisation

1. The organisation’s message is imparted accurately and in a clear, concise and confident manner to gain stakeholder’s understanding and commitment

2. The organisation’s representation is sought and promoted on external bodies

3. Opportunities to promote the organisation through media, government and the community are utilised in a positive and constructive manner, in line with organisational requirements

4. Advice to stakeholders is provided consistent with organisation policy, needs, quality standards and legislative responsibilities

5. Advice is provided in the context of strategic planning for the organisation

6. Advice is provided confidentially on matters sensitive to governments and the organisation, in line with privacy and confidentiality legislation and guidelines

RANGE STATEMENT

Scope of management may include

a significant part of a large or highly complex organisationor a specific function affecting all in an organisation

Stakeholders may include localstate/territory and federal governmentsindustrynational and international associationsother emergency management and non-government organisations eg Red Cross/Salvation Army/Cave Rescuevolunteerscommunity groupstechnical advisersconsultants


Promote the organisation’s mission and services

work groups and individuals internal to the organisationcustomersutilities

Confidentiality relating to may include

industrial processes and proceduresdeath and injurysecuritycriminal events

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in establishment and maintenance of networks which will promote the organisation and achieve the organisation’s outcomes


Pre-requisite units: PUACOM007A Liaise with other organisations (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge confidentiality requirementsgoals and objectives of the organisationlegislationorganisation policiesregulationresponsibilities of three levels of government relevant to the organisationroles and responsibilities of other agencies and relevant organisationsstatutes impacting on the organisation

Underpinning skills building networks and relationshipsgaining cooperation of othersspeaking publicly






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2


Develop community awareness networks

UNIT NAME Develop community awareness networks


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to develop appropriate networks within the community to enable the development and implementation of effective public safety awareness activities.


1. Develop networks within the community

1. Individual and group stakeholders within the community, and their issues and concerns, are identified

2. Rapport is established and maintained with appropriate community representatives and groups

2. Manage public safety awareness activities

1. Need for activities is determined2. Cooperation and support is enlisted from industry,

government and the community in planning and initiating special promotions which target the identified needs

3. Representation for the organisation in public forums and community events is arranged to promote awareness and a positive public image of the organisation

3. Facilitate community group discussions and formal meetings

1. Relevant information is provided to the group to facilitate its outcomes

2. Contributions are sought, acknowledged and encouraged to foster group participation

3. Strategies appropriate to the group are implemented to promote ongoing participation of all group members

4. Objectives and agendas for meetings are negotiated to assist the community

5. Meeting procedures are appropriate to the level of formality and the community context

4. Report on public safety awareness activities

1. Community perceptions of organisational personnel and quality of service delivery are consistently monitored by listening to feedback, both direct and via the media

2. Public safety awareness activities are evaluated3. Reports detailing activities, results and recommendations

are completed and processed in line with organisation guidelines

RANGE STATEMENT

Community includes local communitybusiness community and will include a range of ages and a diversity of cultural, linguistic and ethnic backgrounds

Information may include how to manage public safety risks

Stakeholders may include local communityservice clubsneighbourhood watchethnic groupsfestival and show committeessporting groupstourist industrylocal businesses


chambers of commercelocal facility management

Opportunities to promote may include

presentations at community group gatheringsspecial interest forumsother organisation forumscommunity events and festivalsspeaking at seminarsparticipating in conferencesrepresenting organisation on associations and committees

Public safety awareness may include

career promotionslocal showsmarches and ceremoniesorganisation – specific weeks and regular state/national events eg fire safety weekbluey dayshopping mall promotionsprocesses derived from models such as community fire guardNeighbourhood Watch and Landcare

Appropriate person may include

more senior personnelpersonnel with specific expertisecommunity liaison officerother organisation and bilingual personnel

Public safety awareness activities should be

evaluated in terms of

their costs and benefits

Identification of needs may include

surveysquestionnairesresearchpolicy directive from management

Appropriate media and equipment may

include

whiteboardoverhead projectorsslidesmulti-mediaelectronic whiteboardcomputerised slide presentationorganisation technical equipmentmodelsdummiesmicrophones

Appropriate presentation techniques

style and language may include

recognised group presentation techniques including audience participationquestioningactivitieschange of paceuse of range of equipmentlevel of formality appropriate to group/own positionlanguage appropriate to agelanguage level of group

Strategies may include encouragementreinforcementicebreakersactive physical involvement


Records may include minutes of meetingsdiarised entriesformal reportsproformas

Response may include referprovide advicedetails of where to access further information

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inthe identification and establishment of networks relevant to the development and implementation of public safety awareness activities


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR301A Undertake community safety activities (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge a range of presentation strategies and techniquesactivities and level of community activity of various organisations in the communityfairs and eventshow to identify leaders/stakeholders representatives’legislative considerations and organisation standards relevant to communication and provision of informationorganisation policy relevant to provision of advicepossible implications of community festivalspossible protocols and procedurespromotional techniques and methodsrolesmall group dynamics

Underpinning skills analyse and evaluate the effectiveness of public safety awareness activitiesanalysing community safety needs communicating in a group settingcommunicating with wide variety of peopleestablishing networksevaluating activitiesfacilitating group discussion and participationinterpreting commentslistening to questionsmedia liaisonrelevant recording proceduresreporting procedures and standardswriting reports







Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Liaise with media at a local level

UNIT NAME Liaise with media at a local level


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the liaison with media at a low level incident and providing information about local events.


1. Determine media requirements

1. Organisational protocols are followed when liaising with the media

2. The media's potential interest is assessed and arrangements are made to meet needs where appropriate

3. Operational responsibilities are balanced against the provision of information to the media

2. Provide information to the media

1. A positive image of the organisation is maintained when liaising with the media

2. Every opportunity is used to promote the organisation, its services and personnel

3. Relevant and succinct information is supplied to media when operational responsibilities are under control and when organisational representative is available to talk to the media

3. Publicise an event 1. Relationship is established with media contacts 2. Event details and support materials are gathered and

presented in a logical, relevant and concise manner to the media

3. Information provided to media is recorded and maintained

RANGE STATEMENT

Organisation may include

FirePoliceState Emergency ServiceEmergency Management

Organisational protocols may

include

organisational policies and procedurespersonal presentation being as neat as possible considering the operational circumstancesensuring media liaison person is fully briefed and preparedacknowledge support of other organisationsseeking advice from headquarters where appropriatelimiting comments on role of own servicerelevant Federal and State legislation and regulations

Liaising with the media may include

print (local, community, daily newspapers, magazines)television (live or pre-recorded)radio (live or pre-recorded)

Operational responsibilities

may include

preservation of life and property, which is the principal concern to all public safety personnelpresenting information relevant to the public


Event may include long service to organisationmedal presentationawarding of certificatesdonations/sponsorships/fundraisingrecruitingnew equipmentVIP visitopen daytrainingunusual rescuesself help information

Media’s potential interest may include

enormous media eventstandard report human interest in the public’s interest

Media's requirements may include

deadlinescapabilitiesvisual and verbal requirementstypes of mediumvariationjournalistsamenitiesbriefing area access to media liaison personbilingual personnel and bilingual information

Media may include representatives from mainstream, community and ethnic televisionprint and broadcast media

Organisational positive image may include

promote the relevance and efficiency of the servicereport the factsheroism of personnelorganisational personnel are co-operative and responsiveorganisational personnel well presented handling media in most positive manner in even the most adverse conditions/circumstances

Media opportunity may include

opportunity to promote the servicesprovide educational information to the publicairplay

Relevant and succinct information may

include

information that according to protocol is available for public releasereport facts and avoid speculationdo not supply classified informationuse language that can be readily understood by all to avoid misinterpretation


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in providing information to media whilst managing operational responsibilities



Underpinning knowledge organisational protocols relating to media liaison (for example legal and organisation requirements relating to: confidentiality libel accuracy discrimination)role of media in disseminating informationrequirements of media to present information in a newsworthy/informative mannerrequirements of different media: newspapers magazines radio television (local, regional, national media)communication skillsestablishing media relationship

Underpinning skills attention to detailcommunicating facts in a fluent, clear and interesting mannerempathy with victims and operational personnelliaison with media and other organisation personnelmedia presentationprioritisation between operational responsibilities and provision of information to mediapublic speakingretaining professionalism under duress






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems Use Technology

3 3 2 3 1 2 2

Administer a local public safety group

UNIT NAME Administer a local public safety group


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to administer a local public safety group such as an SES unit, a surf life saving club, a local brigade, or a volunteer marine rescue unit.


1. Manage administrative functions

1. Administrative functions are scheduled and allocated to self or others to meet agreed deadlines

2. Records are maintained in accordance with organisational standards

3. Records are completed clearly, accurately and legibly4. Records are filed accurately and systematically

2. Distribute organisational information

1. Information and instructions are communicated to others on an on-going basis

2. Information is directed to the appropriate person(s)3. Communication is clear, unambiguous and relevant to the

subject and target audience

3. Prepare strategic plans

1. Strategic outcomes are established in the context of the organisation’s direction

2. Plans to meet the strategic outcomes are developed and implemented

3. Strategic plans are regularly reviewed and updated to incorporate changing circumstances

4. Administer organisation finances

1. A budget is prepared, taking into account local needs and funding limitations

2. Budget is administered according to organisational financial policies and procedures

3. Expenditure is controlled to meet budget outcomes4. Financial records are maintained according to organisational

financial policies and procedures5. Standards of financial probity are adhered to

5. Arrange and conduct audits

1. Financial audits are arranged in accordance with organisational standards

2. Safety audits are periodically conducted in accordance with OH&S guidelines

3. Equipment stocktakes are conducted in accordance with organisational standards


RANGE STATEMENT

Administrative functions may include

Preparing correspondenceActioning requests for informationAuthorising equipment requisitions and expenditureKeeping records and collecting statistics

Records may include Planning and budget documentsFinancial recordsOperational recordsTraining recordsPersonal and personnel recordsStock and equipment recordsTemporary loan booksEquipment usage recordsMaintenance recordsProject briefsInventoriesStandard operating proceduresReports and other documentation

Organisational standards may include

Legislation including Audit ActFinance regulationsEqual Employment Opportunity and Occupational Health and Safety legislationOrganisation’s corporate and strategic plansOrganisation’s financial and other resource management guidelinesTechnology and data associated with management information systems

Organisational information may include

Schedule of eventsTraining plansPotential training opportunitiesPolicies and proceduresAdministrative instructions and information bulletins

Strategic plans may relate to

TrainingFundraisingBuildingMaintenanceRecruitingMembership retentionCommunity informationPublic relations and profile

Financial records may include

Cash booksBank reconciliationSales tax recordsOrder booksPetty cash recordsBudget papersFundraising and social club records


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to complete accurate records in a timely manner



Underpinning knowledge

Budget processesEqual employment opportunity legislationLegislative requirements and organisation’s procedures for Budget development and financial managementManagement information systemsOccupational health and safety legislationStandard operating procedures (SOPs), policies and proceduresStock handling proceduresTools to keep records and produce resource reports

Underpinning skills Conduct equipment stocktakesConduct safety auditsEvaluate resource usageInterpret financial reportsMonitor financial reportsMonitor resource allocation and usageOperate a recognised filing systemPlan activities and set prioritiesPrepare budgetsProduce resource reportsWrite in clear, concise English

Resource implications There are no special resource requirements for this unit


Competency should be demonstrated over time in a range of actual and/or simulated administrative contexts

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed by observing an individual in an administrative role in the workplace


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Contribute to community safety

UNIT NAME Contribute to community safety


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to participate in specific hazard identification, present community safety information and undertake mitigation activities while predominantly under supervision.

This unit is based on PUAFIR208A Participate in community safety activities.


1. Participate in the identification of specific hazards

1. Available information is assessed to identify specific hazards as directed

2. Community members, organisations and own organisational staff are consulted during the identification process in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

3. Outcomes of identification process are reported to the supervisor

2. Participate in presenting community safety information

1. Community safety information is collected and prepared in accordance with the organisation’s requirements and the needs of the target group

2. Community safety information is distributed to the relevant target groups as instructed

3. Location for presentation is identified and relevant preparations for the event are undertaken as directed

4. Feedback received from the participants is reported to the supervisor in a timely manner

3. Participate in risk mitigation activities

1. Appropriate risk mitigation procedures, work instructions and directions are followed in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

2. Work is undertaken in accordance with occupational health and safety procedures

3. Mitigation activities are undertaken with minimum damage to the environment in accordance with organisational procedures and legislation

4. Outcomes are reported to the supervisor

RANGE STATEMENT

Assessing available information may

include

Undertaking accompanied inspections such as: familiarisation inspections inspections required by legislation licensed premises inspections scheduled inspections

Hazards may include Adverse weatherAfter dark operationsClosed access routesConflict with cultural practicesDamaged structuresDangerous goodsDebris


Difficult terrainEvents such as fire, flood, stormElectrical hazardsExplosionHazardous materialsIllegal or careless use of fireImpediments to firefighting and rescue activitiesNatural disastersOn-scene hazards such as smoke, darkness, heat; machinery, equipment, products; structural collapse; hazardous products and materialsStructural fire and associated exposuresTime pressureUtilities (electricity, gas, water and sewage)

Community members and organisations

may include

Geographically-based groups of people such as: households, neighbourhood, suburbs, business districts and townsIndigenous Australian communities, which can be metropolitan, regional, rural or remote communitiesShared-experience groups of people such as: particular-interest groups, ethnic groups, professional groups, language groups, age groupings and those exposed to a particular hazard

Needs of the target group may refer to

AgeCultural issues and protocolsLanguage readLanguage spokenLearning preferences eg audio, print, visualLiteracy and numeracy supportMobility issuesRequiring an interpreterSupport issues

Feedback may include ChecklistsFacilitated group meetingsReports, verbal and/or written submitted to immediate supervisorSurvey resultsStandard organisation formsUsing an interpreter

Mitigation activities may include

Altering work practicesCommunity activitiesCommunity information/educationHazard isolationHazard managementHazard reductionHazard removal

Environment may include

Built environmentElements such as economics, commerce, culture and public safety service provisions that relate to how the community functionsNatural environment such as: topographical features, water bodies, vegetation communities and ecosystems

Legislation may include Local, state/territory and/or commonwealth acts and regulations


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to identify hazards specified by the industry sector in which the person is working; to present information in accordance with the organisation’s procedures; and to undertake risk mitigation activities


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: Ni


Hazard identificationHazardous materials identificationMitigationPrinciples of hazard behaviourRelevant legislationSafe work practices

Underpinning skills Apply risk mitigation activitiesCommunicate in groupsIdentify hazardous materialsPresent to small groupsVerbal and non-verbal communication

Resource implications Access to the appropriate literature and equipment


Competency should be demonstrated over time in a range of actual or simulated workplace environments

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in the workplace or in a simulated workplace

KEY COMPETENCIES

Collect, Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Conduct community safety activities

UNIT NAME Conduct community safety activities


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to identify and evaluate risk, to select and implement strategies to reduce risk and to improve community safety.

This unit is based on PUAFIR301A Undertake community safety activities.


1. Identify specific hazards

1. Hazards are identified using the organisation’s risk management procedures and process

2. Specific hazards in area of responsibility that may impact on life, property, process or the environment are accurately identified and reported to the supervisor according to the organisation’s procedures

3. Inspections are conducted to provide for relevant information for pre-incident planning

4. Community members and organisations are consulted where appropriate during the identification and/or inspection process

2. Consider hazard information to determine level of risk

1. Level of risk is determined using the organisation’s risk management procedures and process

2. Liaison is undertaken with external organisations as required and according to the organisation’s procedures

3. Implement risk mitigation guidelines

1. Risk mitigation strategy is selected from a pre-determined list and implemented

2. Risk reduction activities are conducted in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

3. Mitigation guidelines are implemented with minimum damage to the environment in accordance with legislation and the organisation’s procedures

4. Evaluate mitigation strategies

1. Feedback is provided to appropriate parties on the risk mitigation procedures and process

2. Mitigation strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and community acceptance

3. Issues are reported to supervisor according to the organisation’s procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Hazards may include Adverse weatherAfter dark operationsClosed access routesConflict with cultural practicesDamaged structuresDangerous goodsDebrisDifficult terrainEvents such as fire, flood, storm


Electrical hazardsExplosionHazardous materialsIllegal or careless use of fireImpediments to firefighting and rescue activitiesNatural disastersOn-scene hazards such as smoke, darkness, heat; machinery, equipment, products; structural collapse; hazardous products and materialsStructural fire and associated exposuresTime pressureUtilities (electricity, gas, water and sewage)

Property may include BuildingsInfrastructure which provides for the movement of people, goods and services

Environment may include

Built environmentElements such as economics, commerce, culture and public safety service provisions that relate to how the community functionsNatural environment such as: topographical features, water bodies, vegetation communities and ecosystems

Inspections may include

Familiarisation inspectionsInspections required by legislationLicensed premises inspectionsScheduled inspections

Community members and organisations

may include

Geographically-based groups of people such as: households, neighbourhood, suburbs, business districts and townsIndigenous Australian communities, which can be metropolitan, regional, rural or remote communitiesShared-experience groups of people such as: particular-interest groups, ethnic groups, professional groups, language groups, age groupings and those exposed to a particular hazard

Mitigation strategies may include

Altering work practicesCommunity activitiesCommunity information/educationHazard isolationHazard managementHazard reductionHazard removal

Legislation may include Local, state/territory or federal acts or regulations

Feedback may include ChecklistsFacilitated group meetingsReports, verbal and/or written submitted to immediate supervisorStandard organisation formsSurvey resultsUsing an interpreter


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to identify and describe the relationship between a hazard and the risk posed to the community and environment; and to evaluate risk against established organisation risk management guidelines in consultation with relevant community groups


Pre-requisite units: PUATEA004B Work effectively in a public safety organisation


Underpinning knowledge Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Community organisation contactsEvacuation proceduresHazardous materialsOccupational health and safety guidelinesOrganisation risk identification guidelines, policies and procedures relating to hazard reduction, hazard isolation, hazard removal and hazard managementPrinciples of hazard behaviour and suppressionRelevant legislationRelevant technical informationRisk management principles specific to the organisation

Underpinning skills Analyse feedbackApply risk management guidelines to the organisationComplete formsIdentify at risk plant speciesIdentify building construction and materialsIdentify hazardous materialsLiaise with community groupsOral and written communication

Resource implications Access to organisation forms and appropriate equipment


Competency should be demonstrated over time in a range of actual or simulated workplace environments



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Prepare, maintain and test response equipment

UNIT NAME Prepare, maintain and test response equipment

UNIT CODE PUAEQU001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to inspect, maintain and test a range of equipment according to organisation’s procedures.


1. Inspect response equipment

1. Equipment is inspected in accordance with organisation’s procedures

2. Missing parts are identified and reported according to organisation’s procedures

3. Faulty or damaged equipment is reported and recorded in accordance with organisation’s procedures

2. Test response equipment

1. Equipment is tested according to approved procedures and is fit for purpose according to organisation’s standards

2. Test results are recorded according to regulatory and organisation’s requirements

3. Defective equipment and sub-standard performance is reported and recorded according to organisation’s procedures

3. Clean, maintain and restow equipment

1. Equipment is cleaned, maintained, assembled and stowed according to organisation’s procedures

2. Equipment records are updated according to organisation’s procedures

3. Equipment is recovered, restowed and made ready for future use

RANGE STATEMENT

Organisational procedures may

include

regulatory requirementsequipment manufacturer’s specifications and proceduresAustralian Standardsindustry practicesoccupational health and safety requirementsmaintenance schedules

Organisational procedures may be

specified in

operational directivesorganisation’s proceduresmanufacturer’s manualsoperations manualsquality system documentationinduction documentationworkplace noticesoperator’s manual

Reporting/recording procedures may

include

Verbalrecord sheets or bookscomputer data basescard systemsmicrofiche systemsmaintenance schedules


Organisation’s standards may include

Australian Standardsstate/territory or federal standardsindustry standardsmanufacturer’s proceduresinternational standards

Response equipment may include

ropeshand toolshosesbranches and nozzlesladderspumpsrescue toolssalvage toolsprotective clothing and equipmentbreathing apparatusforcible entry toolsportable fire extinguishersdrip torchesmapspowered equipmentorganisational specialist equipmentchainsawscommunications equipmentknapsackslighting equipmentfirst aid equipmentpumpsequipment required to undertake specific function such as compressor, generator, hydraulic pumpaudible warning systems such as sirens, hornsvisual warning systems such as lightslight crystal display signsGlobal Positioning Systemsvehicle tracking systemsnavigational systems

Inspection may include visual, auditory and tactile inspection to identify possible operational failure of motorised equipment or seizure or physical failure of equipment

Maintenance may include lubrication checkspressure checksfuel and water checksflow rate checkssharpeningcleaningflushing

Faulty/damaged equipment may

include

inoperativenot fit for purposeoperates ineffectivelydefectsanomaliesnot cleanphysical damage


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence can be demonstrated in organisational procedures for inspectiontesting, cleaning and servicing of response equipment


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR201A Prevent injury (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge identification of equipmentoccupational health and safety policy relevant to the maintenance, servicing and testing of equipmentorganisation’s policies and procedures concerning the use, testing, cleaning and servicing of response equipmentrelevant parts of environmental legislation relating to waste water run off/pollutionsafe working practices when maintaining, servicing and testing equipment

Underpinning skills comply with material safety data sheetsinspect equipment according to organisation’s proceduressafely use cleaning agents and chemicalsservice and clean equipment according to organisation’s procedurestest equipment according to organisation’s procedures

Resource implications Access to relevant equipment is required



Context of assessment Competency must be assessed in the context of applying organisation’s procedures to equipment used in the workplace


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 2 1

Provide emergency care

UNIT NAME Provide emergency care

UNIT CODE PUAEME001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to provide emergency care pending the arrival of appropriately qualified personnel.


1. Identify need for emergency care

1. Initial assessment is made of extent and nature of emergency care required

2. Initial assessment is communicated to appropriate personnel in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Ensure personal safety of carer and casualty

1. Hygiene is maintained for protection of self and casualty2. Hazards to the carer are identified and appropriate action

taken to safeguard against injury

3. Reassure casualty 1. A calm, caring and reassuring manner is adopted in interaction with the casualty and others at the scene

2. Casualty is made comfortable using available resources

4. Assess casualty and implement emergency care procedures

1. Casualty assessed for DRABC2. Vital signs are continually monitored, recorded and any

changes considered in planning treatment and reported as appropriate

3. Treatment appropriate to the casualty’s injuries is provided in line with approved first aid techniques and standards

4. First aid equipment is operated in accordance with manufacturer’s procedures and instructions, and organisational standards, policies, procedures and protocols

5. Casualty’s condition is monitored and reported in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures and treatment modified as necessary

6. Treatment is maintained until qualified medical help takes over

5. Work cooperatively with personnel from other organisations

1. Clear and comprehensive reports are provided to personnel involved in ongoing casualty care

2. Members of other emergency services are assisted in their tasks in accordance with organisation’s standards and personal level of responsibility and competence

6. Recover and restore first aid equipment

1. First aid equipment is recovered, cleaned, inspected/tested, stored, restocked and resupplied and medical waste disposed of safely according to organisation’s polices and procedures

2. First aid equipment faults are rectified and/or reported in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

7. Complete documentation

1. Documentation is completed and processed in line with legislative, regulatory and organisation’s requirements


RANGE STATEMENT

Conditions under which this competency may

be required include

operating during any rescue or response situation including specialist rescuehazardous environmental conditions—adverse weatherafter dark operationsdifficult terraindebristraffictime pressuresvarying time frames—short termsudden impactsprotracted response operationslimited access to equipment necessitating the use of improvised techniques

Equipment may include first aid kitpersonal protective equipmentstretchers including improvised

Details of incident obtained from

casualtyvisual assessment of sceneothers at scene

Maintaining personal safety may include

washing handsusing gloves

Caring manner may include

personal introduction and identification consistent with other prioritiesshowing empathycommunication with casualtyvoice tone and volumereassurance and gentle treatment all in a culturally appropriate manner

Hazards may include bodily fluidstrafficenvironmental hazardsdowned wiresbystandersdrugssharps

First aid techniques and standards may

include

Guidelines to Australian Resuscitation Council resuscitation standardsState and Territory regulations

Others may include familyfriends at scene

Appropriate action may include

protecting sceneisolating scenerelocating casualty

Reporting as appropriate may include

team leadersupervisormedical personnelparamedical personnelemergency medical technician


Treatment includes applying resuscitation techniquescontrolling bleedingmanaging fracturesmanaging soft tissue injuriesdressing burns and scalds

Qualified health care personnel may

include

specialist personnelmedical personnel

Organisation’s standards,policies,

procedures and protocols may include

legislation relevant to the provision of emergency carelegislation relevant to the organisationoperational Standard Operating Proceduresoperational performance standards

Reporting casualty’s condition may

include

need for confidentialitystatus on arrivaltreatment providedhistoryobservations madechanges in conditionstimeframes

Documentation may include

written reportscasualty detailsapproved formsverbal reportpersonal notes

Moving casualty may include

individually or with assistanceobserving decency in regard to culturea range of manual handling techniques and lifts and carries

Processing documentation may

include

providing reports to authorised personnelfiling reportsdiary entrieslogs

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Competency in this unit must be established through the practical demonstration of first aid skills, maintaining universal precautions and safety awareness

Accurate documentation and a caring approach to injured persons during first aid activities are critical


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR201A Prevent injury (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge Occupational health and safety guidelines for lifting and carryingsystems of the body:

respiratoryskeletaldigestivecirculatorynervousurinaryskin


causes and management of unconsciousnesspriorities for life support in emergencies including the DRABC (danger, response, airway, breathing ventilation and circulation assessments) modelHealth Department guidelines for personal hygieneAustralian Resuscitation Council resuscitation guidelinesapplying resuscitation techniquescontrolling bleedingcasualty assessmentprinciples of initial casualty managementmanagement of fractures and soft tissue injuriesmanagement of burnspersonal level of responsibilitylimitationscompetency

Underpinning skills communicating verbally with casualties and otherscompleting formsfollowing proceduresproviding verbal reports to paramedical personnelremaining calm under time pressures and in difficult situationsworking with others in a team situationwriting reports

Resource implications Access to first aid equipment used in general operations is essential



Context of assessment Exercise or simulation, or a series of tasks are required to demonstrate competence in this unit. This may involve setting scenarios to be completed either individually or as a member of a team. Written or verbal questions may be used as supporting evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Manage injuries at emergency incident

UNIT NAME Manage injuries at emergency incident

UNIT CODE PUAEME002B

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in more advanced emergency care and may include the use of equipment.


1. Assess scene 1. Initial assessment is made of extent and nature of emergency care required

2. Hazards to self and others are identified and appropriate action taken to safeguard against injury

3. Identify and communicate additional or specific resource requirements

2. Assess casualty 1. Identified injuries are managed in line with approved emergency care

2. Treatment is monitored, assessed and management plan amended appropriately in response to changes in condition of the casualty and/or environment

3. Additional or specific resources are identified

3. Implement emergency management procedures

1. Immediate life saving treatment is administered as determined

2. Signs and symptoms of shock are recognised and managed

3. Vital signs are monitored and recorded at regular intervals4. Equipment is used according to casualty’s condition,

availability and to organisation’s procedures

4. Move the casualty 1. Moving casualty to a safer location is assessed2. Casualty is moved in accordance with operational

standards3. Continual assessment of casualty is conducted in

accordance with organisation’s procedures4. Treatment is maintained while moving patient


1. Details of casualties’ condition, treatment and response to treatment are accurately recorded in line with organisation’s procedures

2. Hand over of the casualty and records to medical personnel is conducted


RANGE STATEMENT

Treatment may include monitor vital signsmanagement of shockchecking and maintaining an airwayapplication of spinal immobilisation techniquesapplying resuscitation techniquesutilisation of oxygenmanaging woundsmanaging fracturesuse of life saving devicesgiving fluids orallyuse of bandages

Equipment may include oxygen resuscitationdefibrillationfirst aid kitstretchersspinal immobilisation collardsspinal immobilisation frames/devicesfracture immobilisation devicesstokes litter

Assessment may include environmental considerationscasualty triageprimary surveyvital signs surveysecondary survey (head to toe examination)evacuation procedureshelicopter accessnearest land/wharf based access

Moving a casualty may include

individuallyas a member of a team

Management plan may include

written protocolsverbaltransmitted

Resources may include equipmentpersonnel

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in the practical demonstration of emergency care skills including: maintaining universal hygiene precautions accurate documentation observation and assessment skills correct use of life saving equipment appropriate management techniques for emergency

encountered


Pre-requisite units: PUAEME001A Provide emergency careCo-requisite units: Nil


Underpinning knowledge applying resuscitation techniquescasualty assessmentcasualty managementcrush injury syndromecontraindicationswound managementbasic toxicologyenvironmental exposurespinal injurieshead injuriesshock: absolute hypovolaemic relativelegal and ethical issues in pre-hospital careanatomy and physiologyhaemorrhagecardiovascular emergencieshypoxiatriagedocumentationcommunicate with casualtiesremain calm under pressureknowledge of current practices and procedures in emergency care

Underpinning skills communicate verbally with casualties and othersprovide reports to paramedical personnelwork with others in a team situationremain calm under pressureassess casualty

Resource implications Access to first aid equipment used in general operations is essential

Access may also be required to shore based transport, an ambulance or helicopter, depending on the context



Context of assessment A real life incident, exercise or simulation, or a series of tasks are required to demonstrate competence in this unit. This may involve setting scenarios to be completed either individually or as a member of a team or as part of an interagency exercise. Written or verbal questions may be used as supporting evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 2 1

Administer oxygen in an emergency situation

UNIT NAME Administer oxygen in an emergency situation

UNIT CODE PUAEME003B

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in advanced techniques for management of the administration of oxygen and ventilation of the lungs in line with the requirements of the Australian Resuscitation Council and State and Territory regulatory bodies. Expired air resuscitation is covered in the Pre-requisite unit Provide emergency care.


1. Assess casualty and develop management plan

1. Assessment of casualty is undertaken including vital signs, details of incident, medical/casualty history, physical appearance and other signs and symptoms

2. Management plan is developed taking into account available equipment, condition of patient and special requirements of certain conditions

3. Where possible casualty is assisted to a comfortable position suitable for implementation of management plan

4. Casualty is encouraged and reassured as necessary to facilitate effective treatment

5. Medical aid is arranged as soon as possible consistent with maintaining casualty safety

2. Check equipment 1. Pre-use check of safety and potential effectiveness of equipment is undertaken in accordance with operating procedures, Australian standards and regulatory requirements

2. Minor faults are diagnosed and repairs are carried out in accordance with organisation procedures to restore equipment to working order

3. Faults and defects are reported/recorded according to organisational procedures

3. Maintain unobstructed airway

1. Airway is cleared and maintained using non-intervention techniques where possible

2. Appropriate steps are taken to reduce risk to self or others of contamination by the casualty’s body fluids

3. Where carried, suction apparatus is safely inserted into pharynx and suction initiated using approved techniques to avoid injuring casualty

4. Resuscitate casualty 1. Where appropriate face masks and other barriers are used according to ARC standards

5. Use oxygen to provide therapy

1. Where indicated, oxygen therapy is used in the ventilation of casualty

6. Recover and restore equipment

1. Equipment is cleaned, and discarded or disinfected, restocked and/or replenished and stored safely according to organisation procedures


RANGE STATEMENT

Advanced techniques for management of

administration of oxygen and/or

ventilation of the lungs are

oxygen therapy, ventilation of the lungs by expired air resuscitation without oxygen added using ancillary deviceventilation with ambient air by an operator powered resuscitation—bagvalve or maskventilation by an oxygen powered resuscitator

Oxygen equipment is equipment which is used for storage and delivery of oxygen for medical purposes

Resuscitation may be performed on

adultssmall children under eight yearsnewborn babies or infants

Regulatory requirements may include

Australian Resuscitation Councilrelevant State and Territory regulatory bodies

Reporting/recording faults and damage

may include

verbalfilling out and processing standard form

Pre-use check may include

checking existence of suitable prominent warnings about precautions to be observedchecking for damageto replenish and/or restore

Barriers may include facemasksunidirectional valvesbidirectional valvesfilters

Non-intervention techniques for

maintenance of unobstructed airway

may include

head tiltjaw supportjaw thrust

Inserted into pharynx no further than the back teeth

EVIDENCE GUIDE


use of oxygen equipment in accordance with relevant standards and guidelines




Underpinning knowledge air passagesAustralian Resuscitation Council standards Australian Standards relevant to resuscitation equipmentcauses of hypoxia and hypoxic hypoxiacorrect use of oxygen cylinders and devicesdisease and chronic airways lesions (COAD/CAL)estimation of duration of oxygen supplyimportance of oxygen to the bodyindicators of obstructed breathinglower airways diseasesmanagement of COAD/CAL casualtiespossible causes of hypoventilationprecautions for safe storage and handling of oxygen cylindersprinciples of operation and troubleshootingrespiratory system—lungsresuscitation and kits—specificationssignificance of respiratory noisessigns and symptoms of chronic obstructed airwaystechniques for maintenance of unobstructed airwaythe mechanism of respiration

Underpinning skills determining oxygen pressure and volume content of cylindersreading oxygen content gaugesuse of resuscitation equipment

Resource implications Access to resuscitation equipment/kit is essential


Evidence will need to be gathered over time across a range of variables



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Establish context and develop risk evaluation criteria

UNIT NAME Establish context and develop risk evaluation criteria

UNIT CODE PUAEMR001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to identify the framework in which emergency risk management is undertaken and to develop the community’s criteria for acceptance of risk.


1. Identify issues by research and consultation

1. Aim and objectives for the development of context are identified

2. Stakeholders’ roles and inputs required are determined in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Budget, timeframe and schedule for research and consultation are determined

4. Community information is obtained

2. Identify and liaise with stakeholders

1. Existing and potential liaison networks are identified2. Relevance of existing and potential networks is evaluated3. New networks are developed using a range of strategies 4. Liaison and communication structures are established

3. Clarify stakeholders’ roles and requirements

1. Stakeholders’ roles and the need for their input are clearly defined and emphasised in seeking their cooperation

2. Stakeholders are informed of aims, objectives and the risk management context and structure within which they must operate

3. Needs of stakeholders are determined and conflicting needs identified and noted

4. Develop risk evaluation criteria with stakeholders

1. Social, environmental, financial and timeframe needs are identified in consultation with stakeholders

2. Legal, technical and political considerations are identified in consultation with stakeholders

3. Reasons for, and selection of, criteria are negotiated with stakeholders and agreed upon

4. Evaluation criteria are recommended which take into account practical constraints and the community’s acceptance of risk

5. Community expectations of acceptable risk are established

5. Monitor and review 1. Context and Evaluation Criteria are monitored in accordance with standards and guidelines

2. Context and Evaluation Criteria are reviewed in accordance with standards and guidelines


RANGE STATEMENT

Stakeholders may include staffclient groupsmembers of the publiccommunity groupsindustry groupspublic and private sector organisationsnon-government organisationsMembers of Parliament

Policies and procedures may include

arrangements specified in legislationpoliciesexisting disaster plansagreements and standing operating procedures

Sources of community information may

include

community information bookletslocal medialocal councillocal emergency service personnel

Existing and potential liaison networks

should be identified through comprehensive research of relevant agency documentation and community information

New networks should be developed using a range of strategies selected to maximise response from relevant individuals and groups

Practical constraints may include

legaltechnicalfinancialpolitical and social considerationsand current best practice

Risk evaluation criteria may be based on

technicaleconomiclegalsocialhumanitarianother criteria determined by stakeholders

Liaison and communication structures may

include

meetingslettersfacsimileelectronic transmission of informationsmall group or individual verbal communication

Strategies for accessing networks may

include

advertising in local mediapreparing media releasesinitiating media interviewscontacting individual organisationsdistributing pamphletsspeaking at community functions

Communicating to promote

understanding may include

using plain English (or appropriate community language)avoidance of technical terminology and jargontaking account of education levelsliteracy levelsEnglish language levelsfamiliarity with technical termsmay require use of interpreter or community liaison officer


Positive relationships with stakeholders may be promoted by facilitating open communication and responding promptly to queries

Legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements may

include

environmental actssafety standardslocal government regulations

Standards and guidelines are to include

Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Emergency Risk Management Guidelines 1999

EVIDENCE GUIDE


The development of selection criteria which are agreed to by stakeholdersCriteria for agreement are established by stakeholders



Underpinning knowledge demographic and economic analysis techniquesemergency management concepts and principleslegislative and regulatory requirements relevant to risk managementproblem solving and decision making techniquesresearch

Underpinning skills conduct needs analysisconflict resolution facilitationnature of risknegotiation problem solvingproject management

Resource implications For the demonstration of competence in this unit it will be necessary to provide a real life environmentUnderpinning knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Candidates should be expected to present evidence from within a real environment

Context of assessment Evidence of competence in this unit should be collected from within a real environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Identify, analyse and evaluate risk

UNIT NAME Identify, analyse and evaluate risk


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to develop a prioritised list of risks for a community through the consideration of sources of risk, elements at risk and taking into account likelihood, consequence and vulnerability.


1. Identify risk 1. Sources of risk are identified by considering the interaction of hazards, communities and the environment

2. Elements at risk are identified by examining the interaction of communities, the environment and the sources of risk which affect them

3. Organisations and communities are consulted to finalise a list of perceived risks

2. Analyse risk 1. Perceived risks are analysed by considering the likelihood of an occurrence, and the consequence of an impact on the community/environment

2. The vulnerability of communities and/or environments is determined by analysing their susceptibility and resilience to risks

3. Levels of risk are identified and documented according to organisational guidelines and procedures

3. Evaluate risk 1. Risks are prioritised using agreed risk evaluation criteria

4. Monitor and review 1. Evaluated risks are monitored in accordance with standards and guidelines

2. Evaluated risks are reviewed in accordance with standards and guidelines

RANGE STATEMENT

Sources of risk may include

commercial and legal relationshipseconomichuman behaviournatural eventspolitical circumstancestechnology/technical issues management activities and controlsindividual activities

Communities which are groups with shared

associations may include

Geographically-based groupings of people such as: householdsneighbourhoodsuburbstownslocal government areascitiesregionsstates and the nation


Shared-experience groupings of people such as:particular-interest groupsethnic groupsprofessional groupslanguage groupsage groupings

Those exposed to a particular hazardSector based groupings such as:

agriculturemanufacturingcommercialmining

Education sectors. It may be necessary to consider groups within these sectors (eg within the manufacturing sectorThe food processing group)Functionally-based groupings such as service providers responsible for systems or networks which provide for the movement of peopleGoodsServices and information on which health, safetycomfort and economic activity depends (lifelines)Organisationally-based groupings such as Government organisationsnon-government organisationsMembers of Parliament

Hazards may include any situationcondition or thing that has the potential to disruptdamage or bring loss to things people valueNatural hazards. These include events such as:

bushfiresevere stormfloodcyclonestorm surgeearthquakeand extreme heat or cold

Technological hazards are those events caused by the failure of socio-technical systems. These include events such as:

dam/levee failure and systems failures related to agriculture (eg drought)food contaminationindustrial sitesinfrastructure and transportation

Biological hazards. These include the spread of disease among plants, animals or peopleCivil/political hazards. These include events such as:

terrorismsabotagecivil unresthostage situations and enemy attack


The environment is a set of conditions or influences which surround or interact with communities and hazardsBuilt Environment – elements such as buildings and infrastructure which provide for the movement of people, goods and servicesPhysical Environment – elements from the natural environment such as:

topographical featureswater bodiesvegetation communitiesand ecosystems

Concepts of the environment include

Social Environment – elements such as:politicseconomicscommerce

culture and public safety service provisions which relate to how the community functions

Characteristics of hazards communities

and environments include

Determination of information about significant fields such as:likelihoodspatial distributionintensity speed of onsetduration and the concern that the hazard arouses in the community



EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential that the interactions between hazards, communities and environments be fully identified and described. Evaluation of risk must be undertaken against established criteria in consultation with relevant communities


Pre-requisite units: PUAEMR001A Establish context and develop risk evaluation criteria


Underpinning knowledge emergency management conceptsknowledge of current principles and practices to conduct activities which exercise elements of public safety managementprinciples and guidelinesproblem solving and decision making techniquesresearch, demographic and economic analysis techniques

Underpinning skills evaluate and prioritise risksfacilitationidentification of stakeholdersnegotiation with stakeholdersproblem definitionrisk analysisuse emergency risk modelling processes to estimate risk

Resource implications For the demonstration of competence in this unit it will be necessary to work within a real life environment. Underpinning knowledge may be assessed through written assignmentsproject reports, debriefings and action learning projects



Candidates should be expected to present evidence from within a real environment

Context of assessment Evidence of competence in this unit should be collected from within a real environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Determine treatment strategies

UNIT NAME Determine treatment strategies


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to determine a range of treatment options which can be used to reduce the risk to communities.


1. Identify range of treatment options

1. Community vulnerability is reconsidered as a basis for identifying treatment options

2. Existing prevention, preparedness, response and recovery strategies are identified through research and stakeholder consultation

3. A range of potential treatment options including prevention, preparedness, response and recovery strategies, risk transfer, financial provision, or risk acceptance are identified through researching current best practice, alternative options, and seeking expert opinion

2. Evaluate draft options

1. Options are evaluated and limitations and impacts identified and communicated to stakeholders

2. Feedback on options is obtained from stakeholders and collated

3. Stakeholder needs are addressed and negotiated

3. Select treatment strategies

1. Strategies are selected in consultation with stakeholders and agreement and commitment obtained

2. Strategies are documented according to organisational requirements

3. Strategies are submitted for approval in line with organisational procedures

4. Monitor and review 1. Treatment Strategies are monitored in accordance with standards and guidelines

2. Treatment Strategies are reviewed in accordance with standards and guidelines

RANGE STATEMENT

Organisational documentation may

include

existing disaster plansoperational manualshistoric time series data

Community information may include

community information bookletslocal medialocal councillocal emergency service personnel


include

meetingslettersfacsimileelectronic transmission of informationsmall group or individual verbal communication


Communicating to promote

understanding may include

using plain English (or appropriate community language)avoidance of technical terminology and jargontaking account of education levelsliteracy levelsEnglish language levelsFamiliarity with technical termsmay require use of interpreter or community liaison officer


include

environmental actssafety standardslocal government regulations organisations policy and procedures

Sources of risk commercial and legal relationshipseconomichuman behaviournatural eventspolitical circumstancestechnology/technical issuesmanagement activities and controlsindividual activities

Stakeholders may include staffclient groupsmembers of the publiccommunity groupsindustry groupspublic and private sector organisationsnon-government organisationsMembers of Parliament

Possible strategies may include

all aspects of comprehensive emergency management evolved from considering prevention/mitigationpreparednessresponse and recovery including safety standardslegislation and regulationbuilding codesland use managementpublic educationemergency management planningmutual aid agreementstraining and exerciseswarning systemscritical incident stress managementcommunity restorationmobilising resourcesimplementing plansfinancial supportrestoration and reconstructionpersonal support and counselling

Evaluation of strategies may include

determination of advantagesdisadvantagesdeficiencies and limitations




EVIDENCE GUIDE


appropriate strategy(s) selected and supported by the community



Underpinning knowledge emergency management concepts and principlesknowledge of current principles and practices to conduct activities which exercise elements of public safety managementlegislative and regulatory requirements relevant to emergency managementorganisation’s approval proceduresproblem solving and decision making techniquestechniques for the prioritisation and evaluation of public safety risk management systems

Underpinning skills ability to negotiateanalyse needsresolve conflicts

Resource implications For the demonstration of competence in this unit it will be necessary to provide a real life environment and/or simulations based on real life incidents. These resources may involve complex scenarios sufficient to allow evidence to be gathered from a variety of sources and stakeholders on more than one occasion and over an extended period of time. Controlled access to organisational records and personnel may have significant cost implications for the staging of scenarios. Underpinning knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Candidates should be expected to present evidence from at least one real event or potential event of major impactor one or more simulations or combination of real and simulated conditions

Context of assessment Evidence of competence in this unit should be collected in one or more actual situations or scenarios where there is the capacity to demonstrate the required evidence in a real or simulated environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Manage treatment strategy implementation

UNIT NAME Manage treatment strategy implementation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to communicate, facilitate and review selected treatment strategies.


1. Communicate treatment strategies

1. Processes are selected which most effectively communicate the strategies

2. Treatment strategies are widely publicised to stakeholders

2. Facilitate treatment strategy implementation

1. Development of action plans is facilitated 2. Implementation of action plans monitored against strategies

3. Review treatment strategies

1. A review process is established2. The efficiency and effectiveness of each treatment strategy

are reviewed3. Strategies are adjusted following the review process4. Adjustments to strategies are communicated to

stakeholders5. Residual risk is identified and a decision made whether to

accept this risk or to re-establish risk management processes

RANGE STATEMENT

Stakeholders may include staffclient groupsmembers of the publiccommunity groupsindustry groupsprivate and public sector organisationsnon-government organisationsMembers of Parliament

Criteria for monitoring and review may include

continuous monitoring of the maintenance of equitycontinued involvement of stakeholderscost effectiveness of treatmentevaluation of effectiveness in terms of actual risk reductionthe evaluation of the need for the redefinition of policya feedback mechanismconsideration of change that takes place over time

Action plans may contain aims and objectives of the treatment strategies possible strategies to achieve objectivespossible tactics to implement strategiesresources required including their availabilitylimitationscontingencies and alternativesmonitoring and evaluative procedures reporting requirements

Manage treatment strategy implementation

Treatment strategies may include

all aspects of comprehensive emergency management evolved from considering prevention/mitigationpreparedness response and recovery



EVIDENCE GUIDE


Treatment strategies are implemented by relevant stakeholders Review and monitoring processes are implemented


Pre-requisite units: PUAEMR003A Determine treatment strategies


Underpinning knowledge benchmarking best practices in the implementation and review of management processesplanning theory and processesproblem solving techniquesrisk management process

Underpinning skills ability to negotiateneeds analysis resolve conflict

Resource implications For the demonstration of competence in this unit it will be necessary to provide a real life environment. Underpinning knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Candidates should be expected to present evidence from a real event

Context of assessment Evidence of competence in this unit should be collected from a real event


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Design and manage activities which exercise elements of emergency management

UNIT NAME Design and manage activities which exercise elements of emergency management


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to design, manage and evaluate activities which exercise elements of emergency management.


1. Determine objectives 1. The need for the exercise is identified in consultation with stakeholders

2. Objectives of the exercise which meet the identified need are determined

2. Design exercise 1. Exercise style, consistent with the objectives, is selected in consultation with stakeholders

2. Exercise is designed to ensure that objectives are met3. Resources to support the exercise are identified and

secured

3. Manage exercise 1. Personnel involved in the exercise are briefed in respect of aims, objectives, expectations and activity outcomes

2. The exercise plan is used to initiate and facilitate the conduct and direction of the exercise

3. The progress of the exercise is monitored and feedback provided to personnel

4. Evaluate outcomes 1. A post exercise debrief is planned based on the conduct and outcomes

2. A debrief is conducted with activity personnel3. The outcomes of the activities are reviewed against

objectives4. A report of the activity is prepared and distributed to

stakeholders

RANGE STATEMENT

Activities which exercise elements of emergency

management (exercises) may

explore issuespromote awarenesseducateassess and demonstrate capabilityevaluate risk treatment strategiesvalidate trainingaudit performanceevaluate emergency management plans


Activities may include scenario analysescase studiesrole playsdiscussion exercisesfunctional centre exercises (specific task environments within the workplace)field exercises synthetic traininghigh level architecturemulti mediavirtual realitydistributed interactive soft ware

Stakeholders may include staffclient groupsmembers of the publiccommunity groupsindustry groupspublic and private sector organisationspoliticians

The design process may include

determination of activity management structuredevelopment of documentationdesign of activityissuing notificationbriefings and de-briefings

Activity personnel may include

activity directordirecting staff/coordinators/facilitatorssafety officersassessors/umpirespublic relations staffcasualty simulatorsrole player liaison officersadministrative/welfare personnel to support learning and assessment tools

Resource needs may include

equipmentfinancepersonnelfacilitieslogisticsactivity communications

Activity documentation may include

activity notificationactivity management checklistsgeneral instructionsafety instructionstimetable/schedule of eventsactivity inputs (general ideaspecial ideaproblemsspecific inputs)


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Ability to effectively plan, conduct and evaluate exercises and activities devised for the demonstration of emergency management competencies



Underpinning knowledge adult learning principles and networksassessment and review techniquesconsultationemergency management concepts and principleslegislative and regulatory arrangements relative to emergency managementmonitoringproblem solving and decision making techniquesproject management principles

Underpinning skills communicate in a group settingconduct needs analysismanage and direct exercise activitiesnegotiate with client groups and stakeholdersplan and deliver briefings and de-briefingsprovide feedback

Resource implications Access to resources relevant to the exercise activities


Evidence of competence in this unit would need to be gathered over time in a range of activity contexts

Context of assessment On-the-job or in a simulated environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 3 3 3 3 3 3

Treat risk at an operational level

UNIT NAME Treat risk at an operational level


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to identify, plan and implement treatment options in order to reduce risk.

Personnel working at this level will normally operate in a relatively simple and routine workplace in which they use the organisation’s policy and procedures. Personnel would normally have local supervisory/management responsibility and will apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems.


1. Make risk decision 1. Calculated level of risk is compared to the established risk evaluation criteria and determined to be acceptable or unacceptable in consultation with the supervisor

2. Risk that is determined as unacceptable is documented and noted for treatment

2. Identify and select treatment options

1. Treatment options of known risks are identified and confirmed as contained in organisational policies and procedures or supervisor’s guidance

2. Treatment options under consideration are evaluated for effectiveness within the given context

3. Selected treatment options are documented and communicated in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

3. Implement treatment options

1. Treatment plans incorporating selected options are implemented in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

2. Treatment plans are communicated in the workplace in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

3. Treatment plans are evaluated to determine residual risk following implementation

4. Monitor and review risk and the process

1. Effectiveness and efficiency of the treatment plan is monitored, reviewed and recorded in accordance with organisational policies and procedures to ensure compliance and validity

2. Residual risk is calculated and communicated to supervisors so that a decision can be made whether to accept this risk or to re-establish the risk management process

3. Treatments are adjusted and communicated following the review process


RANGE STATEMENT

Treatment options may include

Avoiding the riskReducing the consequencesReducing the likelihood of the occurrenceRetaining the riskTransferring the risk

Risks that may impact on objectives may

include

ConflictEconomicEnvironmentalFinancial Human behaviourLegalNatural eventsPolitical circumstancesSafetyTechnical

Organisational policies or procedures may

include

Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Commonwealth and state/territory legislative requirements eg OHS ActIndustry standards and codes of practiceOrganisational charter/business plan

Effectiveness includes Benefits to the individual Benefits to the organisationCost benefits resulting from the implementation of the treatmentCost of implementing the treatment option

Treatment plans include BudgetingExpected outcome of treatmentsPerformance measuresResponsibilities Review process to be set in placeSchedules

Monitoring includes Critical observationIdentification of changes over timeRegular checkingRegular recording

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to define and identify risk language, definitions and terminology. Evidence must also be provided of stakeholders’ involvement throughout the treatment process and that an informed analysis and selection of treatment options has been undertaken using the methodology and procedures approved by the organisation


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAEMR007A Conduct risk assessment



Aims and objectives of the taskOrganisational policies and proceduresRisk management terminology and language in accordance with relevant standards (such as risk, hazard, risk assessment, risk management and risk treatment, residual risk, treatment plans, risk evaluation criteria)Team work principles and strategiesTechniques for giving and receiving feedback in a constructive mannerTechniques for supporting othersVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques including body language, language style, active listeningWritten communication to a level required to complete workplace forms and reports

Underpinning skills Analytical and probingCommunicate with stakeholders and convey information, including: clarifying listening paraphrasing questioning summarisingCritically evaluate an operational situation by listening, observing and clarifying information with supervisorFollow instructions/directives and report informationInterpersonalMake notes of observationsParticipate in the teamProblem solving skills for a defined range of problemsProvide and receive feedback in a constructive mannerRead and understand the organisation’s plans, policies and procedures Represent mathematical ideas in appropriate formatVoice personal view to the review process

Resource implications Access to: organisational documentation relevant organisational standards appropriate tools and methods used within the

organisation


Competency should be demonstrated by gathering evidence over a range of workplace scenarios, using a variety of tools and methodology and should include the assessment of a variety of risks that may adversely impact on the organisation

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in the workplace or under conditions that accurately simulate the workplace


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 1

Conduct risk assessment

UNIT NAME Conduct risk assessment


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to identify and assess risk in preparation for the treatment of that risk.

This competency would normally apply to personnel working at a relatively simple and routine level, in which they use established organisational policy and procedures. Personnel would normally have local supervisory/management responsibility and apply known solutions to a variety of predicable problems.

The unit covers the first four steps of the risk management process and provides the skills and knowledge required to conduct a risk assessment. It does not deal with the treatment of risk; this is covered in the unit PUAEMR006A Treat risk at an operational level.


1. Establish the risk context

1. Aims, objectives, scope and boundaries of the risk assessment are clearly defined in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

2. Risk evaluation criteria is identified and confirmed as contained in organisational policies, procedures or supervisors’ guidance

3. Structure for the planning required to conduct a risk assessment is determined

4. Aims and objectives of stakeholders are identified and recorded in accordance with workplace procedures and guidelines

2. Identify risk 1. All possible sources of risk which may impact on the situation or objectives are identified and recorded in accordance with workplace procedures and guidelines

2. Sources of risk are identified from the perspective of all stakeholders

3. Risks are identified using a specified methodology or tool in accordance with workplace procedures and guidelines

4. Stakeholders are consulted during the risk identification process to finalise a list of risks

3. Analyse risk 1. Potential consequence of a risk and the likelihood of that consequence are estimated

2. Risks are analysed using a specified method or tool in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

3. Levels of risk are determined, documented and communicated in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Evaluate risk 1. Levels of risk are prioritised for treatment2. Calculated level of risk is compared to the established risk

evaluation criteria, and communicated to supervisors3. Risks are monitored and reviewed until appropriate

treatment measures have been implemented


RANGE STATEMENT

Risks that may impact on objectives may

include

Actual eventsConflictEconomicEnvironmentalFinancialHuman behaviourPolitical circumstancesSafetySecurityTechnical

Organisational policies and procedures may

include

Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360 Commonwealth and state/territory legislative requirements eg OHS ActIndustry standards and codes of practiceOrganisational charter/business plan

Structure must include identifying

Amount of documentation required Analysis tools which are required to conduct the assessmentApproach taken to conduct the assessmentDepth of assessment

Stakeholders may include

Those people, organisations and other interested parties (both internal and external) who may affect, be affected by, or perceive themselves to be affected by, a decision or activity

Specified methods or tools may be

QualitativeQuantitativeSemi-quantitativeOr a combination of the three

Specified methods or tools may include

A risk matrixAnalysis of risk registersBrainstormingBusiness continuity planning Examining any available data eg audit results/incident reportsExpert judgementFocus groupsNomogramScenario analysis SWOT analysis

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to define and identify risk language, definitions and terminology. Evidence must also be provided of stakeholder’s involvement throughout the process and that an informed analysis of the risks has been undertaken using tools and methodology approved by the organisation


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAEMR006A Treat risk at an operational

level



Aims and objectives of the taskOrganisational policies, procedures and guidelinesRisk management terminology and language in accordance with relevant standards (risk, hazard, risk assessment, risk management and risk treatment)Specified methods or tools endorsed by an organisation and provided for use in the identification and analysis of riskTeam work principles and strategiesTechniques for giving and receiving feedback in a constructive mannerTechniques for supporting othersTechniques/methods used to identify or analyse informationVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques including language style, active listeningWritten communication to a level required to complete workplace forms and reports

Underpinning skills Analytical and probingCommunicate with stakeholders and convey information, including: listening questioning paraphrasing clarifying summarisingCritically evaluate an operational situation by listening, observing and clarifying information with supervisorFollow instructions/directives and report informationInterpersonal Make notes of observationsParticipate in the teamProvide and receive feedback in a constructive mannerRead and understand the organisation’s plans, policies and procedures Represent mathematical ideas in appropriate formatSolve problems for a defined range of problemsVoice personal view to the review process

Resource implications Access to: organisational documentation relevant organisational standards appropriate tools and methods used within the

organisation


Competency should be demonstrated by gathering evidence over a range of workplace scenarios, using a variety of tools and methodology and should include the assessment of a variety of risks that may adversely impact on the organisation

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in the workplace or under conditions that accurately simulate the workplace


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 1

Contribute to an emergency risk management process

UNIT NAME Contribute to an emergency risk management process


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to participate in the consideration of risks to local/regional community safety that require whole-of-community or multi-organisation attention.

The emergency risk management process used will be developed in close cooperation with the community and consistent with the Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360.


1. Clarify the community context

1. Information about known risks, safety concerns, expectations and desired outcomes is collected and analysed

2. Safety concerns, drivers, recent events, community views and sensitivities are identified

3. Relevant policies, procedures and existing emergency management documentation and arrangements are identified

4. Input to building an initial picture of community characteristics, safety expectations and perceptions of risk is provided

5. Significance of available information for own organisation/constituency is assessed and reported

6. Scope and focus of a feasible emergency risk management project are determined

2. Develop a sustainable emergency risk management methodology

1. Own role, organisational responsibilities, limits of authority, scope of community knowledge and expertise are outlined to other group members

2. Organisational resources that can be provided to support the emergency risk management process are identified

3. Sources of useful, credible information are identified through stakeholders, community networks and interested parties

4. Practical consultation and decision making strategies are suggested and debated

5. Processes for accountability and timely communication of accurate, consistent information to stakeholders are developed

6. Feedback on the proposed project scope and objectives and emergency risk management process is obtained from own organisation/constituency

7. Draft project plan is jointly refined and finalised prior to communication with stakeholders


3. Develop risk statements and treatment options

1. Credibility, accuracy and currency of available risk information is assessed

2. Additional information is sought from specialists, organisations and other stakeholders regarding information gaps and conflicting data or views

3. Risk statements are jointly developed by considering sources of risk, elements at risk and community/environmental vulnerability

4. Risk statements are jointly analysed by considering the likelihood and consequences of occurrences

5. Input is provided to help assess the effectiveness of existing treatment strategies

6. Treatment options for risks are suggested that take into account implications for stakeholders, practical constraints and established assessment criteria

7. Feedback on risks and treatment options is obtained from own organisation/constituency and other stakeholders

8. Recommendations are jointly developed and submitted for approval

4. Promote ownership for the process and outcomes

1. Comprehensive consultation is undertaken at all stages2. All positions and commitments are properly authorised

before being communicated to others3. Management is kept informed of project progress,

proposed variations in strategy, decisions and recommendations

4. Variations to commitment of resources are negotiated with management

5. All stages of the process, decisions taken and outcomes are documented in accordance with accountability, legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements

6. Opportunities for improving emergency risk management processes are reported

5. Work cooperatively with other participants and stakeholders

1. Commitment is demonstrated by sharing knowledge and expertise, completing allocated tasks on time and encouraging others to help achieve common goals

2. Meeting procedures are observed3. Accurate information is provided at all times4. Opinions and advice are contributed while appreciating the

boundaries and cultures of organisations and diverse views of other participants

5. A wide range of reactions and views are actively sought6. Language used in meetings is appropriate to the broad

range of participants7. Confidentiality and sensitivity of information and meeting

processes are respected8. Conflicts are resolved constructively with a minimum of fuss9. Overall community safety outcomes are placed above

personal or organisational/constituency interests


RANGE STATEMENT

Communities are groups with shared

associations and may include

Geographic groups of people such as: neighbourhoods cities, towns, suburbs local areas, regions, states/territories, nation

Groups of people exposed to a particular hazardGroups such as government organisations, non-government organisations, members of parliamentProviders of goods, services and information (lifelines)

transport, utilities, communications health, safety, comfort

Shared-experience groups of people such as: particular-interest groups, professional groups age, ethnic groups, language groups

Workers in industry sectors such as: agriculture manufacturing (eg. food processing) commercial mining emergency services

Information may include Characteristics of natural, local and built environmentsDemographics (population distribution, social, cultural, health status and education data)Details of key infrastructure and emergency/support servicesEconomic activity reports (employment, products, services, revenue)Government reports (eg. environmental impacts)

Known risks may include

Commercial activity and legal relationshipsEconomicHuman behaviour and individual activitiesManagement activities and controlsNatural eventsPolitical circumstancesTechnology/technical issuesTerrorism

Drivers may include Changes in community characteristicsChanges in insurance policies and premiumsChanges in legislation, policies and disaster/emergency management plansEmergency incidents reports/debriefsNew sources of risk or changed perception of riskObvious and unmet risks


Agreements between agencies and/or organisationsEmergency management arrangements specified in legislation or policiesExisting disaster or emergency management plansStandard operating procedures, operational manuals



Community information bookletsCredible individuals, group and community leadersDocumented risk assessments by companies, organisations libraries, research reports, Australian Bureau of Statistics data, special needs groups, significant cultural organisationsFamily and historical recordsMedia, council and emergency service personnel and records


Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)Providers of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection, emergency management)Tourist operatorsVenue operators

Consultation and decision making

strategies may involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email messages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesPresentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functionsPreparing media releases

Treatment options may include

All aspects of emergency management practices arising from considering prevention/mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery including:

building codes community education community restoration, reconstruction critical incident stress management, personal support

and counselling emergency management planning financial support mutual aid agreements legislation and regulation land use management safety standards training and exercises warning systems

Avoidance, transfer, and acceptance of risk



Arrangements, roles and responsibilities set down in existing emergency management plansAvailability of technical expertise, technology, equipmentBudgets, time, availability and capability of peopleLand use planningLegislation covering emergency management, environmental management, safety standards, local government regulationsLegislation relevant to Indigenous people in the areaLimited community knowledge of emergency risk management processes and benefitsPolitical, social and cultural considerations

Assessment criteria for selecting treatment

options may include

Administrative efficiencyCompatibility with other treatment optionsContinuity of effectsCostCreation of new risksEconomic and environmental impactsEquityImpact on individual’s rightsJurisdictional authorityLeveragePotential to reduce riskPolitical acceptabilityPublic and pressure group reactionTiming

Legislative,regulatory and organisational

requirements may include

Acts dealing with disasters, emergencies, occupational health and safety and the environmentEqual employment opportunityLand use planningLocal government regulationsPrivacyRegulations for handling and transport of dangerous goodsSafety standards

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to: provide constructive information and advice based on

expertise, knowledge and experience of an organisation, constituency or community

keep their organisation/constituency informed of the emergency risk management process and outcomes and seek their regular input and feedback

work collaboratively with other participants to achieve outcomes that contribute to improved community safety

provide constructive input and gain organisational/constituency support for the outcomes through effective consultation and feedback




Underpinning knowledge Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Culture, diversity and history of communities, environments and associated concerns, issues and sensitivities, perception of risksEmergency Risk Management Guidelines (1999)Emergency risk management process and the kinds of emergency risk management terminology, risk, PPRR concepts and principles, mitigation outcomes and benefits for communitiesGroup dynamics, strategies for resolving conflictISO9000 and 14000 series quality standardsLegislative and regulatory requirements, agency/organisational arrangements relevant to emergency risk managementMeeting proceduresOrganisational requirements for the provision of information, and authorisation of resources, and approval of reports/recommendationsRoles and responsibilities of key response/recovery agencies and organisationsState/territory emergency risk management guidelines

Underpinning skills Analyse positions of group members and stakeholders, priorities of organisations and individualsAnalyse risks and implications and impacts of proposed treatmentsDemonstrate effective interpersonal interactionsListen activelyLocate and interpret community informationNegotiate commitment of organisation/constituencyPromote two-way communication with organisation/constituencyResolve conflicts constructivelySummarise and explain key information clearlyTeamworkValue diversity of views and perceptions of risks

Resource implications Access to a community and the opportunity to contribute to an actual, or simulated, emergency risk management process and consider a range of community safety concerns


Competency should be demonstrated in a range of contexts throughout the life of a community emergency risk management project, or during components of a number of projects

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed participating in a group emergency risk management process and contributing to the joint development of a set of recommendations that address community safety in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 2

Facilitate emergency risk assessment

UNIT NAME Facilitate emergency risk assessment


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to develop an agreed list of prioritised risks using an emergency risk management process developed in close cooperation with the community and consistent with the Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360.


1. Identify, define and engage the community

1. A community profile is developed to identify broad characteristics and special needs

2. Known risks, stakeholders, community and agency sources of information are used to identify networks that may be useful

3. A working group is established with an appropriate balance of expertise, representation and authority

4. Group’s knowledge of emergency risk management principles, terminology and processes is developed

5. Means of implementing the emergency risk management process is negotiated with the community

6. Feasible consultation and project management strategies are developed with stakeholders

7. Need for specialised information, additional skills and expertise is identified

2. Develop context and risk evaluation criteria

1. Community concerns, drivers/triggers; applicable legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements; policies, procedures and desired outcomes are identified

2. Information on community characteristics, safety expectations, risk perceptions and the roles and requirements of stakeholders is collected

3. Practical constraints, existing treatment strategies and community expectations are considered when developing relevant risk evaluation criteria

4. Draft criteria and supporting explanations are circulated widely for comment

3. Identify and analyse risks

1. Sources of risk are identified and described using research and broad input from specialists and stakeholders

2. Elements at risk are identified by examining the interaction between sources of risk, communities and the environment

3. Vulnerability of communities and/or the environment is determined by considering their susceptibility and resilience to sources of risk

4. Risk statements are developed that clearly describe the interaction between sources of risk and the elements at risk

5. Risk statements are analysed by considering the likelihood and consequences of impacts on the community and/or environment

6. Levels of risks are established and documented so that they can be understood by a wide range of audiences


4. Evaluate risks 1. Criteria to evaluate risks are agreed 2. Risks are prioritised by considering vulnerability and priority

for treatment3. Stakeholder agreement is sought through their involvement

in refining the risk register4. A risk assessment report is disseminated to relevant

stakeholders

5. Promote ongoing commitment and ownership for the process and outcomes

1. Consultation is undertaken at all stages of the process using a wide range of networks and individuals

2. A variety of communication strategies is used 3. All stages of the process, decisions taken and outcomes are

documented accurately in accordance with accountability and audit requirements

4. Information is provided to the community in ways that suit their language, literacy and cultural needs

6. Monitor and review the process and outcomes

1. Emergency risk assessment is completed efficiently2. All relevant data and contact information for key individuals

and organisations is regularly reviewed for currency and updated

3. Risk register is reviewed in accordance with the review schedule or in response to drivers/triggers

4. Opportunities for improving emergency management processes are reported

RANGE STATEMENT

Communitiesare groups with shared

associations andmay include

Geographic groups of people such as: neighbourhoods cities, towns, suburbs local government areas, regions, states/territories and

the nationGroups of people exposed to a particular hazardGroups such as government organisations, non-government organisations, members of parliamentProviders of goods, services and information (lifelines)


Shared-experience groups of people such as: particular-interest groups, professional groups age, ethnic groups, language groups tourists




Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Providers of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection, emergency management)Tourist operatorsVenue operators


Community information bookletsCredible individuals, group and community leadersDocumented risk assessments by companies, organisationsFamily and historical recordsLibraries, research reports, Australian Bureau of Statistics dataSpecial needs groups, significant cultural organisationsMedia, council and emergency service personnel and records

Consultation and project

management strategies may

involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email messages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsPreparing media releasesPresentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functions

Information may include Characteristics of natural, local and built environmentsDemographics (population distribution, social, cultural, health status and education data)Details of key infrastructure and emergency/support servicesEconomic activity reports (employment, products, services, revenue)Government reports (eg. environmental impacts)

Risk evaluation criteria may be based on

EconomicEnvironmentalHumanitarianLegalSocialTechnicalOther criteria determined by stakeholders


Drivers/triggers may include

Changes in community demographicsChanges in insurance policies and premiumsChanges in legislation, policies and disaster/emergency management plansNew sources of risk or changed perception of riskRecent emergency incident reports/debriefs, safety issuesStrategic and corporate plans

Legislative,regulatory and organisational


Acts dealing with disasters, emergencies, occupational health and safety and the environmentLand use planningLocal government regulationsRegulations for handling and transport of dangerous goodsSafety standards


Agreements between agencies and/or organisationsEmergency management arrangements specified in legislation or policies Existing disaster or emergency management plansStandard operating procedures


Arrangements, roles and responsibilities set down in existing emergency management plansAvailability of technical expertise, technology, equipmentBudgets, time, availability and capability of peopleLand use planningLegislation covering emergency management, environmental management, safety standards, local government regulationsLimited community knowledge of emergency risk management processes and benefitsPolitical, social and cultural considerations



The environment may include

A set of conditions or influences which surround or interact with communities and hazardsBuilt environment elements such as buildings and infrastructure that provide for the movement of people, goods and servicesPhysical environment elements from the natural environment such as:

ecosystems topographical features vegetation communities water bodies

Social environment elements such as: commerce cultural diversity economic activity political framework public safety service provisions which relate to how the

community functions

EVIDENCE GUIDE



Assessment must confirm the ability to: explain emergency risk management concepts, the

process and how to promote its benefits to a wide range of audiences

apply the emergency risk management process (Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360)

facilitate the development of an appropriate and sustainable emergency risk management process in cooperation with the community and stakeholders

work with committee members to translate a wide range of risk perceptions, issues of concern and risk evaluation criteria into an agreed set of prioritised risks

promote community cooperation, input and ownership for the emergency risk management process used and the outcomes

produce an agreed risk register for a community obtain feedback, monitor and review the process and

outcomes maintain momentum and achieve the project outcomes

within available resources establish a project and see it through to produce a risk

register that has broad community and stakeholder support


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUATEA003A Lead, manage and develop

teams


Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Culture, diversity and history of communities, environments and associated concerns, issues and sensitivities, perception of risksDecision making techniquesEmergency Risk Management Guidelines (1999)Emergency risk management process (Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360) and the kinds of outcomes and benefits for communitiesEmergency risk management terminology, risk, PPRR concepts and principles, mitigationEmergency risk management toolsGroup dynamics, strategies for team building and resolving conflictISO9000 and 14000 series quality standardsLegislative and regulatory requirements relevant to emergency risk managementMeeting proceduresResearch tools and demographic and economic analysis techniquesState/territory emergency risk management guidelines


Underpinning skills Define and solve problemsDemonstrate effective interpersonal interactionsGain cooperation of stakeholdersListen activelyLocate and interpret community informationManage projectsMaximise the participation of committee membersMonitor and enhance team workNegotiate agreed outcomes despite incomplete and/or uncertain informationRecognise the relevance and significance of information for the emergency risk management processResolve conflicts between participants constructivelySummarise and explain key information clearlyValue diversity of views and perceptions of risks

Resource implications Access to a community and the opportunity to facilitate an actual, or simulated emergency risk assessment process



Context of assessment Competency should be assessed facilitating a group emergency risk management process in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Undertake emergency planning

UNIT NAME Undertake emergency planning


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to collaboratively develop new/revised emergency plans by organisations such as: local government, emergency service or government agencies and departments; event organisers; managers of utilities, critical infrastructure or high occupancy buildings; and service providers.

The unit recognises that emergency planning requires processes and outcomes to be regularly checked, tested, revised and updated as conditions change. Planning is also seen as an important way of building the resilience of organisations and communities through their active involvement in the process.


1. Establish the planning context and framework

1. A planning committee is established with an appropriate balance of expertise, representation and authority to achieve desired outcomes

2. Authority to plan is confirmed by reference to legislation, government direction, community or other managerial agreement

3. Planning environment is clarified by analysing drivers 4. Legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements,

policy, procedures, existing arrangements and plans that may impact on the planning framework are identified and analysed

5. Key stakeholders, are identified along with their potential interests, sensitivities, roles and responsibilities

6. Planning aims and objectives are developed and refined with management and other key stakeholders

2. Develop agreed planning processes and methodology

1. Practical constraints are considered when developing a feasible project scope

2. Frameworks for project planning, management and evaluation are jointly developed

3. Processes for negotiating outcomes and making decisions are developed within existing accountabilities

4. Consultation and community education strategies are developed

5. Information management, reporting and accountability strategies are developed and agreed

6. Project is broken down into a logical sequence of manageable and time related activities and the required resources identified

7. Ability of committee members and their organisations to undertake specific planning activities is jointly assessed

8. Sources of expertise are identified to contribute specialised information and analysis as required

9. Accountability for specific tasks or planning components is negotiated with the appropriate individual, organisation or service provider


3. Undertake research and analysis

1. Project scope is regularly reviewed in response to new information or changes in resources and planning environment

2. Appropriate research tools and consultation strategies are chosen

3. A comprehensive body of community information, risks and safety expectations is built/updated using credible sources

4. Effectiveness of current prevention/mitigation, response and recovery strategies is assessed

5. Vulnerability of communities and environments is determined by analysing their susceptibility and resilience to risk

6. Need for new/updated response, evacuation and recovery plans is confirmed for risks that have the potential to become an emergency event

4. Develop/refine planning outcomes

1. Emergency management arrangements related to the effective control of operations and coordination of resources are reviewed or developed

2. Potential gaps or duplication in roles and responsibilities of all organisations are identified

3. Broad categories and types of resources and services that are likely to be required are identified

4. Financial and contractual arrangements for accessing or acquiring resources and services are developed

5. Arrangements for the command, control and coordination of the response to an emergency incident are addressed in the plan

6. Round trip nature of the evacuation process and the stages of evacuation are addressed in the plan

7. Arrangements for the restoration of the community structure and facilities and provision of support to affected people are addressed in the plan

8. Potentially critical resource/service shortfalls and communication deficiencies between organisations are identified

9. Contingencies to address potential problems are developed with relevant organisations and service providers

10. Implications of new/revised plans for business planning, review of legislation/policy/procedures and provision of training and community education programs are assessed

5. Document the planning outcomes

1. Draft plan is jointly developed2. Draft plan’s structure enables all users to quickly access

essential information and any amendments3. Draft plan’s purpose, control/coordination arrangements and

any functional/threat specific sub plans are specified in sufficient detail

4. Language used is clear, concise and appropriate for the community

5. Plans and sub plans are consistent6. Planning records, supporting documentation and contact

information are maintained by the organisation responsible for version control


6. Validate and implement planning outcomes

1. Feedback on the draft plan is obtained from stakeholders 2. Crucial arrangements and systems are tested for robustness

and flexibility in response to likely scenarios

3. Outcomes of testing plan components or sub plans by lead/supporting organisations are used to refine the draft plan

4. Compatibility, links and interactions between the draft plan, sub plans and other community safety strategies are tested

5. Revisions are signed off by lead/supporting organisations prior to seeking formal plan endorsement by the relevant authority

6. Endorsed plan is published and distributed to all relevant parties

7. Support for the plan is established by promoting its specific benefits to stakeholders

7. Monitor and review the planning process and outcomes

1. A maintenance and audit schedule is established in accordance with relevant legislation, policy or procedures

2. Plans or components are exercised according to priorities identified in risk assessment

3. Deficiencies in operational systems and procedures identified during audit, activation or exercising of the plan are analysed and reported to the relevant party

4. Significant changes in risk, vulnerability or available resources are recognised and accommodated

5. Contact information for key personnel is regularly updated6. Plan amendments are negotiated, documented and

authorised in accordance with version control procedures7. Opportunities for improving emergency planning processes

are reported8. Audit and reporting requirements are completed

RANGE STATEMENT

Communities are groups with shared


Geographic groups of people such as: neighbourhoods states/territories, cities, towns, suburbs local government areas, regions, states/territories and

the nationGroups of people exposed to a particular hazardGroups such as government organisations, non-government organisations, members of parliamentProviders of goods, services and information (lifelines)





Drivers may include Changes in community characteristicsChanges in insurance policies and premiumsChanges in legislation, policies and disaster/emergency management plansNew sources of risk or changed perception of riskStrategic and corporate plansPlanning deficienciesRecent emergency incident reports/debriefs, safety issuesRecent judicial decisions


include

Acts dealing with disasters, emergencies, occupational health and safety and the environmentBuilding codesLand use planningLocal government regulationsPlanning requirements for public health, building, fire preventionPrivacyRegulations for handling/transport of dangerous goodsSafety standards


Agreements between agencies and/or organisationsEmergency management arrangements specified in legislation or policies Existing disaster or emergency management plansStandard operating procedures (SOPs)


Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Providers of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection, emergency management)Tourist operatorsVenue operators


Arrangements, roles and responsibilities set down in existing emergency management plansAvailability of technical expertise, technology, equipmentBudgets, time, availability and capability of peopleLand use planningLegislation covering emergency management, environmental managementLimited community knowledge of emergency risk management processes and benefitsLocal government regulationsPolitical, social and cultural considerationsSafety standards


Consultation and community

education strategies may

involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email messages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsPresentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functionsPreparing media releases

Research tools may involve

Affinity analysisBrainstorming, visioning Cause and effect analysis, force field analysisEmergency risk management toolsRank-It, SWOT analysis

Community information may include

Characteristics of natural, local and built environmentsDemographics (population distribution, social, cultural, health status and education data)Details of key infrastructure and emergency/support servicesEconomic activity reports (employment, products, services, revenue)Government reports (eg. environmental impacts)

Sources of community information may

include

Community information bookletsCredible individuals, group and community leadersDocumented outcomes of emergency risk management processes conducted by communities, organisations and companiesFamily and historical recordsLibraries, research reports, Australian Bureau of Statistics dataMedia, council and emergency service personnel and recordsSpecial needs groups, significant cultural organisations


Commercial activity and legal relationshipsEconomicHuman behaviour and individual activitiesIndustrial activitiesManagement activities and controlsNatural eventsPolitical circumstancesTechnology/technical issuesTerrorism

Planning for response may include

Collecting, processing and disseminating informationCommunications systemsCoordinating and deploying resourcesLiaison between organisations, agenciesManagement structureNegotiating outside assistance and providing assistance to other areasOperation of the emergency operations centre Preparation and activation of warnings, distribution of public informationRoles of support organisations


Planning for the evacuation may

include identification of

Enabling legislation and/or regulationsEvacuation routesHealth and safety needs of mass gatheringsManagement structureOrganisations responsible for arranging and coordinating transportOrganisations responsible for conducting and assisting with the evacuationOrganisations responsible for operating evacuation centresPreparation and activation of warnings, distribution of public information, media managementRegistration teamsSites suitable as assembly areasSites suitable as evacuation centresStrategies for communicating with diverse ethnic, cultural and language groupsStrategies for gaining community cooperation

Planning for recovery may include

Assisting with business continuityCounselling emotionally-affected peopleEstablishing and managing emergency financial relief schemesManaging environmental rehabilitation programsManaging overwhelming demandManagement structureProviding immediate emergency accommodation Providing personal supportRoles and responsibilities of agencies and organisationsRepairing or replacing damaged public utilities, services and assetsSurveying and assessing damage to public and private property

Planning outcomes may include

Emergency or disaster plans at national, state/territory, district/regional and local levelsSupport or functional plans developed at state/territory, district/regional and local levels for services such as:

communications engineering evacuation health recovery/welfare transport

Threat specific plans developed at state/territory, district/regional and local levels to deal with threats from hazards such as:

cyclone emergency animal disease flood, water, public health fire hazardous materials marine pollution terrorism

Stages of evacuation include

WarningWithdrawalShelterReunionReturn


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to: explain the planning process and promote its benefits to

a wide range of audiences develop an appropriate and sustainable emergency

planning process in cooperation with the committee and own organisation/constituency

work with committee members and own organisation/constituency to develop plans that are readily understandable by users and able to be implemented effectively

work cooperatively with others to develop emergency plans that have own organisation/constituency approval and broad community and stakeholder support

promote ownership from stakeholders for the planning process used and the planning outcomes

evaluate planning process and outcomes with organisation/constituency

maintain momentum and achieve allocated planning tasks within available resources


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAEMR005A Design and manage

activities which exercise elements of emergency management


Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Culture, diversity and history of communities, environments and associated concerns, issues and sensitivities, perception of risksDecision making techniquesEmergency risk management terminology, concepts and principlesGroup dynamics, strategies for team building and resolving conflictMeeting proceduresPlanning process and the kinds of outcomes and benefits for communitiesRelevant legislative and regulatory requirementsResearch tools and demographic and economic analysis techniques, emergency risk management tools

Underpinning skills Consider wide range of alternatives before making logical decisionsDefine and solve problemsDemonstrate attention to detailDemonstrate effective interpersonal interactionsEncourage the participation of other committee membersGain cooperation of stakeholdersListen activelyLocate and interpret community informationManage components of projectsNegotiate collective outcomesProvide credible, reliable and timely information and well reasoned advice and opinionsRecognise the relevance and significance of information for the planning processResolve conflicts constructively with a minimum of fussSummarise and explain key information clearlyThink creatively (‘big picture’, ‘outside the box’)


Value diversity of views and perceptions of risksWork cooperativelyWork within organisational boundaries and culturesWrite clearly, concisely using accurate terminology

Resource implications Access to a community and the opportunity to participate in an actual, or simulated, emergency planning process


Competency should be demonstrated in a range of contexts throughout the life of an emergency planning project, or during components of a number of projects

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed making significant contributions to an emergency planning process either as an individual or as the representative of a stakeholder, organisation or constituency in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Plan and implement a treatment measure

UNIT NAME Plan and implement a treatment measure


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to plan and implement a treatment measure that is within the scope and capability of a single agency, organisation, or service provider.

Personnel will have access to organisational policies and procedures and advice from their supervisor/manager.


1. Develop treatment plan

1. Risk(s) to be treated is confirmed2. Current relevance of treatment option is confirmed3. Performance criteria for assessing the effectiveness of

treatment implementation are established4. Treatment actions, resources required, milestones, budget,

reporting procedures and roles and responsibilities of project team members are identified

5. Communication and project management strategies are developed with stakeholders and project team

6. Implementation issues are identified and contingencies developed where necessary

7. An agreed treatment plan is documented and submitted for approval in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Implement and monitor treatment plan

1. Team roles and responsibilities are allocated and communication and reporting procedures are confirmed

2. Consultation and communication strategies, treatment activities and adequacy of resources are monitored and reported

3. Variations to the treatment plan are agreed with supervisor/manager and documented

4. Accurate records of meetings and communications with stakeholders and project team members are maintained

5. Treatment activities are completed efficiently

3. Review the process and treatment implementation

1. Effectiveness of treatment implementation is assessed using agreed performance criteria and stakeholder input

2. Planning processes are reviewed to identify opportunities for improvements

3. All project reporting requirements are completed


RANGE STATEMENT


Agreements between agencies and/or organisationsEmergency management arrangements specified in legislation or policies Existing disaster or emergency management plansStandard operating procedures, operational manuals

Possible treatment options may include


building codes community education community restoration, reconstruction critical incident stress management, personal support and

counselling emergency management planning engineering solutions financial support land use management legislation and regulation mutual aid agreements safety standards training and exercises warning systems

Avoidance, transfer and acceptance of risk

Performance criteria for assessing the

effectiveness of treatment

implementation may involve

Benefits of outcomes compared with costs of treatmentsBenefits to individuals, enterprises, communities, the environment, governments and their agenciesImproved resilience of community/organisation through improved systemsReduction of vulnerability

Resources may include BudgetEquipment, materials, facilities, systemsPersonnelProject planning software

Stakeholders may include Emergency management Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Providers of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection)Tourist operatorsVenue operators


Consultation and communication strategies may

involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email massages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsPreparing media releases Presentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functions

Records may include Lists of potential costs, invoice and payment recordsLog books, diaries, schedules, chartsMinutes of meetingsProject/organisational files and recordsReports to stakeholders and managementRisk management plans

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to: evaluate the treatment measure develop an effective implementation plan in cooperation

with the stakeholders and gain organisational approval for it

identify implementation issues and develop/document contingencies

work with stakeholders to monitor treatment implementation

maintain momentum and achieve the project outcomes within available resources

establish, conduct and finalise a treatment project that has broad stakeholder and organisational support and produces effective treatment outcomes



Underpinning knowledge Culture, diversity and history of communities, environments and associated concerns, issues and sensitivities, perception of risksCulture, structure and responsibility for treatments of key response/recovery agencies and organisationsDecision making techniquesEmergency risk management terminology, risk, PPRR concepts and principles, mitigationLegislative and regulatory requirements, organisational policies governing authorised treatments of risksMeeting proceduresOrganisational requirements for the submission and approval of treatment plans and reporting of treatment outcomesPlanning process and the kinds of outcomes and benefits for communitiesTeam work principles and strategiesTools for assessing treatment options


Underpinning skills Analyse effectiveness of treatment implementationAnalyse positions of stakeholders, priorities of agencies and individualsDefine and solve problemsDemonstrate effective interpersonal interactionsInterpret and follow applicable organisational policy and proceduresListen activelyLocate and interpret community informationManage projectsMaximise the participation of team members and input of stakeholdersMonitor and enhance team workResolve conflicts between participants constructivelySummarise and explain key information clearlyValue diversity of views and perceptions of risks

Resource implications Access to: organisational policy/procedures the opportunity to conduct an actual, or simulated,

implementation of a treatment measure for a given risk in an organisation or simulated organisation


Competency should be demonstrated in a range of contexts throughout the life of a treatment project, or during components of a number of projects

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed planning and implementing an agreed treatment measure in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Determine treatment options

UNIT NAME Determine treatment options


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to determine a range of treatment options to improve the robustness of systems and resilience of communities for a given set of emergency risks. Treatment options include avoidance, transfer and acceptance of risk.

The emergency risk management process used will be developed in close cooperation with the community and consistent with the Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360.


1. Establish the project and working group

1. Applicable policies and procedures, reports, records and emergency risk assessments are located and analysed

2. A working group is established with an appropriate balance of expertise, representation and authority

3. Group’s knowledge of emergency risk management principles, terminology and processes is confirmed

4. A sustainable emergency risk management process is negotiated that suits the community context and capability, stakeholder needs and practical constraints

5. Feasible consultation and project management strategies are developed with stakeholders

6. Need for specialised information, additional skills and expertise is identified

2. Confirm risks to be considered

1. Existing risk assessment is reviewed for continuing relevance

2. Sources of risk are identified3. Responsibility for single agency or multi-agency

management of risks is identified4. Set of risks given to the group are considered and the

group’s composition and stakeholder needs are reassessed

3. Identify possible treatment options

1. Effectiveness of existing prevention, preparedness, response and recovery strategies is established through research and stakeholder consultation

2. Community vulnerability is reconsidered as a basis for identifying treatment options

3. A wide range of potential treatment options is identified through researching current best practice, alternative options, and seeking specialist opinion

4. Determine feasible treatment options

1. An agreed set of assessment criteria for treatment options that takes into account practical constraints, effectiveness and equity is developed

2. Treatment options are assessed and the risks and implications for stakeholders are identified for each option

3. Treatment options are documented so that they are understandable by a wide range of audiences


4. Feedback on likely implications and impacts of treatment options is obtained from agencies, organisations, the community and other stakeholders

5. Stakeholder needs are analysed, concerns considered and solutions negotiated

6. A refined set of treatment options is developed that incorporates stakeholder feedback

5. Recommend preferred treatment options for each risk

1. Preferred treatment options are selected in consultation with stakeholders and their commitment to the recommendations is obtained

2. Preferred treatment options are documented, detailing the basis of recommendations, resource implications and commitment of stakeholders for each

3. Recommendations are submitted for approval in accordance with applicable policies and procedures

6. Promote ongoing commitment and ownership for the process and outcomes

1. Consultation is undertaken at all stages of the process using a wide range of networks and individuals

2. A variety of communication strategies is used3. All stages of the process, decisions taken and outcomes

are documented accurately in accordance with relevant policy and procedures

4. Information is provided to the community in ways that suit their language, literacy and cultural needs

7. Monitor and review the process

1. All relevant data and contact information for key individuals and organisations is regularly reviewed for currency and updated

2. Treatment options are reviewed for continuing relevance3. Opportunities for improving emergency risk management

processes are reported

RANGE STATEMENT

Communitiesare groups with shared


Geographic groups of people such as: neighbourhoods states/territories, cities, towns, suburbs local government areas, regions, states/territories and

the nationGroups of people exposed to a particular hazardGroups such as government organisations, non-government organisations, members of parliamentProviders of goods, services and information (lifelines):







Community context may include

Characteristics of natural, local and built environments Demographics (population distribution, social, cultural, health status and education data)Details of key infrastructure and emergency/support servicesEconomic activity reports (employment, products, services, revenue)Government reports (eg. environmental impacts)

Stakeholders may include Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection, emergency management)Providers of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)Tourist operatorsVenue operators



Consultation and project management

strategies may involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email messages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsPreparing media releasesPresentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functions


Information may include Community information bookletsCredible individuals, group and community leadersDocumented risk assessments by companies, organisationsFamily and historical recordsLibraries, research reports, Australian Bureau of Statistics dataMedia, council and emergency service personnel and recordsSpecial needs groups, significant cultural organisations



Possible treatments may include



and counselling emergency management planning financial support land use management legislation and regulation mutual aid agreements safety standards training and exercises warning systems



options may include

Administrative efficiencyEquityCompatibility with other treatment optionsContinuity of effectsCostCreation of new risksEconomic and environmental impactsImpact on individual’s rightsJurisdictional authorityLeveragePolitical acceptabilityPotential to reduce riskPublic and pressure group reactionTiming


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to: explain emergency risk management concepts, the

process and how to promote its benefits to a wide range of audiences

apply the risk management process Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360

develop an appropriate emergency risk management process in cooperation with the community and stakeholders

establish a project and see it through to produce a set of recommended treatment options that has broad community and stakeholder support

work with committee members to develop feasible and effective treatment options for a given set of risks

promote community cooperation, input and ownership for the emergency risk management process used and the recommended treatment options

obtain feedback, monitor and review the process and outcomes

maintain momentum and achieve the project outcomes within available resources


Pre-requisite units: PUAEMR008A Contribute to an emergency risk management process ORPUAEMR009A Facilitate emergency risk assessment

Co-requisite units: PUATEA003A Lead, manage and develop teams

Underpinning knowledge Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Culture, diversity and history of communities, environments and associated concerns, issues and sensitivities, perception of risksCulture, structure and responsibility for treatments of key response/recovery agencies and organisationsDecision making techniquesEmergency Risk Management Guidelines (1999)Emergency risk management process (Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360) and the kinds of outcomes and benefits for communitiesEmergency risk management terminology, risk, PPRR concepts and principles, mitigationGroup dynamics, strategies for team building and resolving conflictISO9000 and 14000 series quality standardsLegislative and regulatory requirements, multi-agency/organisational arrangements relevant to emergency risk managementMeeting proceduresOrganisational requirements for the submission and approval of recommended treatment optionsState/territory emergency risk management guidelinesTools for generating and assessing treatment options


Underpinning skills Analyse implications and impacts of proposed treatmentsAnalyse positions of group members and stakeholders, priorities of agencies and individualsDefine and solve problemsDemonstrate effective interpersonal interactionsListen activelyLocate and interpret community informationManage projectsMaximise the participation of committee members and input of stakeholdersMonitor and enhance team workNegotiate commitment by individuals, agencies, organisations to collaborative treatment optionsResolve conflicts between participants constructivelySummarise and explain key information clearlyValue diversity of views and perceptions of risks

Resource implications Access to a community and the opportunity to facilitate an actual, or simulated emergency risk management process to determine a range of treatment options for a given set of risks



Context of assessment Competency should be assessed facilitating a group emergency risk management process where an agreed set of treatment options is produced for a given set of risks in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Facilitate treatment strategy development and implementation

UNIT NAME Facilitate treatment strategy development and implementation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to facilitate the identification, evaluation and implementation of complex treatment strategies in cooperation with major stakeholders such as governments, agencies, organisations and service providers.


1. Confirm project context

1. Project drivers/triggers, risks, risk management context, treatment options and priorities and practical constraints are clarified

2. Applicable legislative/regulatory and organisational requirements, policies, procedures and relevant emergency management arrangements are identified

3. Key stakeholders are identified along with their potential interests, sensitivities, roles and responsibilities

4. Project brief is developed and refined with key stakeholders

2. Establish project process

1. Working group is established with an appropriate balance of expertise, representation and authority for the project brief

2. Purpose, scope and desired outcomes outlined in the project brief are confirmed with group members

3. Project management plan is developed in consultation with the group

4. Processes for negotiating outcomes and making decisions are developed within existing accountabilities

5. Consultation strategies are developed for effective stakeholder input, commitment and ongoing ownership of outcomes

6. Information management, reporting and accountability strategies are developed and agreed

3. Assess and select treatment strategies

1. Existing risk assessments, current treatment programs and other plans that may impact on the project are identified by group members and analysed for relevance

2. Items from the risk register are selected for consideration 3. A wide range of alternatives are considered when

canvassing possible treatment strategies4. Input from relevant specialists and stakeholders is sought

and analysed5. Each treatment strategy is assessed for the ability to

reduce risk6. Preferred treatment strategy is selected and the reasons

documented7. Broad tactics, roles, tasks, responsibilities, resource

implications and timeframe for implementing the selected strategy are documented

8. Support is developed by validating the strategy with agency/service providers and other stakeholders


4. Plan implementation of agreed strategy

1. Treatment strategy is broken down into a logical sequence of manageable and time-related activities

2. Ability and responsibility of agencies and service providers to undertake specific activities is jointly assessed

3. Accountability for components of the strategy is negotiated and confirmed with the appropriate agency/service provider

4. Project risks are assessed and contingencies developed for all key components of the strategy

5. Performance criteria are established for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the treatment strategy

6. An overall implementation plan that identifies key activities, roles and responsibilities, resource requirements, management arrangements and timetable is developed and validated

7. Agency implementation strategies are reviewed and refined as necessary

5. Facilitate treatment strategy implementation

1. Treatment tasks/activities are allocated in accordance with the implementation plan

2. Effectiveness of treatment activities, adequacy of resources, project progress and expenditure is monitored against plans and recorded

3. Effective communication between working group members is maintained

4. Stakeholders are kept fully informed of progress, performance and any proposed variations in strategy or implementation

5. Agreed variations to the treatment plan are introduced to accommodate changed circumstances or to achieve more effective outcomes

6. Treatment tasks/activities are completed on time and within budget

6. Establish and maintain productive working relationships

1. Influence and support for the treatment strategy is built by cultivating relationships with key stakeholders

2. Clear and accurate information is provided3. Differences of opinion and the views of others are

respected4. Negotiations are kept focussed on key issues and moving

forward towards resolution5. Conflict is resolved in a timely, constructive manner6. Agreements are adhered to and commitments met

7. Review treatment strategy implementation

1. Effectiveness of the treatment strategy is evaluated using agreed performance criteria

2. Residual risk is identified and decisions made to accept this risk or re-examine treatment strategies

3. Planning processes are reviewed to identify opportunities for improvement

4. Project reporting requirements are completed5. Outcomes are disseminated to relevant stakeholders


RANGE STATEMENT

Drivers/triggers may include

Changes in community characteristicsChanges in legislation, policies and disaster/emergency management plansChanges in insurance policies and premiumsNew sources of risk or changed perception of riskPlanning deficienciesRecent emergency incident reports/debriefs, safety issuesRecent judicial decisionsStrategic and corporate plans



Legislative, regulatory and organisational


Acts dealing with disasters, emergencies, occupational health and safety and the environmentLand use planningLocal government regulationsPrivacyRegulations for handling and transport of dangerous goodsSafety standards



Stakeholders may include Emergency services (eg. fire, police, SES, ambulance, recovery agencies)Event organisers (eg. concerts, car rallies, sport)Hospital/medical personnel and care giversInterest, community, professional and industry groupsLocal business peopleLocal government (eg. elected representatives, shire engineers, community development officers)Managers of critical infrastructure (eg. telecommunications, mining, petrochemical and gas)Managers of high occupancy facilities (eg. shopping centres, high rise apartment/office blocks)Members of parliament and/or their advisersProviders of utilities (power, water, radio/TV)School staffState/territory/commonwealth agencies (eg. public works, human services, health, transport, natural resources, primary industry, environmental protection, emergency management)Tourist operatorsVenue operators


Consultation strategies may involve

Advertising in local mediaBroadcast facsimile and email messages, web sitesContacting individual organisations, professional bodies, unions and recreational/sport associationsDistributing pamphletsFocus groups, workshops, surveysInitiating media interviewsLetters and articles written for specific audiencesMeetings with groups, key individuals and leaders of minority/ethnic/cultural groupsPresentations to a variety of community groups; speaking at community functionsPreparing media releases

Possible treatment strategies may include



and counselling emergency management planning financial support land use management legislation and regulation mutual aid agreements safety standards training and exercises warning systems



strategies may include

Administrative efficiencyCompatibility with other treatment optionsContinuity of effectsCostCreation of new risksEconomic and environmental impactsEquityImpact on individual’s rightsJurisdictional authorityLeveragePolitical acceptabilityPotential to reduce riskPublic and pressure group reactionTiming

Plans may include Aims and objectives of treatment strategies Constraints, contingencies and alternativesMonitoring and review procedures Multi agency framework for planning, communication, consultation, decision making, accountability, information management, project managementReporting requirementsResources required including their availabilityRoles, responsibilities of parties involvedStrategies to achieve objectives (communication, consultation, marketing, training)Tactics to implement strategiesTreatment activities, key tasks, timeframe


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to: establish/maintain a network of key contacts work collaboratively to secure stakeholder input,

support and commitment develop effective processes for cooperative planning

and implementation of complex treatment strategies develop and evaluate strategic options develop feasible and effective plans, tactics and

activities to achieve treatment objectives coordinate and monitor multi-agency/service provider

inputs to implementation of strategies address the need to vary plans address residual risk maintain records of progress, decisions, stakeholder

input and audit trail manage project within resource allocation establish a project and see it through to produce

treatment outcomes that have broad community and stakeholder support


Pre-requisite units: PUAEMR012A Determine treatment options

Co-requisite units: PUAMAN005A Manage projects

Underpinning knowledge Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360Cost benefit analysisEmergency management agencies, organisations, service providers and other key stakeholdersEmergency management best practice models for benchmarking during implementation and reviewEmergency risk management guidelines (1999)Evaluation methodsGovernment and budget processes, relevant public policy/programsISO 9000 and 14000 series quality standardsLegislation, policy, budget development processesPolitical context (parties, platforms, processes)Problem solving and decision making techniquesProject budgetingProject management techniquesProtocols for the release of information and communicating with the media and public principles of negotiation, mediation, conflict resolution, incident de-escalationRelevant legislative and regulatory framework and emergency management arrangementsRisk analysis and managementState/territory emergency risk management guidelinesStrategic planning approachesStructured and inclusive meeting procedures

Underpinning skills Assess a range of alternatives, develop solutions and practical strategies that are ‘outside the box’Communicate clearly with a range of audiencesCompromise to achieve realistic/achievable outcomesEnhance input/feedback through active listening and effective questioningHarness cooperation, motivation and diversity of othersInterpret and critically analyse complex information


Liaise with key individuals, organisations, agenciesManage projectsNegotiate and lobby persuasivelyPrepare for, participate in and lead meetings to achieve effective outcomes Resolve conflicts constructivelyThink strategically

Resource implications Access to complex emergency risk management treatment strategy or strategies


Competency should be demonstrated in a range of contexts throughout the life of a significant project, or during components of a number of projects

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed facilitating the development and implementation of a treatment strategy plan that involves the cooperation of multi-agencies, organisations and/or service providers in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 3

Protect and preserve incident scene

UNIT NAME Protect and preserve incident scene

UNIT CODE PUALAW001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required, on arrival at the scene of an accident or incident, to conduct initial assessment, take action to maintain public safety and preserve the scene, and note and record details and information.

The unit is particularly applicable in cases where organisation personnel are the first to arrive at the scene of an accident or incident.


1. Secure and preserve scene

1. Initial assessment is participated in to identify factors which will impact on public safety and scene preservation

2. Incident/accident scene is effectively secured to preserve the scene and maintain public safety in line with legislative requirements

2. Record and report details of incident scene

1. Details of the scene are noted, recorded and reported according to organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Witness details and information volunteered are recorded in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements

3. Information is communicated to relevant personnel in line with organisation’s procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Incident scene may include

urban firewild firevehicle firecrime scenesearch for missing persons or evidencevehicle accidentnatural disasterindustrial/mining accidentincident involving death or injury to person or damage to propertyurban scenerural sceneindoor sceneoutdoor sceneanimal incidentmarineaircrafttrainexplosionshazardous materials

Assessment of scene may be conducted

at sceneen route to and from scene


Factors impacting may include

public safety risk factors including factors that could impact on the safety of investigatorsresponse teamthe security/preservation of the actual sitethe security and preservation of situational evidencetraffictactical factors affecting the quality of the investigation including environmental circumstanceschronology of eventsaccess to scenenumber of persons at sceneavailability of support servicesboundaries

Persons at scene may include

incident scene specialistsforensic expertspotential witnessesvictimsother bystanderspersonnel from other organisationsmediacoronerspathologistsmedical practitionersundertakersforensic accountantsinformation technology consultantslegal officersowners and/or occupiers

Security of scene may be affected by

topographyclimatic conditionshuman interferenceanimal interferencepreservation of life/propertystructural integrityavailability of personnel

Securing scene may include

removing non-emergency personnel from sceneisolating sceneerecting barriers

Details of scene may include

datetimelocationdamagepersons presentproperty involvedpossible causesitems of evidenceinjuriesstatus of utilities services such as broken water pipesanimal species presentflorafaunasize and construction of buildingoccupancyinsurance details


Witness details may include

namecontact detailsother details in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures


supervisorteam leaderpoliceinvestigating officerother organisation’s personnel


verbalcompleting standard formswritten

Recording and reporting may include

taking notescompleting standard formsmaking sketchestaking photographstapingelectronic videoing

Preserving scene may include

preserving evidence and the area of origin

Organisational and legislative

requirements may vary between sectors

and organisations and may include

legislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans operational proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisation’s personnel practices and guidelinesorganisation’s quality standards

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Demonstrated ability to effectively secure scene and record and report details in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures



Underpinning knowledge legislative and organisation requirements relating to scene preservationmethods of securing sceneorganisation requirements for taking witness details and informationregulatory requirements for taking witness details and informationtechniques for estimating distancetechniques for removing public from scenetypes of information which may assist in investigations

Underpinning skills listeningnote takingobservationquestioningreporting





Context of assessment Performance at an incident, exercise or simulation is required to demonstrate competence in this unit. Written or verbal questions may be used as supporting evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Conduct initial investigation at incident scene

UNIT NAME Conduct initial investigation at incident scene


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to gather and collate information and obvious and accessible physical evidence from the scene of an incident and identifying potential witnesses.

Note: It does not cover the specialist skills required to interpret the evidence gathered, or the specialist skills required to gather specific evidence.


1. Conduct initial assessment of scene

1. Scene is assessed with regard to occupational health and safety and all actions are undertaken in line with organisation’s policies, procedures, guidelines and duty of care requirements

2. Communication is established with the senior investigating officer and liaison is maintained throughout the investigation

3. Circumstances surrounding the scene are ascertained from visual assessment and reports from other personnel

4. Scene boundary is defined/redefined as required to preserve physical evidence for collection

5. Obvious and accessible physical evidence is located and, where appropriate, protected from possible contamination

2. Control integrity of scene

1. Appropriate arrangements for scene access and egress are established and maintained

2. All non-essential persons are removed from the scene and relevant details are recorded accurately and legibly in accordance with organisation and regulatory procedures

3. Additional resources are identified and accessed to secure incident scene

4. The personal and health and safety needs of those involved in the incident are attended to

3. Examine scene 1. An appropriate search pattern is instigated in accordance with instructions from senior investigating officer to ensure all evidence is located and preserved

2. Details of the scene are recorded comprehensively and accurately in line with organisation’s operating procedures

3. Evidence is located, collected, packaged, labelled and stored to ensure preservation for further post-scene examination

4. An accurate log of all evidence is maintained5. Scenes are correctly assessed for future investigative

requirements and appropriate persons notified

4. Identify potential witnesses and initial statements recorded

1. Bystanders are canvassed to identify potential witnesses2. Details of potential witnesses are recorded3. Appropriate recording practices are used that are in

accordance with legislative and regulatory requirements and organisation’s policies and procedures


RANGE STATEMENT

Initial investigation those enquiries conducted by the first public safety official on scene

Incident scene may include

structural firewild firevehicle firecrime scenevehicle accidentnatural disasterindustrial/mining accidents and incidentsaccident/incident involving death or injury to person or damage to property

Incident scene may be indoor or outdoorin a rural or urban environment

Incident scene may be affected by

prevailing weather and require additional resources to preserve and protect incident scene

Security of an incident scene may be

affected by

topographyclimatic conditionshuman interferenceanimal interferencepreservation of life/property

Public safety risk factors include

those factors at the incident scene that could impact on: the safety of investigators; the security/preservation of the actual sitethe security and preservation of situational evidence

Investigating incident scenes may include

dangerous or distasteful conditionsand may involve handling injured or deceased persons

Circumstances surrounding scene

may include

sequence of eventspossible causespeople involvedproperty involvedvictimssuspectswitnessesdamageinjuryorganisation personnel involvedother agencies involvedcurrent status of investigationaction taken to date


Tactical factors may include

environmental circumstanceschronology of eventsaccess to scenenumber of persons at sceneavailability of support servicesboundaries

Persons at incident scene may include

Incident scene specialists and forensic experts; witnessesvictimsother bystanders; police and emergency services; media; coronerspathologistsmedical practitionersundertakers; forensic accountantsinformation technology consultants and legal officers

Activities at incident scenes may be

recorded by

running sheetsexhibit logsreceipts and personnel movementvideo photography

Physical evidence may include

shoe impressionstyre printsskid marksfingerprintscontainersfibresflammable and combustible liquidstool marksbloodstainsidentifying numbersbodily fluidsburn patterns

Methods of collection may include

vacuumingtape liftsshovellingphotographingcasing

Methods of packaging may include

metal containersplastic bagspaper bagsglass vials

Additional resources may include

organisation personnelother organisation personnelexpert personnelaudio visual servicesemergency lightingforensic personnel

Relevant details from persons may include

namecontact detailsother details in accordance with standard operating procedures

Liaison with investigating officer may include

professional and technical adviceidentification of avenues of inquirysignificance of located evidence


Arrangements for scene access and egress

clear brief as to who has control of accessphysical barriers may also be requiredroster guardslimit entry to essential personneldelegation of authority to control entryrecord all persons who enter or depart the scene and reasons

Arrangements to protect integrity of evidence

roster scene guardscover evidencemay require removal of evidence to ensure its protection

Details of scene timedatelocationdamage to propertyinjury to personspersonnel presentphysical details of sceneevidence

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Correct application of legislative requirements and organisation policies and procedures in all situations



Underpinning knowledge anti discrimination public safetyappropriate use of interpreting servicescollection and recording of various types of evidence ranging from large objects to minute tracesdetails of sceneequal employment opportunityfeatures and use of a variety of specialised equipment to searchfunctions and roles of other professionals and expertsincident scene protection and preservationindicators of emotional distressindicators of need for specialised investigationslegislative requirements relating to occupational health and safetypolicies and procedures relating to occupational health and safetypolicies and procedures relating to recording details of personspublic safety and duty of care at accident/incident scenerecognitionrecord and collect evidenceshocktaking and compiling statementstaking of statements


Underpinning skills accurate written recording and compilation of interviews and statementsattention to detailimplementing methodical and systematic approachlistening to bystandersputting bystanders at easequestioning bystandersuse of recording and specialised evidence collection equipment working with a variety of professionals



Evidence will need to be gathered over time in a range of actual and/or simulated environment

Context of assessment A real life incident, exercise or simulation, or series of tasks are required to demonstrate competence in this unit. This may involve setting scenarios to be completed either individually or as a member of a team


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Give evidence in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting

UNIT NAME Give evidence in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to prepare evidence, present evidence and follow up on the outcomes of proceedings.


1. Prepare for proceedings

1. Arrangements, role and involvement in proceedings are confirmed

2. Documentation and exhibits are prepared in accordance with legislative requirements and organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Present evidence 1. Proceedings and protocols relevant to the jurisdiction involved are adhered to throughout the proceedings

2. Rules of evidence relevant to the jurisdiction are adhered to3. Evidence is presented in a clear, concise and articulate

manner4. Considered expert evidence is provided on request in

accordance with organisation’s policy and consistent with qualifications and expertise

3. Follow up outcomes of proceedings

1. The outcomes of the proceedings are noted and filed, and reports completed where required according to organisation requirements

2. Any required actions are implemented in accordance with organisation policies and procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Judicial and quasi-judicial settings include criminal, coronial and civil courts, defence tribunals, Industrial Relations Commission, state industrial tribunals, Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission (HREOC), Land and Environment Court, Royal Commissions.

Documentation and exhibits may include

reportsphotographsitems of evidencemedia footagereports of incidentsradio/telephone recordslogs

Witnesses may include those directly involvedbystanders and experts

Court protocols voice claritylanguageimpartialityrespect for people and offices heldstandards of dressforms of address

Give evidence in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting

Organisation’s policy and procedures may vary between sectors and

organisations and may include

legislation relevant to the proceedingslegislation relevant to the organisationoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standards

Proceeding may include rules of courtjudicial and quasi judicial tribunals

Arrangements, role and involvement may

include

confirmation of timedate and location of proceedingsconfirmation of evidence required to be presented

EVIDENCE GUIDE


All documentation and evidence at handAccurate and articulate presentation of evidence



Underpinning knowledge common law vs judicial precedent vs legislationcourt/tribunal/commission structuresjurisdiction of each court/tribunal/commissionspecific powers of organisation

Underpinning knowledge appeals systemsexemptions and defencesgeneral principles of criminal liabilitylegislative requirements of presenting evidenceorganisation policies and procedures relating to preparation of documents and evidence and providing expert opinionprocedures and protocols in different judicial/quasi-judicial systems role of legal personnel in judicial/quasi-judicial systemstypes of evidence admissible in judicial/quasi-judicial systemstypes of offencesuse of notes in court/tribunal/commission

Underpinning skills presenting evidence clearly and conciselytaking notesword-processingwriting reports




Context of assessment On the job or in a simulated environment. Written or verbal tests may be used as supporting evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 1 1 2 1 1

Represent the organisation in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting

UNIT NAME Represent the organisation in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to prepare evidence, statements and submissions, select and arrange witnesses and brief counsel.


1. Prepare evidence and other material for proceedings

1. Detailed evidence is collected and collated2. Witnesses are selected, correctly notified and their

attendance arranged3. Witness statements are prepared in accordance with the

requirements of the jurisdiction involved4. Proceedings and protocols are adhered to in preparing

evidence in accordance with the jurisdiction involved5. Precedents relevant to the procedures are identified6. A legal brief is prepared where required that identifies all

relevant facts, sections of appropriate legislation, precedents, and provides detailed evidence and advice

7. Submission is prepared that supports the organisation’s position and protects the organisation’s interests

2. Prepare personnel for proceedings

1. Briefings are held with counsel as required2. Personnel involved in the proceedings are briefed

3. Negotiate with opposing parties where required

1. Any negotiation parameters are clearly identified prior to the court process

2. Negotiations held in conference with the opposing parties are in accordance with agreed negotiation parameters of the organisation represented

4. Monitor rulings 1. Outcomes of proceedings are reviewed to ensure knowledge of trends and precedents is current

2. Changes to organisation’s policy and procedures arising from rulings and decisions are formulated

RANGE STATEMENTJudicial and quasi-judicial settings include criminal, coronial and civil courts, defence tribunals, Industrial Relations Commission, state industrial tribunals, Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission (HREOC), Land and Environment Court, Royal Commissions. Proceedings will be conducted over varying time periods.

Court protocols may include

standards of attireforms of address

Court proceedings may include

rules of courtjudicial and quasi judicial tribunals

Represent the organisation in a judicial or quasi-judicial setting

Legal brief may include All documentation relevant to the preparation for legal proceedings such as precedentswitness statementsrecords of evidenceinvestigator’s reportsmedia footagelog books

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Full and detailed evidence to handComprehensive and accurate legal brief



Underpinning knowledge burden of proofconduct and operation of hearingsCoroners ActCriminal Codeexemptions and defencesHearsay Rulehow to prepare legal briefhow to prepare submissionspoints of proofprocedures and protocols in different judicial or quasi-judicial settingsqualifications and experience required of expert witnessrange of crimes/offences that can be committedrelevant sections of Evidence Actrelevant sections of legislationroles of lay and expert witnessrules of evidence in different judicial or quasi-judicial settingstypes of evidenceuse of notes

Underpinning skills briefing counsel and witnessescollating evidencepreparing statementsresearching and identifying precedentswriting reports






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Manage the organisation’s public safety responsibilities

UNIT NAME Manage the organisation’s public safety responsibilities

UNIT CODE PUAMAN001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage the organisation’s public safety responsibilities within the context of established policy and organisational relationships.


1. Analyse the organisation’s public safety responsibilities

1. Organisational goals are identified within the context of the organisation’s public safety responsibilities

2. The organisational environment is identified and strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats are analysed

3. Elements which support or impair the organisation’s ability to manage risk are determined

4. Organisational capabilities to manage risk are identified5. A strategic plan for risk management is developed

2. Establish an emergency risk management structure

1. An organisational structure is established to implement the organisation’s risk management strategic plan

2. The risk management structure is implemented and maintained

3. Technical, financial, social, legal and other considerations against which risk can be prioritised are determined

4. Organisational risk management responsibilities are identified

3. Review the organisation’s risk management performance

1. An organisational review process is established2. The effectiveness of the risk management strategies is

regularly reviewed3. The risk management strategic plan is adjusted following

the review process if required

RANGE STATEMENT

Elements which influence the organisation’s

ability to manage risk may include

legislative authorityemergency management capabilitylevel of community education and awarenessresources and organisational culture

Technical, financial, social and legal considerations

against which risk can be prioritised

may include

technical judgements which appropriately acknowledge uncertainty include:international technical standardsnational standardscodes of practicesproceduresprofessional judgementlegal considerations may include:international lawconventions and treatiesstatutory provisionscommon law precedentsrecommendations of investigative offices such as the coronerboards of inquiry (eg Air Safety) and royal commissionsland use and exposure to litigation


social and political considerations may include:government policycommunity expectationscommunity valuescommunity attitudescommunity perceptions and special group interests

The environment within which the emergency

management responsibilities are

developed may include

the organisational and administrative environmentcurrent public service practicesgovernment and organisational policypublic perceptions and attitudesthe natural physical environmentthe present emergency management capabilitythe technologicalsocialpolitical and economic environment

Emergency risk management

structure will reflect

contextnature of the riskresponsibilities of the organisation

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inthe development of a risk management strategic plan and an organisational structure which meet the organisation’s public safety risk management needs and are consistent with its responsibilities and objectives


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR509A Implement prevention strategies


Underpinning knowledge emergency management concepts and principleslegislative and regulative arrangements relevant to emergency managementnegotiation strategies and tacticsproblem solving and decision making techniquesthe intent and potential application of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4360 to given scenarios and potential situations

Underpinning skills analyse riskassess organisational needsdefine problemsdemonstrate influencing skillsevaluate and prioritise riskidentify stakeholdersuse analytical tools and processes

Resource implications For the demonstration of competence in this unit it will be necessary to provide a real life environment and/or simulations based on real life incidents. These resources may involve complex scenarios sufficient to allow evidence to be gathered from a variety of sources and stakeholders on more than one occasion and over an extended period of time. Controlled access to organisational records and personnel may have significant cost implications for the staging of scenarios




Context of assessment Evidence of competence in this unit should be collected in one or more actual situations or scenarios where there is the capacity to demonstrate the required evidence in a real or simulated environment in conjunction with portfolio evidence Underpinning knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Administer work group resources

UNIT NAME Administer work group resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to administer work group resources to support the achievements of organisational and operational objectives.


1. Access and allocate resources

1. Required resources are identified, and accessed in accordance with organisation’s policy and procedures

2. Resources are allocated to facilitate required outcomes 3. Equipment stock and supplies are stored in accordance

with organisation’s policy and procedures4. Resources are handled in accordance with organisation’s

policy and procedures and resource management systems

2. Monitor, evaluate and report on resource usage

1. Records of resources allocation and usage are maintained in accordance with relevant legislation and organisational guidelines

2. Resource usage is monitored and evaluated against targets and organisational standards

3. Resource utilisation issues are addressed

RANGE STATEMENT

Resources may include financesfacilities equipmentstock and supplieshuman resources

Organisation’s policyprocedures and standards may

include

equal employment opportunity and occupational health and safety work group policy and proceduresorganisation’s work group plansorganisation’s financial and other resource management guidelinestechnology and data associated with management information systems

Resource management systems may include

human resource systemscomputer databases resource listscontact details listsfinancial accounting systemscommunication systems

Allocations of resources considerations may

include

suitabilitytype of resourceurgencycost effectivenessaccessibilitymaintenance demandsavailabilitydeployment time

Administer work group resources

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in knowledge and application of the coordination of resources in a range of contexts to achieve the organisation’s objectives



Underpinning knowledge computer based tools to produce resource reportsequal employment opportunity policy and proceduresmanagement information systemsoccupational health and safety policy and proceduresorganisation’s policies and procedures for budget administrationorganisation’s policy and procedures relating to resource acquisition and allocationstock handling procedures

Underpinning skills evaluate resource usageinterpret budget reportsmonitor resource allocation and usageproduce resource reportsutilise resource inventories




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be gathered by observing an individual in a resource coordination role in the workplace or exercise or operational environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Manage human resources

UNIT NAME Manage human resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage and develop human resources to achieve organisation’s operational objectives.


1. Lead and motivate people

1. Goals for people and teams to optimise achievement in work tasks are established and agreed upon

2. Goals are unambiguous and take into account the capabilities of people and teams

3. Advice and support sensitive to the individual’s needs is provided to people in the performance of their duties

4. Activities are undertaken to achieve commitment to common goals

5. Initiative and innovation are recognised and encouraged6. Achievements are recognised and communicated within the

organisation

2. Undertake human resource planning

1. Human resource needs are determined/reviewed within the anticipated operational needs and allocated budget

2. Alternatives to staffing levels which clearly demonstrate returns to the organisation are analysed

3. Contingency plans for staffing are developed which meet key provisions of the human resources plan

4. Existing competencies of staff are compared with the needs of the work group

5. Staffing levels are planned and negotiated with stakeholders within the organisational framework to achieve maximum efficiency of operations

3. Develop and facilitate performance

1. Performance criteria are negotiated and agreed upon with individuals, teams and work groups

2. Performance criteria are reviewed as circumstances change

3. Performance appraisal is conducted, based on clearly established and agreed performance criteria

4. The total performance development system identifies and proposes strategies to rectify performance shortfalls and recognise success

5. Performance problems are addressed confidentially and in a constructive and timely manner, in line with relevant organisational procedures

6. Selections, transfers and promotions are made in accordance with organisation policies and supported with documented information

7. Mechanisms are developed and implemented for the identification of human resource development needs within the work group taking account of the strategic plan for the organisation


4. Facilitate training, education and development opportunities

1. Information on planned training events is made widely available throughout the organisation

2. Training, education and development plans are included as part of individual/team performance plans

3. Individual/team access to, and participation in, training, education and development opportunities is facilitated

4. Coaching and mentoring contribute effectively to the training, education and development of personnel in an environment of change

5. Training, education and development opportunities enhance individual, team and organisational performance

6. A workplace environment is created which facilitates training, education and development

5. Develop and implement issue resolution and grievance procedures

1. Problem solving/issue resolution procedures are established within legislative requirements and organisation’s guidelines

2. Grievances and complaints are managed in a timely and caring way to optimise likelihood of a favourable outcome for all parties and in line with organisational objectives and procedures

3. Individual’s rights and obligations under industrial awards/agreements and legislation are documented and communicated in a clear and concise manner and in appropriate language

4. Hearings, interviews and meetings are conducted within the principles of industrial democracy and participative, consultative processes

5. All relevant industrial parties are identified and invited to participate in the resolution process

6. Manage disciplinary matters

1. Disciplinary matters are implemented in accordance with organisation’s procedures

2. Investigations are conducted in a caring and confidential manner to maintain performance and morale

3. Feedback is provided promptly4. Appeals processes are instituted in accordance with

organisational procedures5. Deficiencies in procedures are recognised and

recommendations for change are made

RANGE STATEMENT

Analysis of human resources

development need may include

task/skills analysiscompetency standardsskills auditperformance planningsuccession planninggroup dynamicsorganisational behaviourpersonality profiles

Performance measures may include

completion of taskachievement of new competenciesdevelopment of new skillsattainment of new knowledgepersonal development


Training, education and development

opportunities may include

formal coursesstructured training programson the job trainingstaff development seminars and conferencesexchanges/rotation/secondmentsproject workmentoring/coachingaction learning

Stakeholders may include unionsassociationsemployersindividualsworkgroupsteams

Industrial matters may include

identified awards and agreementsorganisation policiesgovernment industrial relations policiesworkplace customs and practicesindustrial court and commission rulingsreference to industrial disputation

Selections, transfers and promotion may

include

organisation procedures and guidelinesgovernment guidelinesoccupational health and safetyequal employment opportunityaffirmative actionanti-discriminationpersonnel selection

Disciplinary action may include

relevant organisation procedureslegislationacts and ordinancesnatural justice and fairness

Management philosophy and practices include

leadership principleshuman resource planningperformance managementissue resolutionlearning organisation

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in the application of human resource management in a wide range of contexts in achieving the organisation’s objectives


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR503A Co-ordinate human resource management activities (Fire Specific)



Underpinning knowledge communication principlesconflict resolution principles and practiceEqual Employment Opportunitygrievance proceduresinterpersonal relationsleadership theory and principlesmanagement principles and practiceOccupational Health and Safetytraining and education principlestraining need analysis

Underpinning skills achieve agreed resultsapply interpersonal skillsdemonstrate consistency between instructions and action in self and othersdisplay personal and professional integrity in working relationshipsestablish key performance measures for individuals/work groupsestablish training and development opportunities as neededidentify and where appropriate use stress management facilities and servicesmonitor performance of individuals and teams/groups against key performance indicatorsuse consultative methods to achieve operational targetsuse decision making processes which are understood and respecteduse effective management techniques and processes




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in a management role within the workplace or exercise or operational environment. Knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Manage procurement

UNIT NAME Manage procurement


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to call for tenders and manage the awarding of contracts.


1. Prepare appropriate documentation

1. Preparation of documentation is managed2. Conditions of tendering the contract and specifications

meet organisation/government policies and guidelines3. Tendering process conforms with tender/supply code4. An appropriately experienced officer is identified to handle

all inquiries during the tender process and all tenderers are advised of clarifications

2. Establish the basis of tendering

1. The form of tender, public or selective is determined2. Expressions of interest are sought3. Expressions of interest are evaluated and potential

tenderers short listed

3. Receive and assess tenders

1. Documents are received and opened in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

2. Tenders are checked for compliance with conditions set out in request for offers

3. Details of tenders are compared with established evaluation criteria

4. Checks are made to ensure that principles of probity, fairness and commercial confidentiality are met throughout the tender process

5. Issues which may require negotiation are identified

4. Select successful respondent/s

1. Selection is based on evaluation criteria and relevant factors affecting the tender

2. Selection is ethically sound and does not breach probity principles

3. All actual or potential conflicts of interests are disclosed4. Where possible the contractor is selected from a registered

panel of contractors who are proven to have the relevant expertise and capacity

5. Contractor’s price and conditions are examined in order to determine that the offer is clear, calculable and not open to manipulation

6. A cost-benefit analysis shows that the selected contractor offers best value for money

Manage procurement

5. Finalise contract details

1. Letter of acceptance outlines all relevant requirements for signing of documentation and satisfaction of pre-commencement conditions

2. Discrepancies and disagreements about proposed supply arrangements are clarified and resolved prior to entering into the agreement

3. Contract is properly executed by the successful proponent and is in accordance with legal requirements

4. Unsuccessful tenderers are briefed if appropriate5. Contract conditions are read and understood by all

personnel involved in contract administration6. Contract documents are prepared, approved and

distributed7. Fulfilment of any outstanding requirements is checked and

rectified if necessary

6. Evaluate performance of the contract on completion

1. Contract conditions and responsibilities are reviewed with relevant personnel to ensure satisfactory completion of contract

2. Contract completion is authorised in writing to confirm completed services have been undertaken according to contract objectives and specifications

3. Contractor performance/level of service is evaluated against agreed benchmark

RANGE STATEMENT

Forms of tenders may include

publicselective

Evaluation criteria may include

project objectivestechnical specificationsriskuser requirementstiming resources – staffsuppliesbudgetenvironmental policies

Selection of contractors may be based on

assessment against evaluation criteriaexpertise of contractorresources allocated to projectcontractor’s proven performance recordcontractor’s reputation for qualitycontractor’s background knowledge of the projectcontractor’s understanding of organisational requirementsavailability of contractorestimated cost

Manage procurement

Performance of contractors may be

evaluated on

progress towards milestones and objectivesadherence to proposed timelinesadherence to estimated costsaccess to resourcesstaffsuppliesmaterialsgoodsadviceimplementation of recommendationstechnical specificationsquality assuranceenvironmental policies

Outstanding requirements may

include

insurance (public liabilityprofessional indemnityWorkCoverpersonal accident)evidence of coverssecurity deposits/bank guaranteeswarranties of equipment performance

Monitoring of contractor performance may

include

site visitsinspectionsproject management meetingsprogress meetingsreports validation of quality systemspartial or full audits

Organisational policy and procedures may vary between sectors and


legislation relevant to procurementlegislation relevant to the organisationoperational corporate and strategic plansoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelines

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Demonstration of knowledge and skills required to award, manage and evaluate a contractor’s performance and attend to any variations and difficulties which arise during the course of the contract


Pre-requisite units: PUAMAN002A Administer work group resources (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge assessment of tendersaward of contractsbasics of contract lawcontract administrationcontract requirementsnegotiation processesorganisational procedures and guidelines for the calling of tendersprinciples of quality assurancerisk management principlessources of legal adviceterms and conditions

Manage procurement

Underpinning skills establish effective feedback and monitoring systemsimplement risk management plansmonitor and review contract performanceplan effectively and solve problemssupply information relevant to contract performance



Evidence should be gathered over a period of time in a range of actual or simulated contract management environments

Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance by observing an individual in a contract management role within the workplace or simulated environment. Knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, project reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Manage projects

UNIT NAME Manage projects


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage and evaluate projects.


1. Identify project scope 1. Project definition study is undertaken as required and the results are analysed to determine the scope of the project

2. Project is initiated in accordance with organisation’s policies and strategic direction in consultation with stakeholders

3. Conceptual and analytical skills are applied to develop a strategy to achieve project objectives, outcomes and client requirements

4. An effective risk management system is developed and applied to ensure project objectives can be met within the organisation’s accountability framework

2. Acquire project resources

1. Project resources, equipment and infrastructure are identified, acquired and allocated

2. Project scope and objectives are analysed to determine the tasks to achieve agreed outcomes on time and within budget

3. Process for monitoring, evaluating and reporting performance against objectives are developed and applied

4. Roles and responsibilities of team members and stakeholders are identified and agreed

3. Manage project activities

1. Tasks are implemented in accordance with project plan2. Communication process is established including

responsibilities for conflict resolution3. Progress is monitored to ensure time, performance, cost

and quality of project is achieved4. Proposed variations are investigated and negotiated in

consultation with stakeholders

4. Finalise project and evaluate and report on activities

1. Finalisation plans are developed to ensure all outcomes are met

2. Evaluation of completed project is undertaken against agreed objectives and reported to stakeholders

Manage projects

RANGE STATEMENT

Project plans may include financial management processesacquisition strategiesfraud control proceduresrisk management strategiesintegrated logistic support arrangementshuman resource development/management strategiesresource requirementstask elementstest and evaluation proceduresintellectual propertyindustry impactlife cycle costsspecificationsengineeringpreliminary estimate/budgetpreliminary timeframes/milestones

Stakeholders may include industryother organisationsgeneral publicrelevant interest groups (internal and external)functional areasprincipals/project director/project sponsororganisation’s senior managementgovernment(s)insuranceunderwriting

Policy and procedures government legislation – state, federal, localfinancial management and accounting regulationsgovernment and organisational policiesguidelines and procedures including project managementsecurityrecruitmentquality assurancerisk managementprocurementguidelines and strategic plans

Integration of project activities may

include

scopetimecostqualityhuman resourcescommunicationsriskfeasibilityprocurementphysical resources

Project management systems may include

computerscommunication channelsproject data managementprotocolfinancial recordsbasic statistical information

Manage projects

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inknowledge and application of project management skills in a wide range of project activities to support the achievement of organisation objectives


Pre-requisite units: PUATEA003A Lead manage and develop teams (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge basics of contract lawbusiness and commercial issuescost schedule control systemshuman resource management and policiesorganisation’s procurement guidelinesorganisation’s project management policiesphysical resource managementproject management systemsproject management tools and techniquesproject specifications and objectivesrisk management techniques

Underpinning skills analyse project outcomesdesign a strategy to achieve project outcomes and client requirementsevaluate and report on project performanceevaluate project achievementsinternal and external clientsmaximise team effectiveness and staff selectionmonitornegotiate with contractors and suppliersresolve disagreements and disputes satisfactorilyteam building skills




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance by observing an individual in a project management role within the workplace or simulated environment Knowledge may be assessed through written assignmentsproject reportsdebriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Manage projects

Manage and facilitate change

UNIT NAME Manage and facilitate change


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to introduce, manage and evaluate change in a range of organisational contexts.

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA1. Develop change

management strategies

1. Optional and specific proposals for change are developed and communicated to stakeholders

2. Stakeholders are consulted when developing strategies for dealing with workplace change

3. Future trends and organisational needs are discussed and considered in process of developing strategies for dealing with change

4. Options and specific proposals for change are developed and discussed with stakeholders

5. A change management strategy is adopted

2. Facilitate change management strategy

1. Advice is communicated to stakeholders on the requirements for effective change implementation

2. Resource requirements to implement change in the workplace are obtained and used

3. Leadership is provided to assist others to adapt to change, including appropriate guidance, training and support and a positive role model

3. Implement change 1. Work practices, policies, strategies and resource requirements are amended to accommodate changing circumstances

2. Outcomes of change management strategy are achieved

4. Review effectiveness of change

1. Feedback and monitoring mechanisms are put in place2. The outcomes of monitoring and evaluation are

communicated to relevant personnel3. Impact of change on the workplace is monitored and

evaluated and results are reflected in future change management

RANGE STATEMENT

Resource requirements may include

changes in the workplaceimplementation of new work practicesmachinery of government changebudgetary reformorganisation restructuretechnology transfer to the workplaceemerging community issuesnew government programsnatural disastersstaffing changes


Stakeholders may include personnelclientscommunityother organisationsunionsmanagement

Change contexts may include

strategic influencestechnology changesprocedures and practicespolicy directionsgovernment legislationcommunity expectationsstaffing levelsfinanceskills available to meet opportunitiesfreedom of informationnon-discriminatory guidelinesnew opportunities open to the organisation

Impact of change may include

working relationshipspublic relationsproductivity/effectiveness measuresworking environmentquality of services/productsindustrial relationsindividual skills/knowledge and career pathsstaff competency and developmental requirements

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Knowledge and application of change management and skills in a wide range of contexts to achieve actual organisation change objectives



Underpinning knowledge change management processesmodels of organisational changeorganisational theoretical frameworks

Underpinning skills analyse change needscommunicationidentify and meet the needs of particular groups in the change processmonitor and evaluate the impact of changeobtain and use resources to support changepromote change



Evidence will need to be gathered over time in a range of actual or simulated change management contexts

Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in a change management role within the workplace or exercise or operational environment



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Manage financial resources

UNIT NAME Manage financial resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage financial resources to achieve organisation and operational objectives.


1. Develop a budget 1. Budgets are developed in the required format and consistent with organisation’s guidelines and procedures

2. Cost elements are identified and quantified to eliminate/reduce wastage

3. Cost-benefit analyses are prepared for major cost items in accordance with the organisation’s policy and procedures

4. Sub-budgets prepared by other staff are coordinated in order that desired objectives are achieved

5. Implications of major shifts in proposed or actual budget expenditures are analysed, determined and taken into account

6. Performance indicators are developed and agreement reached based on the budget

2. Allocate, authorise and monitor expenditure

1. Financial resources are allocated as agreed to in the operational plan and the budget negotiation process (as appropriate)

2. Expenditure management meets the financial accountability requirements of the organisation

3. Expenditure is kept within budget or any potential over-runs identified and budget renegotiated accordingly

4. Expenditure is authorised within financial authority limits established by the organisation

5. Supply and expenditure processes are in accordance with corporate governance and organisational protocols

6. Financial reports are produced when and in a format required by the organisation

7. Sub-budgets are continuously monitored to ensure appropriate controls and authorisations are observed

8. Finance allocation is continually monitored against organisational objectives and priorities ensuring optimum service delivery

9. Re-allocation of resources is undertaken taking account of needs and priorities

3. Utilise relevant financial management information systems

1. Management information systems are used for planning, implementing and monitoring the financial resources usage

2. Management information system reports are produced, verified and interpreted


RANGE STATEMENT

Budget formats may include

zero based budgetingprogram budgetingline item budgeting

Operating budget may include

staffing costscapital expenditure/incomerecurrent expenditure/incomeforward estimatescash flow

Policy may include supplyprocurementexpenditureauditreporting and recording policies

Financial reports may include

annual reportsprogram financial statementsaccrual reportsmonthly/quarterly financial reports

Management information systems may include

computerscommunication channelsrecords management dataproceduresprotocollegislationguidelines and awardsorganisationlegal and policy materialsclient informationmarket trendsregistries and file recordslibraryfinancial recordsbasic statistical informationpersonnel records

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in application of financial resource management in a wide range of contexts in achieving the organisation’s financial objectives


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR505A Administer cost centre’s financial resources (Fire specific)


Underpinning knowledge accounting principlesaccrual and cash management procedurescomputer-based tools to produce financial reportscosting policies and proceduresfinancial management principleslegislative and organisation’s procedures for budget development and financial managementmanagement information systemsorganisation’s financial accountability requirements


Underpinning skills cost-benefit analysisinterpret financial reportsmonitor financial accountsprepare budgetsprioritise financial resource allocationproduce financial reportsutilise management information systems




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance by observing an individual in a financial management role within the workplace or exercise or operational environment Knowledge may be assessed through written assignmentsprojects reportsdebriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 3 3 2 3 3 2

Manage physical resources

UNIT NAME Manage physical resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to acquire and manage physical resources to achieve the jurisdiction’s objectives.


1. Plan, determine and review physical resource requirements

1. Resource requirements are determined in line with demonstrated needs

2. Cost benefit analyses demonstrate the return to the organisation

3. Resource requirements are consolidated, rationalised and prioritised across workplaces

4. Resource requirements are negotiated and acquired in the context of organisational priorities and budget

5. Replacement/acquisition/refurbishment of major items are scheduled based on expected lifetime of equipment and anticipated needs of the organisation

2. Direct and coordinate the acquisition and allocation of physical resources

1. Resources are acquired and deployed in accordance with organisational needs

2. Resources inventory is established and maintained for easy tracking of resource location/history

3. Maintenance schedules and budgets are developed and approved in consultation with stakeholders with due regard to occupational health and safety needs and in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Systems are developed and implemented which facilitate collection, processing and management of data on resource use and maintenance/asset management

5. Resource performance is evaluated against agreed standards, to ensure efficient, effective and safe operation

6. Resource use is maintained to ensure operational requirements are met

7. Resources are re-allocated or disposed in accordance with organisational policy and procedures as necessary for maximum performance across the organisation

3. Evaluate and report on physical resource provision

1. Effectiveness of resource acquisition and allocation is monitored and assessed to meet organisational needs

2. Inefficiencies in resources provision are identified and corrected

3. Acquisition and allocation of resources and costs incurred are recorded and reported


RANGE STATEMENT

Physical resources properties/facilitiesfixtures and plantvehiclesequipmentstock and supplies

Acquisition and allocation of

resources based on

identified prioritiessuitabilitytype of physical resourceurgencycost of useaccessibilityendurancemaintenance demandsdeployment timecustomer needshazard and risk analysis

Organisational policy and procedures may vary between sectors and


legislation relevant to the management of physical resourceslegislation relevant to the organisation, operational, corporate and strategic plans organisational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardsgovernment policies

Budget formats may include

zero based budgetingprogram budgetingline item budgetingorganisation – specific budgetsoutput and outcome budgeting

Budget may include capital expenditurerecurrent expenditureoutput investment proposalscash flow

Stakeholders may include staffmanagersgovernment (statelocalfederal)unionscommunityindustryowners of leased propertyvehicles or equipment

Monitoring physical resource provision

may include

site visitsinspectionspartial or full audits of physical resources


Expected lifetime of equipment may

include

organisation’s corporate and strategic plansorganisation’s financial and other resource management guidelinesgovernment policycapacity of equipment to perform to operational requirements

Reporting requirements may include

spreadsheetswritten reportscompletion of proformascompletion of formsverbal reportsgovernment budget submission proformas

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inknowledge and application of asset management in a wide range of contexts in achieving the organisation’s objectives


Pre-requisite units: PUAMAN002A Administer work group resources (Fire specific)


Underpinning knowledge budget processesorganisational policy and procedures relating to physical resource acquisition and allocationresource management systemsstock handling procedures

Underpinning skills analyse costs and benefits of resource acquisition and utilisationdevelop maintenance schedules and budgetsevaluate resource performancemonitor the effectiveness of resources acquisition and allocationutilise resource inventory




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in a physical resource management role within the workplace or exercise or operational environment Knowledge may be assessed through written assignments, projects, reports, debriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Follow defined occupational health and safety policies and procedures

UNIT NAME Follow defined occupational health and safety policies and procedures

UNIT CODE PUAOHS001B

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency for applying general occupational health and safety requirements when working in the usual workplace environment, excluding emergency incidents.

This unit is based on the national Guidelines for Integrating Occupational Health and Safety Competencies into National Industry Competency Standards [NOHSC:7025 (1994)].


1. Follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control

1. Hazards in the work area are recognised, rectified where possible and reported to designated personnel according to workplace procedures

2. Workplace procedures and work instructions for controlling risks are followed

3. Workplace procedures for dealing with workplace emergencies are followed whenever necessary within scope of responsibilities and competencies

2. Contribute to participative arrangements for the management of occupational health and safety (OHS)

1. Occupational health and safety issues are raised with designated personnel in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant occupational health and safety legislation

2. Contributions to participative arrangements in the workplace are made within organisational procedures and scope of responsibilities and competencies

RANGE STATEMENT

Workplace procedures may include

hazard proceduresemergency proceduresaccident and incident proceduresprocedures for use of personal protective equipmentprocedures for reporting accidentsincidentshazards and emergenciesrisk control proceduresextrication procedures

Hazards may include extreme temperaturesemergency situations requiring evacuation or securityearthquakemanual handlingdamaged or broken furniture and fittingsspillagesdamaged or worn equipmentitems blocking exitscords/ropes across walkwaysitems of equipment in areas of pedestrian trafficslippery surfacesbreakagesnoisemachinery


electricitysea conditionsrocksdangerous creatures

Legislation may include Commonwealthstate and territory legislationstandardscodes of practiceregulations and statutory requirements relevant to workplace OH&S

Workplace emergencies may include

accidentsvehicle and industrial accidentsincidents involving dangerous goods and hazardous substancesbomb scaresterrorist actionfiresfloodsstorm and tempestearthquakeemergency situations requiring evacuation or securityaquatic accidentsvessel aground, holedtowing emergenciesfire on board

Participative arrangements may

include

Occupational health and safety committees team or workgroup meetings

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in all relevant workplace procedures followed



Underpinning knowledge ability to interpret Material Safety Data Sheetsaccidentsemergenciesfireincidentsmeaning of occupational health and safety signs and symbols relevant to area of workorganisation’s policies and procedures relating to hazardsorganisation’s policies procedures relating to risk control and hazard reportingparticipative arrangements for occupational health and safety

Underpinning skills communicate concerns verballyfill in accident and incident formsidentify hazards and assess risksparticipate in group meetingsuse communication technology if relevant to workplace requirements





Context of assessment A combination of oral or written presentationobservation, on the job and/or in a range of simulated environments


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Maintain safety at an incident scene

UNIT NAME Maintain safety at an incident scene

UNIT CODE PUAOHS002A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to recognise potential health and safety risks and take action to eliminate or control those risks at incident scenes, to prevent injury to self, other personnel or members of the public.


1. Determine hazards at incident site

1. Issues affecting safety of self and other personnel are established by identification of hazards and assessment of risks, and by liaison with others at the scene

2. Relevant operational safety procedures are implemented in accordance with organisation’s policies

3. Duties are undertaken in line with organisational health and safety codes of practice and relevant legislation

2. Implement hazard controls at incident scene

1. Hazards are identified and mitigation procedures are selected in line with work instructions and procedures

2. Hazardous situations rectified where possible and reported and/or recorded according to organisation’s policies and procedures

3. Changes in situation and/or conditions are reported immediately to designated person

4. Hazard controls are monitored and communicated to relevant personnel to ensure continuing effectiveness

5. Hazard control and mitigation measures are implemented with minimum damage to the environment, while maintaining safety of self and others

6. Incident/accident scene is effectively secured to preserve the scene and maintain public safety in line with legislative requirements

3. Maintain personal safety

1. Personal protective clothing and equipment is selected and checked according to organisational procedures to ensure it is operational prior to entry into incident situation

2. Personal protective clothing and equipment appropriate to dealing with the hazard is worn/fitted and used in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures and manufacturer’s guidelines

3. Water and food intake, rest breaks and shelter requirements are maintained

4. Survival technique strategies are implemented in accordance with organisation’s policies and guidelines

4. Contribute to maintaining safety of other work group members

1. Impact of own actions on safety of others is recognised2. Contact is maintained at all times with other work group

members3. Signals are correctly used, interpreted, confirmed and

acted upon in a timely manner


4. Warnings of hazardous situations are clearly relayed to work group members using appropriate terminology and codes

5. Assistance is given to work group members in danger in accordance with standard operating procedures, ensuring personal safety is maintained

RANGE STATEMENT

Working environment may be

hazardousunpredictablesubject to time pressurechaotic and expose responders to risk

Public Safety workplaces include

any location where a Public Safety incident occurs

Response situation includes

single and multi agency response situations

Risk is the likelihood of injury or damage occurring and the potential consequences of any injury or damage

Hazards include all potential sources of injury or damage to property or the environment including identified and potential hazards to personsequipment or the environment

Incidents may include a variety of natural or man made events including but not limited to rescues and extrications (floodstormtempestnatural disastervehicleaircraftrailindustrialcivil defence)fires (structuralwildprescribed burning)search and rescue (urbanruralsea)hazardous materials and dangerous goods

Hazards may be identified by

scene assessmentvisual inspectionsplan reviewsrecognising hazard warningsaccessing data basesinterviewing others at sceneseeking expert advice

Others at scene may include

organisational personnelpersonnel from other organisationsgeneral public


Hazardous materials may include

thermalmechanicalexplosivestoxiccorrosiveasphyxiantradiationetiological hazardsmutagenic materials

Biological hazards may include

bacteriavirusesfungi and yeastsincluding exotic organisms

Physical hazards may include

noiseslippery surfacespoor visibilitysmoky environmentsfallen/falling objectsfatigue

Electrical hazards may include

pole fireselectrical fireselectricity in damaged/burning structuresenergised vehicles/structures due to downed wires

Manual handling hazards may include

heavy objectscontent and shape of containers

Environmental hazards may include

temperaturedarknessfiresnowfloodswindsrainhailflorafaunapostural restrictions and accessterraintraffic

Hazard control measures may include

erection of barriersestablishment of control zoneuse of spill clean up kitsuse of electrically insulated tools and equipmentvehicle protection hoses and deviceslife support equipment (heat radiation shielded crew cabinvehicle cabins with/without sprays)entry control procedures to hazardous areasdecontamination

Relevant legislation may include

state or territory occupational health and safety acts and regulations


Personal protective clothing and equipment

may include

breathing apparatuspersonal linesair linespersonal distress unitsrespiratory protectionprotective hoodsgoggleshearing protectorssunscreenchemical protective clothingpersonal flotation deviceswet suitsturnout uniformgloveshard hatsafety bootsoverallschainsaw chapsbullet proof vestsfirearmsbatonshandcuffs

Hazard control equipment may include

atmospheric monitoring equipmentmeteorological equipmentradiation monitoring equipmentoxygen metersflammable gas detectors

Reporting may include verbalwritten reportscompleting standard formslogssitrepsnote takinglogging entry to hazardous areas

Designated person may include

supervisorteam leaderworkplace occupational health and safety representativeofficer in charge

Survival strategies which maybe applied in

buildingswildfire situationswaterextreme heat or cold

Factors which may require monitoring may

include

trafficweather conditionsvegetation typespectatorstemperaturestructural integrityrelative humidityslopeterrainwater supply/pressurefire developmentstream flowssuspect atmospheres


Contact with other personnel may include

visualvocaltouchradioaudible warningssignalling

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in maintaining personal safety and safety of others


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR201A Prevent Injury (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge accidents and incidentscommonly encountered hazards and procedures and safety precautions to prevent injury on encountering various hazardsemployee responsibilities and obligationsfood intakehazardsheat induced illness—factors leading to preventioninjurieslabelling and storage of hazardous substancesmanual handling hazardsmeans of relaying warnings to other personnelmethods of hazard control and reportingorganisation’s occupational health and safety policyproblems associated with insufficient water intakeprocedures for investigating injuriesprocedures for participating in occupational health and safety arrangementsprocedures for reporting hazardsprotectionrelevant standard operating proceduresrespiratory system—functionsrest breaksState and Territory occupational health and safety requirementssurvival techniques for various situationssymptoms and treatmenttechniques and aidsuse and limitations of relevant protective clothing and equipment

Underpinning skills communicate non-verbally and verballyfollow procedures and instructionsrecord informationuse communication equipmentwork with others in a team situation

Resource implications A range of protective clothing and equipment may be required




Context of assessment A real life incident, exercise or simulation, or series of tasks are required to demonstrate competence in this unit. This may involve setting scenarios to be completed either individually or as a member of a team. Written or verbal questions may be used as supporting evidence


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Implement and monitor the organisation’s occupational health and safety policies, procedures and programs

UNIT NAME Implement and monitor the organisation’s occupational health and safety policies, procedures and programs


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in implementing and monitoring occupational health and safety (OH&S) policies, procedures and programs in the workplace.

The unit is based on the National Guidelines for Integrating Occupational Health and Safety Competencies into national industry competency standards.


1. Provide information to the workgroup about occupational health and safety and the organisation’s occupational health and safety policies, procedures and programs

1. Relevant provisions of occupational health and safety legislation and codes of practice are accurately and clearly explained to the work group

2. Information on the organisation’s occupational health and safety policies, procedures and programs is provided in a readily accessible manner and is accurately and clearly explained to the work group

3. Information about identified hazards and the outcomes of risk assessment and risk control procedures is regularly provided and is accurately and clearly explained to the work group

2. Implement and monitor participative arrangements for the management of occupational health and safety

1. Organisational procedures for consultation over occupational health and safety issues are implemented and monitored to ensure that all members of the work group have the opportunity to contribute

2. Issues raised through consultation are dealt with and resolved promptly or referred to the appropriate personnel for resolution in accordance with workplace procedures for resolution

3. The outcomes of consultation over occupational health and safety issues are made known to the work group promptly

3. Implement and monitor the organisation’s procedures for identifying hazards and assessing risks

1. Existing and potential hazards in the work area are identified and reported so that risk assessment and control procedures can be applied

4. Implement and monitor the organisation’s procedures for controlling risks

1. Work procedures to control risks are implemented and adherence to them by the work group is monitored in accordance with workplace procedures

2. Existing risk control measures are monitored and results reported regularly in accordance with workplace procedures

3. Inadequacies in existing risk control measures are identified in accordance with the hierarchy of control and reported to designated personnel

4. Inadequacies in resource allocation for implementation of risk control measures are identified and reported to designated personnel


5. Implement the organisation’s procedures for dealing with hazardous events

1. Workplace procedures for dealing with hazardous events are implemented whenever necessary to ensure that prompt control action is taken

2. Hazardous events are investigated to identify their cause in accordance with investigation procedures

3. Control measures to prevent recurrence and minimise risks of hazardous events are implemented based on the hierarchy of control, or alternatively, referred to designated personnel for implementation

6. Implement and monitor the organisation’s procedure for providing occupational health and safety training

1. Occupational health and safety training needs are identified accurately, specifying gaps between occupational health and safety competencies required and those held by workgroup members

2. Arrangements are made for fulfilling identified occupational health and safety training needs in both on and off-the-job training programs in consultation with relevant parties

7. Implement and monitor the organisation’s procedure for maintaining occupational health and safety records

1. Occupational health and safety records for work area are accurately and legibly completed in accordance with workplace requirements for occupational health and safety records and legal requirements for maintenance of records of occupational injury and disease

2. Aggregate information from the area’s occupational health and safety records is used to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures within work area according to organisational procedures and within scope of responsibilities

RANGE STATEMENT

Relevant provisions of occupational health

and safety legislation may include

general duty of care including public safety requirements for maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and diseaseprovision of information and trainingregulations and codes of practice relating to hazards present in work areahealth and safety representatives and occupational health and safety committees

Workplace procedures may include

inspection/evaluationhousekeepingconsultation processestraining and assessmentspecific hazard policies and procedures including public safety procedures occupational health and safety informationoccupational health and safety record keeping and reportingmaintenance of plant and equipmentpurchasing of supplies and equipmentcounselling and disciplinary procedures

Hazardous events may include

accidentsfiresfloodsstormsemergencies—chemical spillsbomb scares‘near misses’


Procedures for dealing with hazardous

events may include

evacuationchemical containmentfirst aid proceduresworkplace procedures—inspectionhousekeepingconsultation processes (either general or specific to occupational health and safety)training and assessmentspecific hazard policies and proceduresoccupational health and safety informationoccupational health and safety record keepingmaintenance of plant and equipmentpurchasing of supplies and equipmentsafety audits

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Working knowledge consistent with the elements of competence of all applicable occupational health and safety legislation and codes of practiceDemonstrated understanding of the hierarchy of control (the preferred order of risk control measures from most to least preferred, that is: elimination substitution engineering controls administrative controlsand lastly, personal protective equipment)



Underpinning knowledge accident reporting proceduresavailability and contact numbers of emergency servicescurrent principles and procedures relating to workplace occupational health and safety policies and proceduresemployee obligations and responsibilitiesequal employment opportunity principles and practiceshierarchy of controljob design and workplace layoutlegal health and safety ramificationsprocedures for implementing accident investigationrelevant occupational health and safety regulations and acts

Underpinning skills communicate information orally and in writingimplement safety awareness programsmake decisionswrite reports





Context of assessment Competence is demonstrated in the context of an established organisational occupational health and safety system with related policies, procedures and programsCompetence may be demonstrated working individually or under the guidance of, or as a member of a team withspecialist occupational health and safety staff or managers


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Establish and maintain the occupational health and safety system

UNIT NAME Establish and maintain the occupational health and safety system


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers how to establish, maintain and evaluate an occupational health and safety system in the work environment.

This unit is based on the National Guidelines for Integrating Occupational Health and Safety Competencies into National Industry Competency Standards [NOHSC: 7025 (1994)].


1. Organise consultation process

1. Relevant personnel or other representative personnel are identified and invited into the development and maintenance processes

2. Issues raised through consultation are effectively handled according to issue resolution procedures

3. Results from the consultation process are verified and made available to relevant personnel

4. Consultative processes are flexible and consistent with representatives requirements

2. Design Occupational Health and Safety framework

1. Hazards and risks are correctly identified and confirmed according to occupational health and safety legislation, codes of practice and prevailing trends

2. Procedure for ongoing identification of hazards and risks is developed and integrated within work systems and procedures

3. Occupational health and safety policies are developed in line with relevant legislation

4. Occupational health and safety responsibilities and duties are clearly defined and incorporated into job descriptions/statements

5. Adequate resources are sourced and provided in a timely and consistent manner

6. Measures to control assessed risks are developed and implemented in accordance with the hierarchy of control, relevant occupational health and safety legislation, codes of practice and trends

7. Interim solutions are implemented until a permanent control measure is developed. Details are recorded clearly and efficiently according to organisation policy and procedures and relevant legislation

3. Design and implement an Occupational Health and Safety awareness training program

1. Educational information on the occupational health and safety system is made available to all relevant personnel

2. Appropriate training is provided to all relevant personnel to enable the implementation of safety procedures


4. Establish, monitor and maintain Occupational Health and safety system

1. A system for keeping occupational health and safety records is established in accordance with legislative requirements

2. Work activities are monitored to ensure that hazard identification and risk assessment and control procedures are effectively adopted

3. Inadequacies in hazard identification, risk assessment and established risk control measures are identified in accordance with the hierarchy of control and reported to designated personnel

6. Amendments to procedures are undertaken through appropriate consultation methods

5. Establish and maintain a system for accident investigation

1. A system is developed and implemented for reporting and investigation of all accidents/incidents in accordance with the policies and procedures

2. Training is provided to employees responsible for accident investigation for effective implementation of accident investigation policy

3. Policies and procedures for reporting and investigating all accidents/incidents are reviewed and updated as required

6. Evaluate the organisation’s Occupational Health and Safety system and related policies procedures and programs

1. The effectiveness of the occupational health and safety system and related policies, procedures and programs is assessed according to the organisation’s occupational health and safety policy

2. Improvements to the occupational health and safety system are developed and implemented

3. Compliance with occupational health and safety legislation and codes of practice is assessed to ensure that legal occupational health and safety standards are maintained

RANGE STATEMENT

Occupational Health and Safety

policies may

express the organisation’s commitment to OH&S, and demonstrate consistency of application across the organisation’s policies

Resources may include

financial and human

Information should be clearconcisewritten in plain English where possiblein suitable format for particular target grouptimely

Consultative process may include

meetingsworkshopsreports

Persons involved in consultation may

include

employeremployeerepresentative body (regulator, unions)independent advisor

Occupational Health and Safety trends

Occupational Health and Safety trends may be identified from the Occupational Health and Safety records system


System used to record safety

details may

allow the recording and identification of patterns of occupational injury and disease

Occupational Health and Safety

training program may be

internal or external fulfil employees’ Occupational Health and Safety needs as identifiedas part of the organisation’s general training program

Hazard identification and risk

assessment may include

visual inspectionsreportsnoticessituational analyses

Hazards may be existing or potential

Hazardous procedures may

include

work practicesequipmentsituations

Hazardous events may include

accidentsfiresemergencies such as chemical spills and bomb scares

Procedures for dealing with

hazardous events may include

evacuationchemical containmentfirst aid proceduresPIN noticeceasing activity

Interim measures may be necessary

when

measures that control a risk at its source are not immediately practicable

Processes for consultation may

include

Occupational Health and Safety committeesconsultation with health and safety representativesresolution proceduresparticipative/consultative procedures conducted by supervisory staff within the area of managerial responsibilityunion/association and management meetings

Monitoring of activities may

include

review of written reportsperformance appraisalauditing proceduresobservation of work task


managerssupervisorsoccupational health and safety officer/managerpermanent and part time workersrepresentative personnelsuppliers staff organisation


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Demonstrated understanding of principles and practices for Occupational Health and SafetyDemonstrated understanding of the significance of other management systems and procedures for occupational health and safety



Underpinning knowledge details of all relevant Occupational Health and Safety legislation and its relevance to organisation operationsdetails of codes of practice and their relevance to organisation operationshierarchy of control (the preferred order of risk control measures from most to least preferred that is: elimination substitution engineering control administrative controls and personal protective equipment)literacy levels and communication skills of work group membersknowledge of current principles and practices used to implement and monitor organisational OH&S policiesprocedures and programssuitable communication techniques to address needs of work group members

Underpinning skills attention to detailhigh level interpersonal skillshigh level skills in clear written and oral communicationprocedures and personnelskills in management of systems



Evidence will need to be gathered over time across a range of variables

Context of assessment Evidence must include observation of performance in the work environment or a simulation. Written and verbal tests may be used as supporting evidence. Competence may be demonstrated working individually or under the guidance of or as a member of a team with specialist occupational health and safety staff or managers


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems Use Technology

2 3 3 2 2 3 2

Supervise response

UNIT NAME Supervise response

UNIT CODE PUAOPE001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to supervise a response by a small team to incidents and may include the use of aircraft, which are time critical and/or potentially threatening to life, property or the environment.

The unit includes the competency to proceed to the incident, assess the incident, and plan and implement an operational response and post-response activities.


1. Receive incident response request

1. Requests for response are received and dealt with in accordance with organisational policy and guidelines

2. Relevant incident information is obtained and assessed to enable personnel to make appropriate preparations

3. An appropriate response is determined according to the type of incident and information available in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. The location of the incident and the most appropriate route to the incident are ascertained

2. Proceed to incident 1. Personnel, equipment and transport resources are dispatched promptly, consistent with the nature of the incident and the information available

2. Communication is established and maintained3. An appropriate route to the incident is followed to minimise

response time4. En-route hazards are recognised and negotiated to

minimise risk5. Multi-vehicle response is conducted in accordance with the

organisation’s procedures

3. Assess the incident 1. Observations are made en route to assist with incident assessments

2. Assigned personnel’s arrival at the incident is confirmed according to organisational policies and procedures

3. Communication with on-site personnel is established4. An initial assessment of the incident is carried out promptly5. Hazards or potential hazards are assessed and minimised

or controlled6. Assigned resources to deal with the incident are

established at the earliest opportunity7. The need for additional resources is identified and

resources requested in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

8. Hazards are monitored during the incidents and changes in the situation acted upon

Supervise response

4. Plan and implement an operational response to the incident

1. A safe and effective operational environment is established and maintained in accordance with occupational health and safety guidelines and organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Incident information is communicated to assigned personnel clearly, accurately and in a timely manner

3. Incident plan is developed based on available information and organisational procedures

4. Strategies and tactics are determined and tasks allocated to appropriate personnel

5. An incident plan is implemented, continually monitored, reported and reviewed in the light of additional information and communicated in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

6. Leadership and supervision are provided to ensure that performance and practice are to operational standards

7. Appropriate equipment and materials are deployed to deal with the incident

8. Changes in the incident plan are communicated to relevant personnel and organisations

5. Conclude operation 1. Incident is terminated in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

2. Incident records of incident actions and decisions are maintained in accordance with the organisation’s requirements

3. Incident assessment is conducted in accordance with the organisation’s requirements

6. Supervise post-response activities

1. Equipment cleaning, repair, storage and replenishment is supervised

2. Debriefing requirements are met3. Post operation reports are prepared to organisation’s

requirements4. Welfare of team members is monitored and appropriate

action taken

RANGE STATEMENT

Incidents may include firespublic disordercrimefloodstormsaccidenthazardous materials incidentsrescues

Transport may include on-roadoff-roadaviationmaritime

Supervise response

En route hazards may include

smokecrowdstrafficunauthorised redirectionprevailing weatherroad conditionsterraindebristidal flowspot firesrestricted areaswiresmasts/aerialsother aircraftinterference to communications

Hazardous conditions may include

adverse weather and fire behaviourafter-dark operationsdifficult terraindangerous goods and substancestime pressurelevel of visibilitystructural collapse

Incident assessment may include

type and size of incidentrisk to lifeproperty and environmenthazards/no go areasclimatic and weather conditionscapability of assigned personneladequacy of allocated equipmentinformation gathered from existing plans/databasesforecasts and meteorological profilescrowds gatheringinstalled fire protectiontype of buildingbuilding constructionpersons trappedexposuresaccess

Resources may include aircraft (rotary and fixed wing)personnel trained for the taskspecialised personnelprotective clothingequipmentmaterialsnavigation aidsmapsaide memoirspumpsappliancesspecialist appliances

Supervise response

Communications equipment may

include

radio (eg VHF aeronautical)telephonecomputerfacsimilepagermobile data terminalaudible alarms/whistles

Communications may include

ground to airhand signalsdistress signal unitswhistlesverbal and written instructionsradiotelephonemobile phone

Incidents may involve life threatening situationsprotection of property and the environmentarmed offendersexplosive devices

Incident plan may include incident objectives or goalsroles and responsibilities of personnelresource requirements and limitationscommunication proceduresstrategies and tactics to be employedcontingency arrangementsplanning checklistsflight plansemergency landing areas for aircraft

Welfare of team members may include

physical stressphysiological stressphysical needs such as refreshmentsfatiguerelief

Organisational policy, procedures, requirements

and guidelines may vary between sectors

and organisations and may include

legislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans operational proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardsinteragency liaisonCivil Aviation Orders and requirementssearch and rescue time/procedures/actionincident management systems

Supervise response

When dealing with aircraft response,

performance may be affected by

taskrangeengine type-pistonturbinewing configurationtwin/single engineload capacityairstrip length requirementspilot abilityweatherfire behaviourterrain

When dealing with aircraft, suitability

may be affected by

visibilityrangespeedtake off capabilitycommunications system availabilitypilot local knowledge

When dealing with aircraft, supervising

of aircraft management

procedures includes

temporary restricted airspaceaircraft separation-vertically and horizontallyheight separationdirectioninbound/outbound callsFire Common Traffic Advisory Frequency (F-CTAF)

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inimplementation of an appropriate strategy to deal effectively with the incident


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR302A Suppress urban fireOR PUAFIR303A Suppress wildfire (Fire

Specific)Co-requisite units: Nil

Underpinning knowledge hazards/potential hazards and their effectsknowledge of current navigational practices to perform navigationknowledge of current practices to perform conduct briefings and debriefingsorganisational policies and procedures relating to operations

Underpinning skills analyse an incidentassess risks and apply safe work practicescommunicate effectivelyconduct an incident assessmentconduct briefings and debriefings for aircraft based workdeploy personnel and equipment to deal with the incidentfor aircraft based work the ability to work in an aircraft for an extended periodmake decisionsrespond promptly to an incidentuse communication equipment

Supervise response

Resource implications Assessment of this competency will require access to relevant transport, communication and emergency equipment



Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in responding to and dealing with an actual or simulated incident operation and supplemented by appropriate questions


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 2

Operate communications systems and equipment

UNIT NAME Operate communications systems and equipment


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to transmit and receive communications in routine and operational situations using the organisation’s communication systems and equipment.


1. Use communication systems and equipment

1. Equipment is used and operated safely to support communications consistent with organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Communication equipment and techniques are selected to best meet the task, context and needs of the situation

3. The communication system is correctly utilised to facilitate transmission and reception

4. Communication systems are operationally maintained according to organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Transmit and receive communications

1. Information is transmitted concisely and clearly to facilitate accurate reception of the message in accordance with organisation’s policy and procedures

2. Contact is acknowledged, communication is confirmed and action initiated

3. Communication faults and deficiencies are reported according to organisation’s policy and procedures

4. Alternative communication strategies are employed according to organisational procedures to address identified faults and deficiencies in communication

5. Communication is processed and recorded in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

3. Maintain communications equipment

1. Fault finding techniques are applied and basic maintenance conducted according to organisational policies and procedures

2. Faulty equipment is identified and noted for repair

RANGE STATEMENT

Communication equipment may

include

personal computers and modemsradiofacsimilessignalling devicesmobilelandline and satellite telephonespagers

Communication systems may include

organisation’s networkscommunication protocolsverbal communication proceduresgeographical information systemsrelevant legislation such as Telecommunications Act

Operate communications systems and equipment

Verbal communication procedures may

include

pro-wordsphonetic alphabetcall signscoded messagesuse of abbreviationsemergency procedures

Voice procedures may include

rhythmspeedvolumepitchsentencescorrecting mistakesrepetitions

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competency be demonstrated in accurately transmitting and receiving communications using the organisation’s communication system and equipment



Underpinning knowledge organisational policy and procedures relevant to the operation of communication equipmentrange of communication equipment available to the organisationthe organisation’s communication system

Underpinning skills clean and service communication equipment according to organisational proceduresreport communication faults and deficiencies according to organisational proceduresuse verbal communication procedures consistent with the organisation’s communication systemutilise the organisation’s communication processes and systems

Resource implications access to relevant communication equipment


evidence should be gathered over a period of time in a range of actual or simulated workplace environments

Context of assessment observation of the use of a range of communication equipment under non-operational and operational conditions or in a simulated environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 1 1 1 2

Navigate in urban and rural environments

UNIT NAME Navigate in urban and rural environments


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency required to navigate in urban and rural environments and inland waterways.


1. Determine current location, destination and resources

1. Incident and/or task location/requirements are obtained2. Relevant maps and navigation equipment are gathered and

checked3. Cartographic information and navigation techniques are

applied to plot positions on a map, and determine current location and destination within accepted tolerances

2. Determine and plan a safe route

1. Navigation records are prepared according to organisation’s practices

2. Cartographic information, navigation techniques, local and environmental conditions are interpreted to determine and plan a safe and timely route

3. Potential access restrictions which may limit thoroughfare are identified and arrangements made to gain access in accordance with organisation’s policies and practices and regulatory requirements

3. Navigate to destination

1. Record of proposed route and navigation aids are used to maintain compliance with planned route

2. Driver is directed to follow indicated route as required3. Current location is regularly verified within accepted

tolerances4. Route is modified to address prevailing conditions and, if

required, alternate strategies are initiated5. Lost en-route procedures are implemented if required6. Unanticipated access difficulties are reported in accordance

with organisation’s policies and procedures7. En-route and arrival reporting information is communicated

in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

4. Complete post navigational activities

1. Navigation or nominated reports are completed in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Navigational equipment is recovered, reset, updated and serviced according to operational standards and manufacturer’s specifications


RANGE STATEMENT

Use of maps may include defining or plotting incident locationdelineation of search areasplanning access and egress routesplotting of areas subject to hazard impact such as flood inundationplotting and calculation of areas of fire damage

Navigational maps may include

street directoriestopographic mapsaerial photographslocal authority mapsnavigational chartscadastral mapsorthophoto mapssatellite imagery

Map features include date of maplegendcontoursscalenorth Pointgrid referenceslatitude and longitudemagnetic variationcontour intervalsdatum informationnorthings and eastingshill shadingvegetation typescultural informationtransport routes

Navigational equipment may include

protractorsscale rulesglobal positioning systems (GPS)geographical information systems (GIS)magnetic compassesplanimetersromersarea plotterswatch/stopwatchcommunications equipmentcomputerswriting equipment

Incident and task information may

include

search operationdata gatheringestablishing radiiareas of probabilityplotting fire frontsflood height predictionsrates of fireline constructions



verbal instructionsradio systemintercom systemhand signalswritten instructionsen-route and arrival information

Navigation techniques may include

resection and triangulationplottingroute-time calculationsmagnetic conversionsgrid and latitude/longitude conversionsbearings and back bearings

Potential access restrictions may

include

military areasAboriginal and Torres Strait Islander sacred sitesother areas of cultural significanceseasonal factorswilderness areashazardous areasother areas requiring permission and/or authorisation to enteragency and regulatory requirements

Environmental conditions may include

flood or fireroad conditions including vehicle height and/or width clearance requirementstime of dayneed to match transportation mode to terrainatmospheric conditionshazardous materialsstorm damage

Accepted tolerance may include

relating the margin of error allowable as determined by the nature of the task/incident terrainprevailing weather and environmental conditions

Cartographic information the interpretation of cartographic symbology including contour linesscalemagnetic variation information

Organisational arrival procedures include

confirmation of timelysafe arrival appropriate to the incident/task

Alternate route strategies may include

lost proceduresdispatch of additional teamsuse of additional/alternate vehicles


pre-departure briefinginput to debriefscompletion of logssitrepsjournal recordsassessment of safety procedures utilised


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in practical plotting of a navigation route maintaining accuracy within accepted tolerances when following a route, and in demonstrated ability to maintain positional awareness. Evidence should also be sought concerning the ability to effectively react to changes in the operating environment necessitating re-planning of course



Underpinning knowledge cartographic symbols and legendsgrid/magnetic conversionmap and chart typesmethods for determining current locationroute planning techniques and calculations

Underpinning skills identifying natural and cultural features for transport modesproblem solvingusing navigation aidsverbal communication

Resource implications Access to equipment used in operational navigation is essential



Context of assessment A real life incident, exercise or simulation or series of tasks are required to demonstrate competence in this unitUrban or rural navigationNavigation with electronic aids


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 2 1 2 2 1

Conduct briefings/debriefings

UNIT NAME Conduct briefings/debriefings


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to lead and manage a briefing or debriefing.


1. Prepare for the brief/debrief

1. A briefing/debriefing is planned and prepared in accordance with organisation’s policy and procedures

2. Relevant personnel involved in the activity are identified and informed of debriefing requirements

3. Briefing/debriefing meeting is scheduled as soon as possible following the incident

4. An appropriate location for the brief/debrief is selected5. Appropriate incident information is collected

2. Conduct the brief/debrief

1. Purpose and structure of the brief/debrief is outlined to incident personnel

2. Discussion, analyses and evaluation by personnel of their anticipated or actual roles in the activity are encouraged

3. Contributions from personnel during the brief/debrief are continually sought, encouraged and valued

4. Review of the activity against the policies, practices and training of the organisation is undertaken to identify any discrepancies

5. Brief/debrief is conducted in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

3. Conclude the brief/debrief

1. Contributions of personnel are acknowledged in a positive way

2. Brief/debrief follow-up actions are identified and acted upon in a timely manner

3. Brief/debrief findings are summarised and recorded if appropriate in a format suitable for subsequent action by the appropriate personnel

4. Reports are prepared for presentation to appropriate personnel as required

RANGE STATEMENT

Activities may include Incidentsmeetingspublic safety campaigns

Briefing may take place prior to undertaking operational activitieswhen significant changes are anticipated at an incidentprior to undertaking trainingprior to undertaking workplace projects and other work related activitiesat regular intervals


Debriefing may take place when incident personnel have been relievedimmediately after the incidentwhen personnel return to their home basea convenient time after the incident after a meeting/eventat shift change overs

Brief/debrief plan will include

purposesubject mattertiminglocationparticipantsmethodology

Brief/debrief checklist may include

incident backgroundfatalitiesinjurieslossdamageincident responsecontrol and commandcommunicationssupporting organisationswelfareequipment and plantfirst aid and medicalstressresources committed to the incidentassessment of response strategiesstrategies to improve responseadequacy of initial briefinganalysis of planninganalysis of performance against aims and objectives

Brief/debrief follow-up action may include

personnel informed of the outcomes of the debriefaction taken to address issues identified

Subsequent action may include

reporting to other organisationsreview of procedures

Briefing/debriefing content and format

may include

facilitator ledcollaborativeproblem baseddescriptive illustrativelevel of language used

Organisational policy, procedures,

requirements and guidelines may vary


may include

legislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans operational policy and proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standards


Relevant personnel human-operations personnelvolunteerssupport personnellocalstate/territory and federal governments

Reports may be submitted to

organisation’s managementsteering committeestraining division personnelgovernment agencies

Locations will vary according to the timing of the brief/debrief which may be before, during or following an activity under non-operational or operational conditions

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in ability to communicate effectively with personnel and elicit and encourage contributions to the briefing/debriefing in a constructive and positive way


Pre-requisite units: PUACOM001B Communicate in the workplace


Underpinning knowledge organisation’s policiesorganisation’s procedures for activity debriefingpractices and training processes in relation to activity

Underpinning skills communicate clearly in a group settingmanage group processesprepare a briefing/debriefing planprovide feedback and encourage contributions from group members




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance by observing an individual conduct post activity briefings in a variety of actual and/or simulated operational contexts


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 1

Manage a multi team response

UNIT NAME Manage a multi team response


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to manage a multi team response to incidents which may be time critical and/or potentially threatening to life, property or the environment.


1. Conduct an assessment of incident

1. A risk assessment of all factors impacting upon the response is conducted

2. An initial assessment of resources required is conducted3. Resources required to deal with the incident are identified4. Constraints which may impede the response are identified5. Initial response options are identified and assessed

2. Establish control and command

1. Control is assumed in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Communication systems are activated in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

3. Reporting processes are activated in accordance with organisational policies and procedures to provide continuous monitoring and evaluation of incident

4. Command and control facilities are established

3. Develop operational plan

1. Operational plan is developed and adjusted if required in accordance with response requirements and operational guidelines

2. Response strategies are identified3. Tactics to effectively manage the incident are identified in

accordance with the operational plan4. Tasks are determined and prioritised

4. Implement operational plan

1. Operational plan is communicated to teams in accordance with the organisation’s guidelines

2. Resources are deployed to ensure that the operational plan is implemented in accordance with organisation guidelines

3. Operations are conducted and monitored in accordance with the operational plan

4. Operational reports are issued in accordance with policy and procedures

5. Operations are modified as required by the situation6. Resources are requested, acquired and deployed

5. Manage post incident operations

1. Resources are accounted for and demobilised in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

2. Post operational documentation is completed to organisational requirements

3. Post incident recovery is initiated in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

4. Effectiveness of operations is evaluated and documented


5. Debriefing conducted in accordance with organisational guidelines

6. Recommendations are made for changes in policies and procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Initial response options will be determined by

the availability of resources and estimated outcomeorganisational guidelines regulatory authoritieslegislative requirements

Risks to life and property may include

firefloodhazardous materialslandslipsevere stormbiological agentsfauna rescue

Transport may include on roadoff roadaviationmaritimerail

Command facility may include

field facility such as an existing airfieldhelipads or established operations centre

En route hazards may include

trafficprevailing weatherroad conditionsterraindebrisplumesanimalsatmospheric hazardstidal conditionsrestricted areaswires/masts/aerialsother aircraftinterference communications

Hazardous conditions may include

adverse weatherafter dark operationsdifficult terraindangerous goods and substancestime pressurevisibility

Incident assessment may include

type of incidentrisk to lifeproperty and environmenthazardscapability of assigned personneladequacy of allocated equipmentinformation gathered from existing plans/databasesforecastsmeteorological profiles


Communications systems may include

radiotelephonecomputerfacsimilepagermobile data terminalsatellitesignallingsignagewarnings

Incidents may include life threatening situationsprotection of property and the environment

Constraints may include legislativeresourcestimeprevailing weatherrestrictions on duration of work or the conditions under which personnel may be employedconstraints on road closureredirection of water coursemilitary areasAboriginal and Torres Strait Islander sacred sitesother areas of environmental and cultural significanceseasonal factorswilderness areashazardous areasother areas requiring permission and/or authorisation to enterexisting emergency management plansfinancial

Documentation and reporting


input to debriefscompletion of logssitrepsjournal recordsassessment of safety procedures utilisedfinancial statementspost-operational report

Resources may include human – operations personnel volunteers support personnellocal, federal and state/territory governmentsphysical – equipmentmachineryvehiclestechnology devicescommunication devicesequipment characteristicssupport servicesamenitiesparkingsafety equipmentaircraftpersonnelspecialised personnel such as aviation authoritiesequipmentmaterial


Command facility establishment

procedures and principles may

include

proximity to incidentsize and type of structurespecial incident requirementscommunication modestopographyenvironmentclimatic conditionslogistical operationssite access and exit requirementssecurity arrangements

Monitoring of operations may include

progress against planwelfare of personnelutilisation of resources and potential of incident

Organisational policy, procedures,



may include

legislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans operational proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardsCivil Aviation Orderssearch and rescue timeprocedures/action

Operational plan may include

aims and objectives of the response/incident/operationpossible strategies to achieve objectivespossible tactics to implement strategiesresources required including their availabilitylimitationscontingencies and alternativesmonitoring and evaluative procedures reporting requirementspre-plansflight plansconsideration or aircraft typeperformance and suitability

Operational plan may be document (formal or informal)part of an overall plancover one or more placearea or region

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inassessment of incident both functionally and strategically; development of a plan and implementation of response in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures.Strategic reaction to changes within the emergency environment


Pre-requisite units: PUAOPE001A Supervise response (Fire Specific)



Underpinning knowledge codes of practice or other legislative requirements current principles and practices in response activitiesdisplay of the following knowledge and skills in terms of job role or function:emergency management plansemergency site layout focus of operation of work systems and equipmentlegislationorganisational command structure relevant agreementsroles and responsibilities of all organisationssecurity and confidentiality of material

Underpinning skills accessing information and support from the control facilitydevelopment of response plans including predicting consequences and identifying improvementseffective and efficient deployment of human and physical resources including:electronic data exchange systems etc.equipment and consumablesidentification and correct use of equipmentmaterialsother organisationspersonnelpersonnel and external authoritiesprocesses and procedures radio frequency devicesteam and personnel managementteam dynamicsuse of a range of information technology devices including computersusing tools and techniques to solve problems

Resource implications Resources should involve access to, or simulation of, emergency situations in a multi-team response environment.This includes resources relating to: equipment, personnel, facilities etc appropriate to the emergency situation and within the bounds of responsibility as designated within the requirements of control



Context of assessment Assessment may occur in an operational environment or in an industry-approved simulated work environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Control multi-agency emergency situations

UNIT NAME Control multi-agency emergency situations


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to take and establish control of a multi-agency response to an emergency situation. Control refers to the overall direction of emergency management activities in an emergency situation. Authority for control is established in legislation or in an emergency plan and carries with it the responsibility for tasking other organisations in accordance with the needs of the situation. Control relates to situations and operates horizontally across organisations.


1. Take control 1. Control is established in accordance with designated responsibility/authority

2. The identity of the controller is communicated to participating organisations/authorities and to relevant authorities/organisations pertinent to the emergency/incident situation

3. The nature and complexity of the emergency/incident is identified through liaison with relevant personnel/authorities

2. Establish a control facility

1. An appropriate control facility is established in accordance with approved operating procedures and principles

2. The establishment of the facility is communicated to participating and relevant personnel/authorities

3. Communication systems and procedures are established to facilitate the functions of control

3. Establish and maintain a control structure

1. A control structure is established appropriate to the nature and complexity of the emergency, encompassing specific roles and responsibilities of each participating organisation

2. The control structure is expanded or contracted in response to changes within the emergency environment

3. Control systems are managed ensuring flow of information is clear, accurate, timely and follows agreed reporting mechanisms

4. Control systems are managed ensuring human, physical, fiscal and communication systems are identified, allocated and deployed in accordance with the control structure

5. Control systems are managed ensuring accurate recording and reporting systems are established and maintained

4. Establish procedures to permit control to be exercised

1. Control structure is communicated to participating organisations and relevant authorities/individuals who may have a regulatory or economic interest applicable to the emergency/incident

2. Communication is implemented to provide an effective exchange between the controller and all organisations engaged in the emergency, supporting organisations, coordinator, higher authorities, media

3. Liaison is initiated and maintained with those organisations that may provide information or resources applicable to the emergency/incident


5. Assess the situation and determine priorities

1. Information about emergency is sought from participating organisations and relevant sources

2. The nature, extent and potential of the emergency is continually assessed

3. Relevant information is analysed and processed to establish priorities for dealing with the emergency/incident

4. Desired objectives are determined to effectively manage the emergency/incident

5. Objectives and priorities are continually reviewed in light of information updates, reports and feedback

6. Develop control plan 1. Appropriate strategy(s) are determined to achieve objectives

2. Components of the strategy are determined in consultation with organisations

3. Control plan is documented in writing4. Control plan is communicated to relevant organisations

following established procedures

7. Implement control plan

1. Components of the strategy are allocated to operational and support organisations

2. Performance is monitored and reports/feedback communicated through appropriate communication channels

3. Control plan is monitored to meet changes in conditions and modifications are made where appropriate

8. Conclude emergency activities

1. Recovery management is initiated2. Physical, human and fiscal resources are accounted for3. Debriefing requirements are met and operational control

documentation is completed4. Reports are produced as required

9. Review emergency activities

1. Plans and procedures are evaluated and reviewed2. Effectiveness of the control function and its interaction with

command organisations is evaluated and documented3. Reports are produced and communicated in accordance

with established protocols

RANGE STATEMENT

Types of emergencies (imminent or actual)

may include

natural eventsdroughtfire (forestgrasslandsurban)avalanche snow/ice/hailtsunamiwindstorm/tropical stormhurricane/typhoonbiologicalextreme heat/coldflood/wind driven waterearthquakes/land shiftsvolcanic eruptiontornado/cyclonelandslide/mudslide


dust/sand stormslightning stormoil spillsmarine life rescue

Technological/industrial events may include

radiological accidentsdam/levee failurefuel/resource shortageshazardous material releasesexplosions/firetransportation accidentsbuilding/structure collapsepower/utility failureextreme air pollutionstrikesbusiness interruptionfinancial collapsehigh rise or underground incidentsindustrial accident and confined spaces

Civil/political events may include

economicgeneral striketerrorismsabotagehostage situation(s)civil unresteco-terrorismenemy attack

Considerations in the determination of the

natureextent and potential of an

emergency may include

risk to liferisk to propertyrisk to environmentscope and scale of incident including likely duration of incidentresource availabilitypotential for changes in situationtopographyweatherspeed of onsethazard agent(s)locationdemographymagnitudeintensity

Resources may include human-operations personnelvolunteerssupport personnellocalstate/territory and federal governmentsphysical-equipmentmachineryvehiclestechnology devicescommunication devicesfiscal

Information management system may include

data receivalrecordingstorage and dispatch modesprocedures and protocolstypes of technology – electronic data exchange devices


audio and visual recording mechanismssecurity and authorisation assignment

Control facility establishment


include consideration of

legislationproximity to emergency/incidentsize and type of structurespecial incident requirementscommunication modestopographyenvironmentclimatic conditionslogistical operationssite access and exit requirementssecurity requirementsequipment characteristicssupport servicesamenitiesspan of control

Communication processes and

systems may involve

designation of appropriate modes and channels of communicationcommunication responsibilities of personnelradio communicationsinter organisation liaisondata transfertelecommunicationsinterpersonal communications

Participating and relevant organisations/

authorities may comprise

emergency organisationsancillary organisationshigher authoritiespublicmediaclientsgovernment and semi government authorities and departmentswitnessesvictimsoccupational health and safety specialistsemergency management specialistsservice providersother analysts and other stakeholders

Agreed reporting mechanisms may

involve

authorisation distribution and developments of reports in accordance with regulatory and organisational requirements and may include:media reportsministerial reportscoronial reportssituation reports-within emergencyfor external distribution-status reportsperformance evaluationslegal reportsfinal reportsbriefing papers

Activities controlled may include

operationsplanninglogisticscommunicationsmapping


aircraftinformation displaysresourcing

Sources of information/ documents may

include

emergency proceduresstandard operating proceduresrelevant Australian or international documentation in disaster/emergency managementorganisational and workplace operating procedures and policiesclient requirementscommunications technology equipmentoral, aural or signed communicationspersonal and work areawork procedures and practicesevacuation proceduresoccupational health and safety procedures applicable State, Territory and Commonwealth legislation and regulations which relate to: public safety state of emergency occupational health and safety regulations and legislation Workplace Relations Act(s) workers compensation privacy and confidentiality legislation freedom of information environment protection legislation equal opportunity equal employment opportunity and affirmative action legislationstandards and certification requirementsquality assurance proceduresmemorandum of understanding/agreementconventionsprotocolspoliciescodes of practicemapsfield reports

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in effective assignment and monitoring of organisation allocated task(s)Analyse emergency situations both functionally and strategicallySelect, prioritise, implement and evaluate appropriate courses of actionStrategically react to changes within the emergency environmentIncorporate risk management and contingency processesModify activities to cater for variations and changes in emergency contexts and environmentsEstablish plansDescribe consequencesComplete tasksIdentify improvementsApply precautions relevant to the taskHazard specific policies and proceduresIssue resolution proceduresJob procedures and work instructions


Guidelines relating to safe use of machinery and equipmentQuality assurance procedures (where existing)PrivacyConfidentiality and security proceduresWaste pollution and environmental managementRecovery management processesWork completed systematically ensuring minimal damage to equipment and emergency site


Pre-requisite units: PUAOPE007A Command agency personnel within a multi-agency emergency response (Fire Specific)PUAOPE005A Manage a multi team response (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge decision makingemergency site layoutknowledge of current principles and practices to conduct an activity which exercises elements of public safety managementoperation of work systems and equipmentsecurity and confidentiality of material

Underpinning skills accessing information and support from organisationsapplication of relevant agreementscodes of practice or other legislative requirements development of response plans including predicting consequences and identifying improvementseffective and efficient use of human and physical resources including: equipment and consumablesidentification and correct use of equipmentmaterialsoperative and non-operative personnelpersonnel and external authoritiesprocesses and procedures using a range of information technology devices including: computers radio frequency devices electronic data exchange systems etcusing tools and techniques to solve problems

Resource implications Resources should involve access to, or simulation of, emergency situations in a multi-agency response environment This includes resources relating to: equipment, personnel, facilities etc appropriate to the emergency situation





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Command agency personnel within a multi-agency emergency response

UNIT NAME Command agency personnel within a multi-agency emergency response


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competence to command an organisation’s personnel within a multi-agency emergency response environment.

Command is the internal direction of the members and resources of an organisation in the performance of the organisation’s roles and tasks by agreement or in accordance with relevant legislation. Command operates vertically within an organisation.


1. Take command 1. Command is exercised in accordance with organisation authority and guidelines

2. The identity, location and contact details of the commander are communicated to internal personnel and to relevant external authorities/organisations/individuals pertinent to the emergency/incident

2. Establish a command facility

1. An appropriate command facility is established and operated in accordance with organisational guidelines

2. Details of the facility are communicated to internal personnel and to relevant external authorities/organisations/individuals as required

3. Establish a command structure

1. A command structure is established appropriate to the nature and complexity of the task (s) undertaken by the organisation

2. The command structure is expanded, contracted or modified in response to changes within the emergency environment

4. Establish procedures to permit command to be exercised

1. Command structure is communicated to internal personnel and external authorities/individuals whom may have a regulatory interest applicable to the emergency/incident

2. Command information management system is implemented3. Communication mechanisms and procedures are

implemented between levels of command in accordance with organisational guidelines

4. Liaison is established and maintained to meet control and command requirements

5. A public information system is established in accordance with control plan requirements


5. Determine operational command plan

1. Tasks are received and/or determined in accordance with the control requirements

2. Operational command plan to implement strategies is developed and modified as required in accordance with organisational guidelines

3. Appropriate tactics to effectively manage the emergency/incident are identified in accordance with the operational command plan

6. Manage resources under organisation command

1. Resources are deployed to ensure that the operational command plan is implemented in accordance with organisational guidelines

2. Human and physical resources are effectively managed to achieve command plan outcomes

7. Manage operation(s) 1. Operations are conducted in accordance with the operational command plan

2. Significant changes in status and actions taken are reported consistent with organisational policy and procedures

3. Operations are redirected as required to meet changes in the conditions which affect the emergency/incident situation

8. Conclude operation(s) 1. Physical, human and capital resources are accounted for in accordance with organisational guidelines

2. Debriefing requirements are met in accordance with organisational guidelines

3. Operational documentation is completed to organisation standards

4. Reports are produced as required

9. Review operations 1. Plans and guidelines are evaluated and reviewed2. Effectiveness of command and interaction with control is

evaluated and documented3. Reports are produced and communicated in accordance

with established protocols

RANGE STATEMENT


may include

natural eventsdroughtfire (forestrangeurban)avalanche snow/ice/hailtsunamiwindstorm/tropical stormhurricane/typhoonbiologicalextreme heat/coldflood/wind driven waterearthquakes/land shiftsvolcanic eruptiontornado/cyclonelandslide/mudslidedust/sand stormslightning stormsearch and rescuefauna rescues (eg marine life rescue)


Technological/industrial events may include

radiological accidentsdam/levee failurefuel/resource shortageshazardous material releasesexplosions/firetransportation accidentsbuilding/structure collapsepower/utility failureextreme air pollutionstrikesbusiness interruptionfinancial collapse




nature, extent and potential of an


risk to liferisk to propertyrisk to environmentscope and scale of incident including likely duration of incidentresource availabilitypotential for changes in situationtopographyweatherspeed of onsethazard agent locationdemography

Resources may include human-operations personnelvolunteerssupport personnellocalstate/territory and federal governmentsphysical-equipmentmachineryvehiclestechnology devicescommunication devicesaviation and marine vessels


data receivalrecordingstorage and dispatch modesprocedures and protocolstypes of technology – electronic data exchange devicesaudio and visual recording mechanismspublic/media information disseminationsecurity and authorisation assignmentrecording and documenting of incident


Personnel support activities may

include supply of

cateringsanitationshelterrest/relief counselling servicesstress management services

Command facility establishment



proximity to emergency/incidentsize and type of structurespecial incident requirementscommunication modeslogistical operationssite access and exit requirementssecurity requirementsequipment characteristicssupport servicesamenitiesparkingtopographyenvironmentclimatic conditionslogistical operations


systems may involve


Internal and external personnel and

authorities may involve

operational personnelemergency organisationsancillary organisationshigher authoritiespublicmediaclientsgovernment and semi government authorities and departmentswitnessesvictimsoccupational health and safety specialistsemergency management specialistsservice providersother analysts and stakeholders

Support services may include

emergency agencieswatergas and power agencieswelfare and counselling organisationsmedical organisationsequipment supplierscontractorscommunity service organisationsland management agenciestransport


Debriefing may include critical incident stress debriefingperformance evaluationsoperational analysis

Agreed reporting mechanisms will

involve

authorisationdistribution and development of reports in accordance with regulatory and organisational requirements and may include:media reportsministerial reportscoronial reportssituation reports-within emergencyfor external distribution-status reportsperformance evaluationslegal reportsfinal reportsbriefing papers

Activities controlled include

operationsplanninglogisticscommunications


include

emergency proceduresstandard operating proceduresmapsfield reportsrelevant Australian or international documentation in disaster/emergency managementorganisational and workplace operating procedures and policiesclient requirementscommunications technology equipmentoralaural or signed communicationspersonal and work area work procedures and practicesevacuation proceduresoccupational health and safety proceduresapplicable StateTerritoryCommonwealth legislation and regulations which relate to: public safetystate of emergencyoccupational health and safety regulations and legislationWorkplace Relations Act(s)workers compensationprivacy and confidentiality legislationfreedom of informationenvironment protection legislationequal opportunityequal employment opportunity and affirmative action legislationstandards and certification requirementsquality assurance proceduresmemorandum of understanding/agreementconventionsprotocolspoliciescodes of practice


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in:Effective deployment, monitoring and communication of organisation allocated task(s)analysis of emergency situations both functionally and strategicallyselection, prioritisation, implementation and evaluation of appropriate strategiesimplementation of response in accordance with organisational procedures and within bounds of authoritysecuring emergency/operations sitestrategic reaction to changes within the emergency environment,incorporation of risk management and contingency processeseffective liaison with emergency controller andlogging and recording all actions and decisions


Pre-requisite units: PUAOPE001A Supervise responsePUAOPE004A Conduct briefing/debriefing (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge applications of relevant agreementscode of practice or other legislative requirementsemergency site layoutidentification and correct use of equipmentknowledge of current principles and practices to conduct an activity which exercises elements of public safety managementorganisational command structureprocesses and proceduressecurity and confidentiality of material

Underpinning skills accessing information and support from the control facility, other organisations’ personnel and external authoritiesanalyse emergency situations both functionally and strategicallydevelopment of response plans including predicting consequences and identifying improvementseffective and efficient deployment of human and physical resources including: operative and non-operative personnel materials equipment and consumableseffective deployment, monitoring and communication of organisation allocated task(s)identification and correct use of equipmentimplement response in accordance with organisational procedures and within bounds of authorityincorporate risk management and contingency processesliaise effectively with emergency controlleroperation of work systems and equipmentprocesses and proceduressecure emergency/operations siteselect, prioritise, implement and evaluate appropriate strategiesstrategically react to changes within the emergency environment


using a range of information technology devices including: computers radio frequency devices electronic data exchange systems etcusing tools and techniques to solve problems

Resource implications Resources should involve access to or simulation of emergency situations in a multi-organisation response environment. This includes resources relating to: equipment, personnel, facilities etc appropriate to the emergency situation and within the bounds of responsibility as designated within the requirements of control





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 1 3 1

Coordinate resources within a multi-agency emergency response

UNIT NAME Coordinate resources within a multi-agency emergency response


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to bring together organisations and other resources to support an emergency management response.

Coordination refers to the bringing together of organisations and other resources to support an emergency management response. It involves the systematic acquisition and application of resources (organisational, human and equipment) in an emergency situation.


1. Commence coordination

1. The coordination arrangements are invoked in accordance with agreed authority/responsibility

2. A coordination facility is established in accordance with the requirements of control

3. The coordination arrangements are communicated to participating organisations and to relevant authorities/organisations pertinent to the emergency/incident situation

2. Establish and maintain a coordination network

1. A coordination network is established appropriate to the nature and complexity of the emergency

2. The coordination network integrates with the control and command activities to meet the objectives of the control plan

3. The coordination network is expanded, contracted or modified in response to changes within the emergency environment

3. Manage resource requirements in accordance with control requirements

1. Resources are identified through the coordination network and external providers/authorities which may be appropriate to control requirements

2. Resources are acquired to meet the requirements of the control plan

3. Resources are supplied to meet operational requirements within negotiated timeframes

4. Allocated resources are monitored to ensure operational effectiveness and to confirm additional requirements

4. Conclude coordination activities

1. An audit is undertaken to ensure that resources are acquired and supplied in a cost-effective and efficient manner (where applicable)

2. Resources released from the emergency are returned to providers as appropriate

3. Acquisition and supply of resources meet the requirements of control

5. Review coordination 1. Debriefs are conducted to evaluate coordination effectiveness

2. Reports are produced as required and communicated in accordance with established protocols


RANGE STATEMENT


may include

natural eventsdroughtfire (forestgrasslandurban)avalanche snow/ice/hailtsunamiwindstorm/tropical stormhurricane/typhoonbiologicalextreme heat/coldflood/wind driven waterearthquakes/land shiftsvolcanic eruptiontornado/cyclonelandslide/mudslidedust/sand stormslightning storm

Technological/industrial incidents may

include

radiological accidents dam/levee failurefuel/resource shortagesstrikesbusiness interruptionfinancial collapsehazardous material spillshazardous material releasesexplosions/firetransportation accidentsbuilding/structure collapsepower/utility failureextreme air pollution




nature, extent and potential of an


risk to liferisk to propertyrisk to environmentscope and scale of incident including likely duration of incidentresource availabilitypotential for changes in situationtopographyweatherspeed of onsethazard agent locationdemography


Resources may include human-operations personnelvolunteerssupport personnellocalstate/territory and federal governmentsphysical-equipmentmachineryvehiclestechnology devicescommunication devices


data receivalrecordingstorage and dispatch modesprocedures and protocolstypes of technology – electronic data exchange devicesaudio and visual recording mechanismssecurity and authorisation assignment

Personnel support activities may

include supply of

cateringsanitationshelterrest/relief counselling servicesstress management servicesmedical

Control facility establishment



proximity to emergency/incidentsize and type of structurespecial incident requirementscommunication modeslogistical operationssite access and exit requirementssecurity requirementsequipment characteristicssupport servicesamenitiesparking


systems may involve


Consultative processes may involve

clientsemergency management specialistsemergency organisationshigher authoritiespublicmediaother professional or technical staff and/or organisationsoccupational health and safety specialists


Agreed reporting mechanisms will

involve

authorisationdistribution and development of reports in accordance with regulatory and organisational requirements and may include:media reportsministerial reportscoronial reportssituation reports-within emergencyfor external distribution-status reportsperformance evaluationslegal reportsfinal reportsbriefing papers

Identification and acquisition of

resources may involve

networkinggeographical analysiscost benefit analysislogisticssupply-demand financial analysis

Debriefing may include performance evaluationoperational analysislogisticssupply-demandfinancial analysis

Coordination network may involve

operative and support organisationscontractorsother emergency organisationswatergas and power agencieswelfare and counselling organisationsmedical organisationsequipment supplierscontractorscommunity service organisationsland management agenciesFederalState/territory and local government authorities

Audit may comprise supply mechanismssupply costdamage reportsreconciliation


include

emergency proceduresstandard operating proceduresrelevant Australian or international documentation in disaster/emergency managementorganisational and workplace operating procedures and policiesclient requirementscommunications technology equipmentoralaural or signed communicationspersonal and work area work procedures and practicesevacuation proceduresoccupational health and safety procedures


applicable State, Territory, Commonwealth legislation and regulations which relate to: public safety state of emergency occupational health and safety regulations and legislation Workplace Relations Act(s) workers compensation privacy and confidentiality legislation freedom of information environment protection legislation equal opportunity equal employment opportunity and affirmative action legislationstandards and certification requirementsquality assurance proceduresmemorandum of understanding/agreementconventionsprotocolspoliciescodes of practiceprocurement procedures

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inability to:Implement coordination response in accordance with control plan and within bounds of authorityIdentify, select, prioritise, implement and evaluate appropriate strategies for the acquisition and deployment of resources in accordance with control and command plan requirementsanalyse resources requirements in accordance with present and future control requirementsimplement and maintain an effective communication system both internal and external to an emergencymonitor the deployment of resources in meeting control requirementsmaintain procurement and workplace recordsstrategically react to changes within the emergency environmentincorporate risk management and contingency processesevaluate performance of coordination in meeting the requirements of controlmodify activities to cater for variations and changes in emergency contexts and environmentsapply underpinning knowledge and skills when establishing plansdescribe consequencescomplete tasksidentify improvementsapply safety precautions relevant to the taskshow evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including hazard policies and procedures, issue resolution procedures, job procedures and work instruction guidelines relating to the procurement of resources, quality assurance procedures (where existing), privacy, confidentiality and security procedures, waste, pollution and environmental management recovery processes




Underpinning knowledge control and organisation command structureemergency site layoutknowledge of principles and practices to conduct an activity which exercises elements of public safety managementsecurity and confidentiality of material

Underpinning skills accessing information and support from the control facilityadvanced communication and interpersonal skillsapply relevant agreements, codes of practice or other legislative requirements development of response plans including predicting consequences and identifying improvementseffective and efficient deployment of human and physical electronic data exchange systems focus of operation of work systems and equipmentlogistics managementother organisations’ personnel and external authoritiesradio frequency devicesresources including:

operative and non-operative personnelmaterialsequipment and consumables

use equipmentusing a range of information technology devices including computersusing tools and techniques to solve problems

Resource implications Resources should involve access to or simulation ofemergency situations in a multi-organisation response environment This includes identification, procurement and deployment of equipment, personnel, facilities etc appropriate to the emergency situation and within the bounds of responsibility as designated within the requirements of control





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Navigate in an aquatic environment

UNIT NAME Navigate in an aquatic environment


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to navigate in an aquatic environment including inland rivers, lakes, dams, surf zones and oceans, using a range of navigation equipment and techniques while undertaking search and rescue.

The unit applies in an aquatic search and rescue operation to locate a vessel in distress under a variety of environmental conditions by day and at night.


1. Determine current location, destination and resources

1. Incident location and task information are obtained from vessel in distress or enterprise base station

2. Relevant maps/charts, electronic navigation aids and navigation equipment are prepared and made ready for use

3. Drift, leeway and tidal influences are identified and recorded4. Current location and estimated destination of vessel in

distress are plotted on a chart using coastal navigational techniques within accepted tolerances

2. Determine and plan a safe route/course

1. An operational plan is compiled, including intercept and rendezvous chart work

2. All plots are recorded on a chart allowing for variables and weather conditions in accordance with the organisation’s standard operating procedures

3. Rescue vessel’s speeds within the sea and weather conditions are estimated and allowances are made to provide an estimated time of arrival

4. Hazards en-route to the incident area are researched to determine a safe route/course

3. Navigate to destination

1. Route/course is checked, monitored and maintained using navigational aids and alternate route/course is plotted if required

2. Helmsman is instructed to follow planned route/course, and crew look outs are instructed to report any sightings, including other marine traffic

3. Regular fixes are continued to determine rescue vessel’s position relative to the planned route

4. Search and rescue patterns are initiated if required within the incident area where distressed vessel or survivors are believed to now be located

5. En-route and arrival position reporting information is communicated to enterprise base in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures


4. Return to home port 1. A course to return to home port with distressed vessel in tow or with survivors aboard is set, on resolution of the incident requirements

2. Navigational techniques are used to ensure a safe and timely return to home port or alternate port as instructed by state/territory authorities

5. Complete post navigational activities

1. Navigation or nominated reports are completed in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Navigational equipment is recovered, reset, updated and serviced according to operational standards and manufacturers’ specifications

RANGE STATEMENT


Bars, seas and wave conditionsFlood in rivers/lakes/submerged treesRuptured tanks and possible spillagesTime of day or nightVarying degrees of visibilityWeather conditions

Maps/charts may include

Aerial photographsCadastral mapsLocal authority mapsMarine navigational chartsOrthophoto mapsSatellite imageryStreet directoriesTopographic maps

Navigational equipment may include

Area plottersChart plottersCommunications equipmentComputersDeviation cardDouglas protractorGeographical information systems (GIS)Global positioning systems (GPS)Hand held compassInterface with auto pilotMagnetic compassesNavigator’s Log BookParallel rulersPencil and rubbersPlanimetersProtractorsRADARRomersScale rulesSliding rulersVessels compassWatch/stopwatchWriting equipment


Making charts, navigational aids and

equipment ready for use may include

Delineating search areas to incorporate set and driftIdentifying hazards (reefs, bars, shallow water, rocks)Planning intercept and rendezvous coursesPlotting incident location (latitude and longitude)

Navigational techniques may include

Bearings and reciprocal bearingsDeviation and variation magnetic conversionsGPS way pointsGrid and latitude/longitude position fixingIntercept and rendezvous coursesPlottingRADAR useRoute time calculationsRunning fixesSet and drift allowancesTransits

Accepted tolerance may include

Fuel carriedPrevailing weather and environmental conditionsVessel category and distance

Alternate route/course strategies may include

Changing route to suit sea conditions, state of tide, and areas which contain hazards to safe navigationDispatching additional vesselsTransferring those injured to helicopter rescue at an appropriate location more suited to the time restraints that may existUsing vessels in the local area

Organisational arrival procedures include

Condition of survivors and the need for first aid and movement to health care professionals updates and sitrepsConfirmation of timely, safe arrival appropriate to the incident/taskDetermining existence of hazards such as proximity to rocks and shallow water, trailing lines, broken rigging, anchored or drifting


Assessing safety procedures utilisedAttending and providing input to debriefBack at home portCompleting incident report, radio logs records and vessel logs including fuel used and lost/damage reportCompleting operational tasksDisseminating debriefing reportPosition reports as per organisation’s standard operating proceduresPre-departure briefingSitreps on arrival and regular updates thereafter or immediately on the occurrence of a further event

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to plot a navigation route maintaining accuracy within accepted tolerances when following a route, and to maintain positional awareness.

Assessment must also confirm the ability to effectively react to changes in the operating environment necessitating re-planning of a course.





Cartographic informationChart features (date of map/chart, legend/AUS5011, contours/depth, scale/latitude and longitude, north point/compass rose, grid references/position fixes, latitude and longitude, magnetic variation, contour intervals, datum information)Chart symbolsCoastal navigation techniquesCourse planning techniques and calculationsLatitude and longitude plottingLocal knowledge of area en-route and at the incident sceneMap and chart typesMethods for determining current position

Underpinning skills Identify natural and cultural features for transport modesInterpret cartographic symbology including contour lines, scale, magnetic variation informationInterpret route/course and arrival informationNon-verbal communication including using hand signals, writing instructionsObservation skills including scanning, picking up on physical cuesOperate a radio systemOperate an intercom systemOperate appropriate sized rescue vesselOperate chart plotter Operate GPS Operate RADAROperate RDFOperate satellite phones from search and rescue authorityProblem solvingUse navigation aidsVerbal communication

Resource implications Access to: equipment used in operational navigation is essential a rescue vessel fitted with RADAR GPS chart plotters communications room operations centre with trained staff


Competency should be demonstrated over time in a range of actual or simulated workplace environments that includes a variety of conditions, seas, winds, weather, visibility.

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in a real life incident, exercise or simulation or series of tasks using electronic aids.

As navigation of rescue operations is usually undertaken in adverse weather and sea conditions assessment must cover the environmental conditions covered in the Range statement.


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 2 2 1 3 2 3

Operate a semi automatic defibrillator in an emergency

UNIT NAME Operate a semi automatic defibrillator in an emergency


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to operate a semi automatic defibrillator to defibrillate a casualty in an emergency situation.

This unit includes advanced techniques for management of the administration of a semi automatic defibrillator in line with the requirements of the Australian Resuscitation Council and State and Territory regulatory bodies. The unit also involves working with personnel who are engaged in the resuscitation of the casualty.

Expired air resuscitation is covered in the pre-requisite unit PUAEME001A Provide emergency care.


1. Assess casualty and develop management plan

1. Hazards are identified, minimised and if possible removed, in accordance with State and Territory regulatory requirements

2. Casualty is reassured and positioned in a suitable position3. An evaluation of signs and symptoms is undertaken to

determine the casualty’s condition4. Casualty’s condition is analysed to determine treatment

requirements5. A management plan is developed based on the results of

the casualty assessment and the availability of equipment6. Medical aid is arranged as soon as possible, consistent with

maintaining casualty safety

2. Check equipment 1. Pre-use check of safety and potential effectiveness of equipment is undertaken in accordance with operating procedures and Australian Standards and regulatory requirements

2. Minor faults are diagnosed and repairs are carried out in accordance with organisational procedures to restore equipment to working order

3. Faults and defects are reported/recorded in accordance with organisational procedures

3. Attach and operate equipment

1. Equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions

2. Semi automatic defibrillator is attached and operated as per manufacturer’s guidelines and safety procedures

3. Work is undertaken cooperatively with person conducting resuscitation techniques


4. Recover and restore equipment

1. Equipment is cleaned, discarded or disinfected, restocked and/or replenished in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Equipment is charged, stored and safeguarded against damage or loss in accordance with organisational procedures

3. Reports are completed and submitted to appropriate personnel

RANGE STATEMENT

Casualties may include AdultsChildren over 8 years old/40kg

Hazards include Contact with patient during defibrillationConductive surfaces (water, fluids, metal)Explosive environments (oxygen, gases, fumes)Unstable environment

Signs and symptoms may include

Casualty historyDetails of incidentMedical historyPhysical appearanceVital signs

Equipment may include Gauze wipesGlovesRazorsResuscitation masksSAED equipment used for delivery of external defibrillationShearsSpare battery

Pre-use check may include

Environmental factors that affect operationExistence of suitable prominent warnings about precautions to be observedFor damage or malfunctionsTo replenish and/or restore

Regulatory requirements may

include

Australian Resuscitation Council requirementsRelevant State and Territory regulatory requirements

Reporting/recording faults and damage may

include

Filling out and processing standard formsVerbal communication

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to apply safe work practices while using the semi automatic defibrillator. Assessment must also confirm that the individual has managed the situation in a calm and orderly manner and has taken every action to ensure the safety and comfort of the casualty





Australian Resuscitation Council standardsCirculatory systemCommon cardiac rhythmsDefibrillation safetyDuty of careEffective adherence of padsElectrical action of the heartManagement of COAD/CAL casualtiesMechanical action of the heartPositioning of electrodes padsPrecautions for safe storage and handling of defibrillator resuscitation and kits – specificationsPrinciples of operation and troubleshootingRelevant Australian StandardsRelevant State or Territory legislative and regulatory requirementsRespiratory systemRoles and responsibilities of team membersSAED basic operationsSafety precautionsShock delivery protocolsShockable rhythmsTechniques for maintenance and battery changesVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques

Underpinning skills CommunicationParticipate as a team memberPersonal managementTime managementUse of resuscitation equipment and techniques

Resource implications Access to: defibrillation equipment/kit appropriate resuscitation manikin suitable site or training area to simulate an emergency

situation


Competency should be demonstrated over time across a range of emergency situations

Context of assessment Competence should be assessed in a simulated emergency situation

Simulation should recreate realistic emergency situations in which the individual is exposed to the full range of hazards and is placed under the same pressures and timelines associated with operating a semi automatic defibrillator in an emergency situation


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 1 2 2 1 2 2

Inspect property and facilities

UNIT NAME Inspect property and facilities


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This competency standard specifies the outcomes required to inspect various types of property for conditions and compliance with approved requirements. It requires the ability to communicate effectively with those involved in the inspection process, and to have a clear understanding of methods for carrying out and reporting the results of a property inspection.

This unit is based on a unit being developed for the Property Development and Management Training Package (PRDTP) which was not endorsed at the time of printing the Public Safety Training Package (PSTP) Version 4. The endorsed PRD unit will be considered in the review of the PSTP.


1. Identify inspection requirements

1. Purpose and type of inspection is established from property records in accordance with client and organisational requirements

2. Inspection processes and timelines are negotiated and agreed with relevant people in accordance with organisational requirements

3. Property documentation and legislative requirements are specified, gathered and reviewed to identify critical aspects requiring inspection

4. Access arrangements are coordinated with relevant people in accordance with organisational requirements

2. Inspect property 1. Property is inspected in accordance with industry and organisational requirements, ensuring all relevant aspects of the property are sighted and noted

2. Inspection processes are reliable and make efficient use of available time and resources in accordance with organisational requirements

3. Appropriate interpersonal techniques are used to access relevant information from inspection site personnel

4. Variations in compliance with approved requirements are recognised and noted in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements

5. Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance sought as required in accordance with organisational requirements

3. Record and report inspection findings

1. Inspection findings are organised in a format suitable for analysis and dissemination in accordance with client and organisational requirements

2. Inspection conclusions are supported by verifiable evidence and are consistent with relevant legislative and organisational requirements

3. Business equipment/technology is used to maintain relevant documentation in accordance with applicable OHS, legislative and organisational requirements


4. Inspection report is distributed promptly to relevant people in accordance with client and organisational requirements

RANGE STATEMENT

Type of inspection may be

StatutoryPlannedPeriodicIrregularAt change of useAt development stageRelated to a complaintRelated to illegal works and/or usage

Clients may include Property ownersProperty agentsTenantsBuilding supervisorsProject managersAgentsGovernment and legal instruments/agencies

Organisational requirements may be

outlined and reflected in

Quality assurance and/or procedures manualGoals, objectives, plans, systems and processesBusiness and performance plansMission statements, strategic plansPolicies and procedures in relation to client serviceLegal and organisational policy/guidelinesAccess and equity principles and practice guidelinesEthical standards, codes of practiceComplaints and dispute resolution proceduresOHS policies, procedures and programsQuality and continuous improvement processes and standards

Inspection processes may relate to

TimeframesStatutory limitationsThe type of jobThe complexity of constructionThe type of construction

Relevant people may include

SupervisorsSite personnelColleaguesClientsLegal representativesIndustry professionals and associations

Property documentation may

include

ContractsPermitsBuilding codesLicencesSpecificationsAgreementsPlansChecklistsPrevious inspection reports


Legislative requirements may be

outlined and reflected in

Relevant Commonwealth/State/Territory legislation which affect organisational operation:

OHS environmental issues equal employment opportunity industrial relations anti-discrimination and diversity

Australian Standards, quality assurance and certification requirementsCodes of practice which may cover areas including: the market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utilities use (water, gas, electricity), contract or common lawAward and enterprise agreementsTrade practicesPrivacy requirementsStrata, community and company titlesTenancy agreementsHome building requirements

Interpersonal techniques may relate

to

Verbal or non-verbal languageTwo-way interactionConstructive feedbackActive listeningQuestioning to clarify and confirm understandingAccurately interpreting non-verbal and verbal messagesThe use of language and concepts appropriate to cultural differencesClear and concrete presentations of optionsCulturally inclusive and sensitive engagement techniques

Inspection site may include

New buildingsAlterationsExisting buildingsRuinous structuresDangerous structuresEnvironmental conditionsMultiple locationsLand and/or structures

Specialist advice may be sought from

ValuersPlannersBuildersSub-contractorsTechnical expertsGovernment officialsIndustry professionals and associationsManager/supervisorColleagues

Verifiable evidence may include

Qualitative/quantitative dataVisual assessment of the physical and aesthetic aspects of the propertyInspection checklists, records and notes


Business equipment/technology

may include

Computers E-mailInternet/extranet/intranetFacsimile machinesPrintersPhotocopiersData storage devicesSoftware applications such as databases, word applicationsScanners

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Conducting and completing a property inspection within agreed timeframes and in compliance with all applicable industry, legal and organisational requirements

Applying effective communication and coordination techniques required to access property and organise inspection

Complying with established inspection processes, noting any variations in approved property requirements, and preparing findings in a report suitable for analysis and dissemination


This competency standard could be assessed on its own or as part of an integrated assessment activity involving other relevant competencies relevant to the job function


Organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standardsOHS issues and requirementsEEO, equity and diversity principlesLimitations of work role, responsibility and professional abilities Relevant Acts and regulations BCA requirementsTypes of property classes and characteristicsBasic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirementsInspection methods for different property types

Underpinning skills Organisational skills to plan and arrange a property inspection schedule and meet timelines

Communication skills to interpret written and oral information complete documentation and report findings negotiate client requirements and access arrangements

Observation skills to assess condition of property

Technical skills to use business equipment to complete reports interpret maps/plans/diagrams etc

Interpersonal skills to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic

backgrounds and physical and mental abilities


Resource implications A registered provider of assessment servicesCompetency standardsAssessment materials and toolsSuitable site for property inspectionWorkplace documentationCandidate special requirementsCost/time considerations


Competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role

Where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice with a decision of competence only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the ability of the person to assess competence

All assessment which is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence

Where assessment is for the purpose of recognition (RCC/RPL), the evidence provided will need to be current and show that it represents competency demonstrated over a period of time

Context of assessment

Assessment can be through a simulated project based activity and must include evidence relating to each of the elements in this unit, covering all activities from identifying inspection requirements to undertaking a property inspection and reporting the findings

Evidence must include relevant property documentation including notes from at least two property inspections and copies of the property inspection reports


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 1 1 2 1

ExampleCollecting, analysing and organising information – sighting and noting variations in compliance during a property inspection

Communicating ideas and information – discussing access arrangements and timelines for conducting a property inspection

Planning and organising activities – identifying the purpose and type of inspection from property records and coordinating inspection processes

Working with others and in teams – conducting and completing a property inspection within designated timeframes

Using mathematical ideas and techniques – planning, measuring and scheduling tasks

Solving problems – identifying gaps in personal skills and knowledge and seeking specialist advice as required

Using technology – documenting and formatting a property inspection report

Work in a team

UNIT NAME Work in a team

UNIT CODE PUATEA001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in working with others and making a positive contribution to the effectiveness and efficiency of a team in a work environment when predominantly under direct supervision. Limited responsibility towards others is required.


1. Contribute to team activities

1. Roles and responsibilities of team members are recognised2. Contribution is made to identifying team goals and

objectives3. Activities are completed to required standard within

timeframe and in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

4. Assistance in the completion of tasks is requested from other team members where appropriate

5. Team members are assisted to ensure efficient and safe completion of tasks in accordance with organisation’s policies and procedures

6. Participation by team members is encouraged and acknowledged

7. Changes in allocated role and responsibilities are implemented

8. Team meetings are attended regularly and punctually

2. Share knowledge and information

1. Information relevant to work is communicated effectively with team members to enable efficient completion of tasks in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Knowledge and skills are shared between team members

3. Give and receive support to/from team members

1. Feedback/assistance is given to other team members in an appropriate manner

2. Team members are supported in achieving workplace goals

3. Feedback from other team members is acted upon appropriately

RANGE STATEMENT

Teams comprise two or more people working towards a shared purpose

Appropriate situation to request assistance

ay include

difficulty meeting timelinesto comply with occupational health and safety requirementsunsure of best method to complete taskto maximise efficiency

Assisting other team members may

include

own tasks completedto comply with occupational health and safety requirementsassistance requestedactions of others do not comply with requirementsother team member appears to be having difficulty completing task

Work in a team

Contribute to workplace goals may include

completion of taskachievement of new competenciesdevelopment of new skillsattainment of new knowledgepersonal development

Activities may include Working with other members of a team in a work environmentor responding in a combat or support role to natural emergencies technological/industrial emergenciescivil/political emergencies and non emergency operations including community eventspublic relations – activitiessporting eventsparadesfestivals

Conditions under which this competency may

be required include

hazardous conditions eg adverse weatherafter dark operationsdifficult terraintime pressurevarying time frames from immediate/short term to long term response operationsvarying access to equipment/resources necessitating the use of improvised techniquessingle or multi organisation responsesdealing with human behaviours that result from emergency situationsnon-emergency operations and events eg training and community education

Appropriate feedback on performance may

include

acknowledging initiativeaptitudeideasperformance and assistanceproviding constructive criticism

Organisation’s policy and procedures

may vary between sectors and


legislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans operational proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisation’s personnel practicespolicy and proceduresorganisation’s quality standards

Communication processes may

include

established organisation’s procedures for recording and reportingthe use of logsnotebookspagersradios and telephonesteam members may be geographically dispersed and require communication systems and technology to remain in contact

Work in a team

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in the effective communication and contribution to the achievement of tasks consistent with agreed goals



Underpinning knowledge composition of workplace teams and roles and responsibilities of team membersnon operational and operational communication processestechniques for giving and receiving feedback in a constructive mannertechniques for supporting others

Underpinning skills encouraging others/team membersfollowing instructionsinterpersonal skillslistening and using a variety of communication skillsproviding suggestions and informationreporting information



Evidence will need to be gathered over time in a variety of team situations including regular work group and occasional or one-off work group

Context of assessment On the job or in a simulated workplace environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Work in a team

Work autonomously

UNIT NAME Work autonomously


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency for working as a member of a team or as an individual for periods of time without direct supervision and for mentoring and coaching either in an operational or non-operational environment.


1. Undertake work activities

1. Work requirements are identified and undertaken2. Instructions and directions are understood and

implemented3. Communication is maintained with team leader advising of

progress of task/activity4. Personal safety and safety of others is maintained5. Any legal requirements and/or ramifications of activities are

communicated to team leader6. Work area is determined or selected in accordance with

operational or organisation’s requirements7. Equipment is operated in accordance with the

manufacturer’s specifications8. OH&S and the organisation’s policies and procedures

2. Accept responsibilities

1. Responsibilities are accepted according to the organisation’s policy and procedures

2. Team leader is appraised of the outcome of task/activity3. Any activity that exceeds the scope of the defined task is

referred to the supervisor

3. Set performance requirements

1. Performance requirements are based on objectives and goals and agreed with supervisor

4. Maintain team performance

1. Individual performance is monitored against defined performance requirements and appropriate action taken to maintain performance if required

2. Performance of others is monitored and appropriate action is taken through coaching and mentoring to ensure team objectives and goals are met

3. Supervisor is provided with feedback and constructive advice

4. Issues which cannot be rectified or addressed are referred to the supervisor for appropriate action according to the organisation’s policy

5. Supervisor is advised of any changes in priorities or tasks6. All required documentation relevant to performance is

completed

5. Act as a team leader as required

1. Responsibility for the performance of the team is accepted2. Goals are set, tasks identified and presented to team

members3. Instructions and directions are communicated to team

members clearly and unambiguously

Work autonomously

4. Team members’ concerns and queries are recognised, discussed and dealt with

5. Any legal requirements and/or ramifications of team activities are communicated to team members

6. Duties, rosters and responsibilities are allocated to team members having regard to the skills and knowledge required to properly undertake the assignment or task and according to organisation’s policy and procedures

7. Feedback on own performance is provided as required8. Level of authority is recognised and adhered to9. Operational debrief is conducted in accordance with the

organisation’s requirements

RANGE STATEMENT

Scope of allocated task may include

extent of activitycontent of activitydegree of responsibility for task

Performance requirements include

goalsobjectivesplansstandardsperformance indicatorsproduction rates

Work area may be dependent upon

activity conductedroad accessibilitylogistical supportwater availabilityvicinity of built-up areasareas of reduced visibilitydistance to operationhazardsvehicle parking

Performance issues may include

occupational health and safetyhours of work detailsconcerns about ability to complete workinadequate resources

Appropriate personnel may include

managerhuman resource personnelteam leadersupervisorteam members

Required documentation may include

formsproformasincident reportsrosterstimesheetswritten reportslogsstandard operating procedureschecklists

Work autonomously

Activities may include non operational activities: tasksprojectspreparing documentationoperational activities:responding in a combat or support role to natural emergencies(fireflood)technological/industrial emergenciescivil/political emergencies and non-emergency operations including community eventspublic relations activitiessporting eventsparadesfestivals

Conditions under which operational activities

may be required include

hazardous conditions including adverse weatherafter dark operationsemergency operationsdifficult terraintime pressurevarying time frames from immediate/short term to long term response operationsvarying access to equipment necessitating the use of improvised techniquesvarying levels of resourcessingle or multi organisation responses

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in communication of performance expectations and providing feedback to team members


Pre-requisite units: PUATEA001A Work in a team (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge defined OH&S policies and proceduresknowledge of current principles and practiceslegal requirements and ramifications of team activitiesmethod of monitoring performanceorganisation’s policy for referring performance issuesorganisation’s policy relevant to hours of work and work allocationorganisation’s requirements for documenting team performance and activitiesprocedures and methods of setting performance expectationsrequired to work in a teamteam members’ duties and responsibilities

Underpinning skills communicating instructions and directionscommunicating performance expectationscompleting a range of documentationencouraging team membersinformal performance counsellingproviding feedback on performancerepresenting issues to managementteam building

Work autonomously




Context of assessment On the job or in a simulated work environment. Where workplace observation is insufficient simulations or case studies may be used


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 2 2 1 2 1

Lead, manage and develop teams

UNIT NAME Lead, manage and develop teams


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers competency in achieving organisational objectives and effective working relationships through managing and developing individuals and teams.


1. Develop and maintain a team

1. Work contributions or suggestions from staff are continually sought and encouraged

2. Contributions to team operations are acknowledged and suggestions are dealt with constructively

3. Team members’ skills are used and developed according to work requirements

4. Team members are consulted about implementing new work practices

2. Communicate objectives and required standards

1. Team members are provided with up-to-date information concerning the objectives and standards required by the organisation

2. Team members’ understanding of objectives and standards is checked

3. Organisational standards and values relating to equal employment opportunity, anti discrimination and workplace harassment are modelled and promoted to team members

3. Manage and improve performance of teams and individuals

1. Relevant and realistic team development plans are based on identified strengths and weaknesses of all team members

2. Regular constructive feedback on all aspects of work performance is provided to individuals and the team

3. Performance is assessed and addressed in a fair and timely manner in accordance with organisational guidelines and procedures

4. Support and participate in development activities

1. Training needs of individuals and the team are identified and assessed on a regular basis in line with organisational guidelines and procedures

2. An action plan to meet individual and team training and development needs is developed, agreed and implemented

3. On the job training is provided to the required organisational standard and to meet team needs

4. Team members are encouraged and supported to attend training and to undertake other development opportunities

5. Coaching and mentoring are utilised as development tools

5. Provide leadership to individuals and teams

1. The link between the function of the team and the goals of the organisation is understood and communicated to the team

2. Participative decision making is used to develop, implement and review work of the team and allocate responsibilities where appropriate

3. Opportunities are given to individuals and teams to develop new and innovative work practices and strategies


4. Delegation to individuals and team members is appropriate and relevant to team objectives and goals in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

5. Allocated tasks are within the competence of team members and supported with appropriate authority, autonomy and training

6. Manage difficulties to achieve positive outcomes

1. Potential or actual conflict between team members or between self and other individuals is recognised and addressed

2. Difficulties in achieving required outcomes are identified, analysed and solutions developed and communicated to appropriate personnel

3. Individuals experiencing difficulties which cannot be addressed within the team are referred to appropriate personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

7. Create and maintain conditions for productive work

1. Work environment is monitored to ensure it is maintained in line with organisational standards

2. Improvements to working environment are recommended and implemented where possible

3. Workplace hazards are identified or anticipated and managed to maintain safe working conditions

RANGE STATEMENT

Training and development

opportunities may include

formal course participationon the job trainingwork experienceexternal studyconference and seminar attendanceinductionjob rotation

Training standards may include

industry best practicelegislative requirementsorganisational standardsAustralian standardsmanufacturers’ specificationsendorsed competencies

Appropriate personnel may include

human resource managercounsellorssupervisorsteam membersmanagers

Organisational policy procedures



may include

legislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plans organisational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardsprotocolsstandard operating proceduresequal employment opportunity policiesoccupational health and safety and welfare policylearning strategies


codes of conductCivil Aviation Ordersrequirements of regulatory authoritiessearch and rescue time/procedures/action

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated byteam leader meeting objectives and performance requirements


Pre-requisite units: PUATEA002A Work autonomously (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge all organisational policiesanti discrimination and harassmentindustrial awards and agreementslegislation relevant to work group activitiesoccupational health and safety requirementsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational policy relating to equal employment opportunityorganisational quality standards and valuesprinciples of effective team operation and leadershipprinciples of human resource managementprinciples of leadershipproceduresprotocols and standards affecting work group activitiesrelevant training courses and development opportunities

Underpinning skills assessing training needsconflict resolution and negotiationconsulting team membersinterpersonal skillsleading and supervising individuals and teamsproblem solvingproviding constructive feedback




Context of assessment A combination of oral or written presentationson the job and/or in a simulated scenario


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 1 3 1

Work effectively in a public safety organisation

UNIT NAME Work effectively in a public safety organisation

UNIT CODE PUATEA004B

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency needed to manage own work and work effectively with other personnel in the organisation. It does not include competency to work in a team as covered in PUATEA001A.


1. Manage own work 1. Instructions are understood, acknowledged and implemented

2. Factors affecting work requirements are identified, impact assessed and appropriate action taken to ensure work requirements are met

3. Work load is assessed and priorities set within allocated timeframes

4. Own work is monitored to ensure compliance with organisation’s requirements

5. Need for additional support is communicated clearly to the appropriate person

6. Tasks are completed and results achieved with minimum supervision

2. Develop and maintain own expertise

1. Workplace information is accessed and clarification sought where necessary

2. Required licences and certificates are current3. Training and development needs relevant to the area of

work are identified in conjunction with the supervisor and followed up with relevant personnel

4. Programs are participated in to ensure level of expertise meets organisation’s requirements

3. Maintain work effectiveness

1. Level of well being necessary to perform work effectively is recognised and concerns about inability to perform allocated work to organisation’s standards discussed with relevant personnel

2. Signs of personal stress are recognised and managed and appropriate action is taken to ensure continued work effectiveness

3. Peer support is sought when required

4. Promote cooperation 1. Responsibilities and duties are undertaken in a positive manner to promote cooperation and good relationships

2. Communication with others is conducted in a courteous manner appropriate to the purpose, situation and relationship with the receiver

3. Problems and conflict are recognised and resolved through agreed and accepted processes

4. Contribution of individuals of different age, gender and social and cultural backgrounds is recognised and accessed


5. Contribute to improving workplace and quality of outcomes

1. Workplace issues are raised and contributed to with appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures

2. Work related meetings and workplace committees are attended/contributed to in line with level of responsibility

3. Appropriate personnel and resources are accessed and provided with suggestions for improvements in work practices and procedures

4. Impact of external change on the organisation and implications of change in the workplace on own job are recognised

5. Agreed changes to improve work outcomes are implemented

6. Maintain and represent organisational standards

1. Conduct is at all times in accordance with organisation’s policies, procedures and standards

2. Designated dress codes are observed appropriate for the occasion

RANGE STATEMENT

Public safety organisations

include

policefireemergency servicesdefence andnatural, cultural resource management personnelaquatic rescue

Factors affecting work requirements may

include

timeweathercontingenciesother work demandspersonnel available to assistsea conditionswind and tide conditions

Appropriate person for additional support

may include

supervisorteam leaderteam member

Workplace information may include

brochuresnoticesprocedurespoliciesleafletssignsinformation on notice boardsmagazinesprofessional publicationsvideosinternet

Licences and certificates may include

appropriate classes of driving licenceequipment licencesfirst aid certificatesemergency care certificates


Training and development needs

may include

new technologyretraining for licensing and certification requirementspersonal development trainingstress management

Level of well being required is

contained in organisational policy

Appropriate action for stress may include

seek counsellingreport to supervisor or team leaderseek medical adviceseek peer support

Workplace issues may include

new policies and changesoccupational health and safetyconflict with other personnelperceived harassment or discriminatory behaviourperceptions of equityexcessive workloadsresource allocation

Appropriate personnel for workplace issues

may include

team leadersupervisorconsultative committee representativeoccupational health and safety representativeunion delegatepeers

Workplace committees may include

occupational health and safety committeesconsultative committeessocial committeesspecial event committeesproject teams

Contribution to meetings and committees may

include

suggestionsquestionscomments

External change may include

at an internationalnational or state/territory level and invoke changes in societypolitical changeschanges to legislationcommunity expectationschanges to organisation’s policy and procedures

Change in the workplace may include

implementation of new work practices and servicesorganisational restructuresintroduction of new technology including new communication systemsintroduction of new personnel


Conduct may include complying with reasonable and lawful instructionscontributing to work objectivescomplying with safe work practicestreating peersclientsassociates and members of the general community with due respect and courtesyacting legallyhonestly and ethicallycomplying with disciplinary procedurescomplying with dress code

Documented procedures may include

standing orderspractice manualsoperational manualsworkplace notices

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inapplication of organisation’s policies, procedures and standards in work performance


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR201A Prevent Injury (Fire Specific)


Underpinning knowledge available training and developmentbasic principles of participating in meetingscareer progression optionsconflict resolution strategiescultural diversity principlesdress codesequal opportunity responsibilitiesfactors which can affect work performanceimplications of change in the workplace on own jobimplications of external change on the organisationinformation on any licensing and certification requirements for driving vehicles and providing emergency care organisation’s policiesorganisation’s standards relating to harassment and anti- discriminationorganisational structurepotential effects of not meeting commitmentsprocedures and standards relating to conductresponsibilities of specific personnelstress recognitionstructure and function or workplace committeesvariety of communication strategies

Underpinning skills accessing and interpreting workplace informationcommunicating concerns about own fitness/stresscommunicating with people of different agesculturesgenderslanguage backgroundsparticipating in meetings/speaking in a group positions in the organisation







Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Promote a learning environment in the workplace

UNIT NAME Promote a learning environment in the workplace

UNIT CODE PUAPRO001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to promote a workplace learning environment in which work and learning are integrated to support the achievement of individual and organisation objectives.


1. Create learning opportunities

1. Workplace environments which facilitate learning are developed and supported

2. Learning plans are developed as an integral part of individual/team performance plans

3. Learning plans reflect the diversity of learning styles, development needs and learning opportunities

4. Individual/team access to, and participation in, learning opportunities is facilitated

5. Consultation with training and development specialists results in the planning and provision of learning which enhances individual, team and organisation performance

2. Facilitate and promote learning

1. Workplace activities are used as opportunities for learning2. Coaching and mentoring is used to develop workplace

knowledge, skills and attitudes3. The benefits of learning are shared with others in the

team/organisation4. Workplace achievement is recognised by timely and

appropriate recognition, feedback and rewards

3. Monitor and improve learning effectiveness

1. Performance of individuals/teams is monitored to determine the type and extent of additional work based support

2. Feedback from individuals/teams is used to identify and introduce improvements in future learning arrangements

3. Change in the workplace environment is facilitated to promote learning

4. Records and reports of competency are documented and maintained within the organisation’s systems and procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Learning opportunities arise from

organisation may include

objectivesplanssystemsprocessesperformance plansquality and continuous improvement processes and standardsresourcesparticipation in committeesmanaging projectsdeveloping plansanalysis of incidents/response/emergency

Promote a learning environment in the workplace

Learning strategies may include

coachingmentoringexchange/rotationaction learningstructured training programs

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Knowledge and application of strategies which facilitate and promote an effective workplace learning environment



Underpinning knowledge group dynamicslearning strategiesorganisation records and reports of competency proceduresprinciples of adult learning

Underpinning skills develop learning plansdevelop links between work and learning promote collaborative processes in developing a learning environmentpromote the achievement of competencies in the workplaceprovide leadership and support to individuals and teams to develop and maintain a flexible learning environmentprovide or arrange support for those who have learning difficultiessupport and encourage learning by individuals and teams




Context of assessment Evidence in facilitating and promoting a learning environment in the workplace Knowledge may be assessed through written assignmentdebriefings and action learning projects


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 - 3 2

Drive vehicles under operational conditions

UNIT NAME Drive vehicles under operational conditions

UNIT CODE PUAVEH001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to drive vehicles safely, including the systematic, safe and efficient control of all vehicles functions and effective management of hazardous situations under operational conditions.


1. Prepare vehicle for operational response

1. The vehicle is selected to meet operational requirements and is suitable to use in the terrain

2. Preliminary check of the vehicle is completed to ensure it is serviceable

3. Equipment and accessories are checked to ensure they are available and serviceable

4. Cabin drill and start up checks are completed in accordance with operational standards

5. Engine is started in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications

6. Audible and visual warning systems are checked to ensure that they are all operational

2. Drive the vehicle 1. Vehicle is prepared for, and safely operated in terrain suitable to the vehicle

2. Vehicles and/or trailers are operated and positioned in accordance with traffic regulations and organisation’s policies and procedures and to ensure safe and efficient operation

3. Low risk driving techniques are used which minimise the likelihood of injury to persons or damage to equipment or property and in accordance with the organisation’s policies and procedures

3. Monitor traffic, road and terrain under operational conditions

1. Vehicle movement is controlled in response to external conditions to ensure safety of persons

2. The most efficient route of travel is taken through monitoring factors likely to cause delays or route deviations

3. Traffic and surface conditions are consistently monitored and acted upon to enable safe operation and ensure no injury to people or damage to property, equipment, loads and facilities


RANGE STATEMENT

This unit relates to driving vehicles while responding to, or at emergency operations and includes the use of audible visual warning devices. Vehicles may be responding or operating on urban or rural roads, four wheel drive tracks or private roads, or cross country. Drivers will be required to have the appropriate driving licence.

Vehicles may include all types of operational vehiclestankerstroop carrierrescue vehiclesbusesbulk water carrierall terrain vehiclespumpersaerial appliancescommunication vehiclescommand /control vehicles

Operational conditions may include

non-emergency drivingemergency response drivingoff-road drivinghazardous environmental conditionsdriving in special environments (eg on actual airport movement areas)prevailing weathertime of day/nightvisibilityrecovery

Considerations may include

procedurestraffic conditionslevels of emergency responseadverse weathertraffic regulationswarning devicesadverse terraintype of vehicleadverse surfaces

Cabin drill may include adjustment of seatsseatbeltsmirrors and steeringradio onall crew seated/restraineddash layoutgaugeswarning lights

Start-up check may include

fuelcoolantoilpumpwaterequipment/locker securityvisual inspection of vehicleoperation of emergency warning devices (lights/sirens)crew intercomphysical check or scan of gauges


Instruments/gauges may include

warning lightstachometertemperatureelectrical chargingsystems indicators (high beamturn signalsparking brakes)speedometeroil pressure brake warning lightsaudible warning deviceswater tank level indicator

Relevant legislation and procedures may include

traffic regulationsorganisation policy and proceduresaccident proceduresemergency parkingpossession of appropriate licence

Manufacturer’s specifications may

include

engine characteristicssystems warning functions radius of turning circlesafety procedureshorsepower ratingmaximum vehicle weightfuel capacity for rangeclearance heightengagement proceduresno-spin locking differentialanti-lock braking systems

Traffic conditions may include

parkingtraffic pattern and density known peak traffic periods and community functions and eventseffect of weather on roadsroad surfacevisibility

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated ina practical demonstration of driving skills. Maintaining personal safety, safety awareness and awareness of traffic conditions and other road users is critical



Underpinning knowledge ancillary equipmentappreciation of automotive systemsemergency vehicle requirements and regulationsknowledge of emergency vehicle inspection proceduresknowledge of equipment and accessorieslocal area knowledgetraffic legislationtraffic rules and regulationsvehicle operating procedures


Underpinning skills low risk driving techniquesmonitor and anticipate traffic hazard

Resource implications Assessment of this competency will require access to a relevant vehicle



Context of assessment Competency must be demonstrated in a simulated operational situation under varying conditions


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 2 1

Participate in a rescue operation

UNIT NAME Participate in a rescue operation

UNIT CODE PUASAR001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to participate in rescue operations as a member of a rescue team. This unit underpins the specialist rescue operations.


1. Prepare and respond to rescue

1. Operation and task information is obtained2. Appropriate rescue equipment is identified and selected

based on incident information as directed by the supervisor

3. Personal protective equipment is selected based on the nature of the rescue operation

4. Any further details of the nature of the rescue are received en route

5. Anticipated hazards and associated risks are discussed with rescue team members whilst on approach

2. Participate in assessing the rescue scene

1. Rescue scene reconnaissance is conducted and identified hazards and results are reported to the supervisor

2. Communication with other team members is maintained using appropriate techniques and terminology

3. Hazards and environmental conditions are minimised or controlled

4. Health and safety and security procedures are correctly followed in accordance with organisational policy and relevant legislation

5. Personal capabilities and limitations are recognised and referred to the supervisor

6. Need for additional personnel and/or specialist equipment is reported to the supervisor

3. Perform rescue 1. Access to incident and/or casualties is gained using techniques and equipment in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Rescue procedures are conducted in accordance with the supervisor's instructions and organisational procedures

3. Casualties are prepared for removal4. Casualties are extricated safely using appropriate

equipment rescue techniques and procedures5. Incident scene is constantly monitored for hazards to

prevent injury to self or others

4. Conclude rescue operations

1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained to organisational standards and manufacturers' procedures and restowed to maintain operational readiness

2. Where identified, signs and symptoms of operational stress are recognised in self and others and reported to relevant personnel


3. Operational debriefing is participated in and documentation is completed to organisational standards

4. Hygiene precautions are implemented in accordance with the organisation's requirements

RANGE STATEMENTRescue operations may

includeParticipation in: urban search and rescueconfined spaces rescueroad accident rescuetrench rescuevertical rescueswift water rescueindustrial rescue

Rescue equipment may include

Rescue vehicleair bagscutting toolshydraulic toolsexcavating toolschain sawdrillsfire extinguisherhand toolslighting equipmentropestarpaulinwinchpower toolspneumatic equipment

Personal protective equipment may

include

Helmetssafety glovesbootsappropriate protective clothingsafety glassesear protectioninfection protectionreflective vestsrespiratory protection

Hazards may include Electricitygaswaterhazardous materialsadverse weathertrafficinsufficient lightdifficult terrainconvergencesupplementary restraint systemsradioactivebiologicalchemicalrespiratory

Operational documentation may include

incident reportslegislationorganisation's policiesprocedures


Communication techniques may

include

verbalnon verbalsignals/signswrittentouch


effects of weatherstability of rescue sitehazardous materialsaccess

Appropriately trained personnel to treat

casualties may include

first aid officersambulance crewdoctorsnursesparamedics

Hygiene precautions may include

washing handswearing appropriate protective clothingavoidance of contact with body fluids

EVIDENCE GUIDECritical aspects of

evidenceApplies safe work practices in rescue operations. Uses equipment in accordance with organisational procedures.Responds and reacts to instructions in a safe, correct and timely manner

Interdependent assessment of unit

Pre-requisite units: PUAEME001A Provide emergency careCo-requisite units: PUATEA001A Work in a team

Underpinning knowledge capabilities and limitations of rescue equipmentcasualty handling techniquesdisaster victim identification procedureenvironmental hazardslines and knotsmanual handling techniquesnationally agreed hazard marking systemspersonal hygieneprocedures for reporting injuries and accidentsrelevant legislative and regulatory requirementsropessafety precautionssurface search and surface clearance of casualtiestechniques and aidstypes of collapse patternstypes of structures

Underpinning skills identify signs of structural collapsepersonal protective equipment worn in accordance with organisational requirementsuse rescue equipment

Resource implications Rescue and safety equipment



Context of assessment Competence may be assessed on-the-job or in a simulated rescue scenarios



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 1 2 1 1 1

Undertake road accident rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake road accident rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake road accident rescue operations as a member of a rescue team.

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA1. Prepare for road

accident rescue1. Equipment is checked and serviced to ensure it is ready

for use2. Operation and task information is obtained and analysed3. Rescue equipment is selected based on incident

information4. Personal protective equipment is selected relevant to the

nature of the rescue operation

2. Establish and maintain rescue scene safety

1. A safe working area is established and maintained to prevent injury to self and others

2. Vehicle/s are stabilised to prevent movement during access and removal in accordance with organisational standards and procedures

3. Hazards are minimised during the rescue operation to prevent injury to self or others

4. Scene management procedures are followed in accordance with organisational procedures and legal requirements

5. The incident scene is prepared to facilitate the prompt and safe rescue of casualties

3. Manage casualties 1. Casualties are assessed and stabilised to minimise further injury or discomfort during rescue operations

2. Nature of injuries/entrapment is ascertained to develop an extrication plan

3. Support is provided to medical personnel assisting with the treatment of the entrapped person/s as required

4. Remove casualties from entrapment

1. Access plans are determined in consultation with team leader and medical staff

2. Procedures are implemented to protect the casualties from further injury or discomfort during access and removal

3. An access path is provided for removal of casualties using appropriate rescue techniques and equipment

4. Casualties an/or deceased persons are removed from vehicle using appropriate rescue removal techniques and rescue equipment

5. Conclude road accident rescue operations

1. Accident scene is preserved for investigating officers 2. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained in

accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines and organisational procedures prior to leaving the scene

3. Hygiene procedures are followed in accordance with organisational procedures


4. Where identified, signs and symptoms of operational stress in self and others are recognised and reported to appropriate personnel

5. Operational debrief is participated in and documentation is completed to organisational standards

RANGE STATEMENT

Operational task information may

include

location type and number of casualties/vehiclesenvironmental and other hazardsother agencies responding


air operated equipmentpneumatichydraulicmechanicalelectrical toolsfirefighting equipmentpatient protection equipmentcuttingliftingspreading and winching equipmentscene warning and traffic control equipmentgenerators and lighting equipmenthand toolsstabilising equipment

Casualty protection procedures may

include

padding of sharp hazards(hard and soft protection)shielding from debrisglass and toolsPPE for casualty (helmetglassesdust maskear protection)


include

protective clothinghelmetsear protectioneye protectioninfection protectionhigh visibility clothing

Hazards may include electricitygaswater and sewerage utilitieshazardous materials/dangerous substancesvehicle fuelvehicle glassvehicle fuel systemsdifficult terrainadverse weatherafter dark operationstraffic and bystanderssupplementary restraint systemsbio-hazardsother road users


Extrication plan may include

controlled releaseimmediate releasealternate entries

Scene management procedures may

include

traffic controlmanagement of bystanders and mediacordoning and screening scenesearches for missing occupantsglass managementisolation of vehicle electrical systemsaccess and egressremoval of hazardsconsider preserving evidencestaging areaspositioning of response vehicles

Vehicle stabilisation techniques may

include

chockingpackingjackingropingchainingpropping

Appropriate rescue techniques may

include

door removal side removalthird door entryfolding down sillroof removal techniques

full roof flapforward roof flapside roof flap

foot well/front seat techniquespulling the columnlifting the dashdash rollwinching the dashexposing the foot well

side impact techniquescross ramming

overturned vehicle techniquesinverted side removalflapping the floor paninverted ramming

light commercial vehicle techniquesvan dash roll

Rescue removal techniques may

include

use of spinal immobilisation devicespine board (back board)cervical collarsKED extrication device

Preservation of accident scene may include

defining and redefining scene boundarysecuring the scenepreservation of evidence and related legal requirements


incident field notespost operational reportincident reportexposure recordsorganisation’s reporting system


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in extrication of casualty/s; minimising further injury or discomfort while conducting rescue operation; application of safe work practices


Pre-requisite units: PUASAR001A Participate in rescue operationsPUAEME002B Manage Injuries at emergency incident


Underpinning knowledge awareness of the need to return equipment to operational readiness after usedangers associated with SRSdocumentation requirementsemergency careequipment characteristics and safe working loads in rescue operationsestablishment and maintenance of safe working areas and minimisation of hazardshazards and environmental threatsinfection control procedureslegal requirements for responders methods of accessoperating procedures and organisational standardsoperational briefing and debriefing procedurespersonal hygiene protocolsRAR techniquesreconnaissance processesrelevant occupational health and safety principles and practicesrescue equipment manufacturer’s operational guidelinesroad accident rescue concepts as described in the Australian Emergency Manual – Road Accident Rescueroles and responsibilities of, and relationship with, other emergency servicesuse of personal protective equipmentvehicle construction and dangers in cutting vehicle parts and panels

Underpinning skills ability to work in a multi-agency environmentability to work in teamsapply emergency care practicesapply relevant RAR techniquesapply scene management proceduresdisaster victim identification proceduresinitial (ongoing) scene assessmentwearing of appropriate PPE

Resource implications Access to vehicles for exercise simulations



Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in a variety of actual and simulated road accident rescues using a range of equipment



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 3 2 2 2

Undertake technical rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake technical rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake technical rescue operations as a member of a team.


1. Prepare for technical rescue

1. Equipment is checked and serviced to ensure it is ready for use

2. Operation and task information is obtained and analysed3. Rescue equipment is selected based on incident

information 4. Personal protective equipment is selected relevant to the

nature of the rescue operation

2. Assess and manage technical rescue scene

1. Physical features of rescue scene are assessed before deploying rescue resources

2. Rescue scene is managed to control access and maintain a safe and effective operational environment

3. Communication with other personnel on site is established and maintained

4. Situational and environmental hazards are assessed, minimised and controlled

5. Specialist rescue resources are accessed based on the assessment of the incident

3. Manage casualties 1. Casualties are assessed and stabilised to minimise further injury or discomfort during rescue operations

2. Nature of injuries/entrapment is ascertained to develop an extrication plan

3. Support is provided to medical personnel assisting with the treatment of the entrapped person/s as required

4. Establish and maintain rescue scene safety

1. A safe working area is established and maintained to prevent injury to self and others

2. Hazards are monitored during the rescue operation to prevent injury to self or others

3. Scene management procedures are followed in accordance with team leader instructions and organisational procedures

4. The incident scene is prepared to facilitate the prompt and safe rescue of casualties

5. Carry out technical rescue operations

1. Liaise with primary response team and other relevant personnel

2. Additional technical equipment is employed to make incident scene safe

3. Access plans are determined with consultation team leader, medical staff and other technical specialists

4. Procedures are implemented to protect casualty/s from further injury or discomfort during access and removal

5. An access path is provided for the removal of casualty/s using appropriate rescue techniques and equipment


6. Casualty/s are rescued using appropriate techniques and equipment relevant to the incident/environment

6. Terminate specialist rescue operations

1. Incident scene is preserved for investigating officers 2. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and serviced in

accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines and organisational standards prior to leaving the scene

3. Signs and symptoms of operational stress in self and others are recognised and reported to appropriate personnel

4. Operational documentation is completed to organisational standards

RANGE STATEMENT

Operation and task information may

include

location type and number of casualtiestype and magnitude of incidentenvironmental and other hazardsother agencies responding


air operated equipmentlow pressure air bagsexcavating equipmentmobile cranesheavy lifting hydraulic toolssupport vehiclespneumatic hydraulic mechanical electrical toolsfirefighting equipmentpatient protection equipmenthot cutting equipmentbeacons, signslighting equipmentother specialist equipment as required


include

protective clothinghelmetsear protectioneye protectioninfection protection

Hazards may include electricitygaswater and sewerage utilitieshazardous materials/dangerous substancesequipment power/drive systemsvehicle fuel systemsdifficult terrainadverse weathermobile propertyconvergencebio-hazardselectrical and mechanical moving machinerydusts


Scene management procedures may

include

control of bystanders and mediacordoning and screening scenesearches for missing occupantsaccess and egressremoval of hazardsconsider preserving evidencestaging areaspositioning of vehiclesliaison with relevant technical personnel

Technical rescue incidents may involve

heavy industrial equipmentshipping containersindustrial/construction incidentsindustrial machinery entrapmentsagricultural machineryelevators/escalatorsheavy plant and equipmenttower cranes rail transportheavy transport vehicles


personnel attending/hazard exposure reportairs reportincident field notesincident reportpost operational report

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Ability to extricate casualty/s; minimising further injury or discomfort while conducting rescue operation


Pre-requisite units: PUASAR002A Undertake road accident rescue


Underpinning knowledge basic principles of rescueemergency careknowledge of equipment available and its functionmanufacturer’s operational guidelinesorganisational policies and proceduresrelevant legislationrelevant OH&S principles and practicesrescue equipmentsituational awarenesssymptoms of physical/emotional stressuse of personal protective equipment

Underpinning skills communicatedecision makingidentify symptoms of physical/emotional stressproblem solvinguse rescue equipmentwork in a multi-agency team environment

Resource implications Assessment may require resources to simulate a range of rescue incidents that may be encountered




Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in a simulated rescue environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 2 2 3 2

Undertake vertical rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake vertical rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake vertical rescue operations as a member of a rescue team.


1. Prepare for and respond to vertical rescue

1. Operation and task information is obtained and analysed2. Vertical rescue equipment is selected based on incident

information and checked to ensure it is ready for use3. Personal protective equipment for vertical rescue is selected4. Scene reconnaissance is conducted and results are reported5. Appropriate actions are taken to preserve incident scene

2. Assess scene 1. Physical and environmental features of scene are assessed before deploying rescue resources

2. Access is controlled and a safe and effective operational environment is maintained


4. Location and condition of casualty is determined

3. Establish vertical rescue system

1. Rescue system is constructed according to the type of incident2. Anchors are established and monitored3. Equipment is prepared and techniques are used in accordance

with manufacturer’s guidelines and organisational procedures

4. Perform vertical rescue

1. Access is gained to casualties or trapped persons using organisationally approved techniques and equipment

2. Casualties or trapped persons are secured and prepared for removal in consultation with medical personnel

3. Casualties are removed using vertical rescue techniques and equipment whilst preventing further injury

5. Terminate vertical rescue operations

1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and serviced in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines and organisational standards

2. Where identified, signs and symptoms of operational stress are recognised and reported

3. Operational debrief is conducted and documentation is completed to organisational standards

RANGE STATEMENT

Operation and task information may

include

number and type of casualtieslocationmagnitude and type of incidentaccess and egress routesweather conditions and forecastspotential hazardscommand, control and coordination arrangementsother organisations


Systems may include loweringhauling high line or Tyroleanedge management

Vertical rescue equipment may

include

Rescue rope to AS41423tapesslingspulleysedge protectionkarabinersascending and descending devicesanchorsstretcherslighting and generatorspecialist communications equipmentbinocularsedge management devices

Physical and environmental

features may include

ground stabilityanchor pointsclearancestides/waves/surf movementsexposed or hazardous electrical conductorsmoving machinerygreasy or oily surfaceshot surfacesunstable structuresexhaust or steam outletsair qualityhigh windscold rainswift waterloud noisesfuels and chemicalsirrespirable atmospheresphysical features such as slopes loose surfaces sheer face overhangs

Vertical rescue environments may

include

cliffstowersstructurestreesmines and caves and shafts

Vertical rescue techniques will be

determined by

the type of vertical rescue system adoptedorganisation’s policy and procedures

Scene management may include

establishing barriers and perimeter access controlsmanagement of bystanders and mediaestablishing and monitoring safety zonesmedia liaisoncrime scene preservation


Operational documentation may

include

organisational procedures and related legal requirementsequipment running logsvehicle logsnotessketches

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence is demonstrated inestablishment of safe systems to gain access to and recover casualties; extrication of casualty minimising further injury or discomfort while conducting rescue operation; and application of safe work practices


Pre-requisite units: PUASAR001A Participate in rescue operations

Co-requisite units: PUATEA002A Work autonomously

Underpinning knowledge braking strainscasualty assessment and packagingemergency management and interagency arrangementsequipment characteristicsoperational briefing and debriefing proceduresorganisation’s procedures for operating vertical rescue equipmentpersonal hygiene protocolsreconnaissance techniquesrelevant legislationrelevant OH&S principles and practicessafety factors and safe working loadssigns and symptoms of operational stressvertical rescue concepts and practicesvoice, whistle and other communication systems

Underpinning skills check, service and maintain vertical rescue equipmentdisaster victim identification proceduresescort stretchers in raising and lowering operationsestablish, maintain, monitor and use: abseil belay ascent descent and raising and lowering systemsestablish, monitor and maintain safe anchor systemsinfection controlmanage edge protectionoperate span line or Tyroleansafe and effective scene management proceduresscene assessment and reportingtreat and package casualtiesuse personal protective and rescue equipment within its safe work limitationswearing appropriate personal protective and rescue equipment correctlywork in a teamworking in a multi-service environment


Resource implications Assessment of this competency requires access to an appropriate training/venue for vertical rescue activities; organisation’s vertical rescue equipment and personnel for team-based activities



Context of assessment Evidence to be collected in a range of simulated or actual vertical rescue environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Undertake confined space rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake confined space rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake rescue in confined spaces as defined in AS2865 as a member of a single agency or multi-disciplinary team.


1. Prepare for confined space rescue operation

1. Operation and task information is obtained and analysed2. Rescue equipment is selected based on incident information

and cross-checked to ensure it is ready for use3. Personal protective equipment is selected relevant to the

nature of the confined space rescue operation

2. Assess and manage confined space/trench rescue

1. Physical features of confined space rescue scene are assessed before deploying rescue resources

2. Rescue is managed to control access and maintain a safe and effective operational environment

3. Hazards are assessed, minimised and controlled 4. Communication with other personnel on site is established

and maintained

3. Determine location and condition of casualties

1. Assessment is undertaken of incident scene to determine possible location of casualties

2. Appropriate equipment is used to assist in the location of casualties

3. Evidence of location within confined space is collected and reported

4. The condition of casualties and nature of entrapment is ascertained where possible

5. Hygiene procedures are applied in accordance with the organisation's procedures

4. Gain entry to confined space

1. Entry permit is located and relevant information obtained if available

2. Atmosphere is monitored in accordance with AS28653. Appropriate ventilation procedures are implemented, where

required4. Appropriate respiratory protection is used in irrespirable

atmospheres, where required5. Techniques and equipment are employed to access the

casualty 6. Located casualties are treated in consultation with medical

personnel and in accordance with organisational policies

5. Remove casualties 1. Casualties are removed in accordance with organisation's procedures

2. Appropriate actions are taken to preserve the incident scene, where possible



1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and serviced according to organisational standards and manufacturer's guidelines

2. Signs and symptoms of operational stress are recognised and promptly reported


RANGE STATEMENT

Confined space is defined as

Per AS2865 definition:Confined space – an enclosed or partially enclosed space which is at atmospheric pressure during occupancy; is not intended or designed primarily as a place of work; may have restricted means for entry and exit; and may have an atmosphere which contains potentially harmful levels of contaminant; not have a safe oxygen level; or cause engulfment

Confined spaces may include but are not

limited to

Storage tanks tank cars process vessels boilers silosand other tank-like compartments usually having only a man-hole for entryOpen topped spaces such as pits or degreasersPipes sewers tunnels shafts and ducts and similar structuresAny shipboard spaces entered through a small hatchway or access point cargo tanks cellular double bottom tanks duct keels ballast and oil tanks and void spaces but not including dry cargo holdsNatural features such as caves and pits


life rescue lineropes/tapestripods/edge managementharnesseslitters/stretchershauling systemscommunicationsself-contained breathing apparatus/airlineairline equipmentatmospheric monitoring equipmentescape sets and harnessesisolation equipmentventilation equipment


Situational or environmental

hazards may include

dangerous goods or hazardous substancemoving machinery either electrical or mechanicalheat exhaustion or hypothermiaoxygen enrichment oxygen deficiency atmospheric contaminants (such as hydrogen sulphidemethane and carbon dioxide)swift watersewers and stormwater canalsfalls from heights or into depths


include

gloveshelmetssafety glasseshearing protection aidschemical splash suit/fully encapsulated gas-tight suitsatmospheric monitoring equipment self-contained breathing apparatusairlines

Recognised removal techniques may

include

liftingloweringhaulingmechanical advantage systems

Operational documentation

may include

entry permitstally boardsentry control proceduresair monitoring proceduresequipment and rope logsplanexposure records

Personnel may include agency supporton-site staffemergency services workerslocal/state/territory government authorities

Scene preservation may include

preservation of evidence and related legal requirements

Evidence collected may include

entry permitpermit to workinformation received from bystanderswitnesses and emergency services personnel


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated inextrication of casualty, minimising further injury to self and others



Co-requisite units: PUAFIR307A Monitor hazardous atmospheres (Fire Specific Requirement)

Underpinning knowledge disaster victim identification procedureslock, tagout and isolation procedurespotential occupational hazards and control measuresprocedures for atmospheric monitoringworking knowledge of content of AS2865AS1715

Underpinning skills lowering and hauling systemsoperation of atmospheric monitoring equipmentoperation of isolation systemsoperation of liftingoperation of self contained breathing apparatus and airline equipmentoperation of ventilation equipment

Resource implications Assessment of this competency requires access to an appropriate training location/venue; and organisation’s resource equipment and personnel for team based activitiesResource requirements must meet AS2865



Context of assessment Evidence of competent performance should be obtained by observing an individual in an actual or simulated rescue context


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 3 2 2 2

Undertake trench rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake trench rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake trench rescue as member of a single agency or multi-disciplinary team.


1. Prepare for trench rescue operation

1. Operation and task incident information is obtained and analysed

2. Shoring, propping and excavating equipment is identified and prepared for use

3. Personal protective equipment is selected relevant to trench rescue operation

2. Assess and manage a trench rescue scene

1. Physical features of a trench rescue are assessed before deploying rescue resources

2. Trench rescue scene is managed to control access and maintain a safe and effective operational environment


4. Situational and environmental hazards are assessed, minimised and controlled

3. Stabilise the trench 1. Trench collapse pattern and signs of further collapse are identified

2. Action to minimise further trench collapse is undertaken

4. Locate and gain entry to confined space

1. Assessment is undertaken of incident scene to determine possible location of casualties

2. Appropriate resources are used to assist in the location of casualties

3. The condition of casualties and nature of entrapment is ascertained where possible in accordance with organisational procedures

4. Appropriate excavation techniques are employed to gain access to casualty

5. Located casualties are treated in consultation with medical personnel and in accordance with organisational policies

6. Hygiene procedures are followed in accordance with organisational procedures

5. Remove casualties 1. Entrapped casualties are released, treated and stabilised in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Released casualties are removed using recognised techniques

3. Appropriate actions are taken to preserve the incident scene, where required


1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained according to organisational standards and manufacturer's guidelines

2. Where identified signs and symptoms of operational stress are recognised and promptly reported



RANGE STATEMENT

Trench is defined as Under State/territory legislation

Trench rescue equipment may

include

shoring shields and propping equipmentexcavatorsexcavating equipmentpumpshand tools ventilation equipmentatmospheric monitoring

Situational or environmental

hazards may include

exposure to toxic or biological or substancemoving machinery either electrical or mechanicalheat exhaustion or hypothermiafurther trench collapsevibrations from external sourcesweatherwatertidesfalls from heights or into depths


include

gloveshelmetssafety glasseshearing protection aidsspillage/Hazmat clothingsafety linesbreathing apparatus/airline

Recognised removal techniques may

include

shoringproppingshielding and excavating


include

incident field notespost operational reportincident reportorganisational procedures and related legal requirements

Scene management may include

establishing barriers and perimeter access controlsmanagement of bystanders and mediaestablishing and monitoring safety zonesmedical liaison/preservation of evidence


EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in:ability to shore, prop and shieldability to recognise further signs of trench collapseapplication of safe work practicesextrication of casualty minimising further injury to self or others




Underpinning knowledge atmospheric monitoring proceduresdisaster victim identification proceduresshoring and propping techniquessoil stabilitytrench collapse patterns

Underpinning skills construction and installation of shoring and propping systemslowering and hauling systemsoperation of liftingoperation of self contained breathing apparatus and airline equipmentoperation of ventilation equipment

Resource implications Assessment of this competency requires access to an appropriate training location/venue/trenchOrganisation’s rescue equipment and personnel for teams-based activities



Context of assessment Evidence should be gathered by observing an individual in an actual or simulated rescue context


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Undertake structural collapse rescue

UNIT NAME Undertake structural collapse rescue


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to undertake structural collapse operations as a member of a rescue team.


1. Prepare for structural collapse operation

1. Operation and task information is obtained and analysed2. Rescue resources are identified and selected based on

incident information and cross-checked to ensure they are ready for use

3. Personal protective equipment is selected relevant to the nature of the structural collapse operation

2. Assess and manage structural collapse scene

1. Situational and environmental hazards are assessed, minimised, controlled, marked and constantly monitored

2. Physical features of structural collapse are assessed before deploying rescue resources

3. Scene is managed to control access and maintain a safe and effective operational environment


5. Site of structural collapse is sectorised and boundaries are defined

6. Structural collapse marking system is implemented

3. Determine location and condition of casualties

1. Reconnaissance of incident scene is undertaken2. Evidence of location of casualties within collapsed

structure is collected and reported3. Appropriate resources are used for surface or lightly

trapped casualties4. The condition of surface or lightly trapped casualties and

nature of entrapment is ascertained where possible5. Search marking systems are utilised

4. Gain access to casualties

1. Techniques and equipment are employed to stabilise and make safe the incident scene

2. Located casualties are treated in consultation with medical personnel in accordance with organisational policies

5. Remove casualties 1. Entrapped casualties are released, treated and stabilised in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Casualties are removed from scene using recognised techniques

3. Evidence of casualty’s identity is collected and processed according to agreed procedures

4. Appropriate actions are taken to preserve incident scene where possible


6. Terminate rescue operations

1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and serviced according to organisational standards and manufacturer’s guidelines



4. Exposure records are completed

RANGE STATEMENT

Structural collapse rescue is defined as

the mobilisation of resources required to safely and expeditiously locate and remove trapped and often injured victims from partially or totally collapsed structures or environments and the provision of emergency care in doing so

Rescue resources may include

hand toolsatmosphere monitoring equipmentconcrete cutters and corerstrained dogsaerial laddersplatformsbulldozersbob catscranesback hoesgeneratorshydraulic jackslights and towerswire rubble basketsacoustic devicesfibre-optic camerastime-lapse camerassearch camerasthermal imaging camerasinfra-red camerasconcrete cutting chain saws air-hammersdrillslightingropesbolt cutterswheel barrowsbucketscommunicationsportable toiletstentsheaters

Situational and environmental hazards

may include

below debris hazardssurface hazardsoverhead hazardsstructural and terrain instabilitydangerous goods and hazardous substancesutilitiesirrespirable atmosphereadverse weather conditions


Recognised techniques may include

breachingconcrete coringshoring and tunnellingconcrete slab removalsteel cutting


site sectorisation planmemorandums of understandingequipment running and repair logsnotes or sketches and other relevant information required for potential coronal or other legal proceedingsincident reports communication logsinjury register

Protective equipment may include

respiratory protectioneareye and head protectionknee padsappropriate footwearoverallswet weather gear

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence be demonstrated in safe use of tunnelling, shoring and propping techniques; safe use of breaching, coring, cutting and lifting of reinforced concreteAtmospheric monitoring techniques to AS2865-1995Extrication of casualty minimising further injury to self or othersApplication of safe work practices



Co-requisite units: PUATEA002A Work autonomously

Underpinning knowledge agency incident command and control systemsconfined spaces legislation and procedurescoronial and other legal documentation requirementsdisaster victim identification proceduresequipment capabilities and limitationsmedical considerations for structural collapse casualtiesoperational briefing and debriefing proceduresprinciples of structural collapse operationsprocedures for atmospheric monitoringrelationship of local USAR teams with local rescue response and emergency managementrelevant OH&S principles and proceduressigns and symptoms of operational stresstypes of construction and collapse


Underpinning skills ability to use trapped person locating devicesair bags and other lifting equipmentcutting reinforced concretedebris tunnelling shoring and proppingnational marking systemspropssafe and effective use of generators and lighting equipmentshoring and tunnelling techniquesuse of appropriate rescue equipment use of atmospheric monitoring equipmentuse of concrete cutting, coring, breaching and lifting equipmentuse of heavy duty cutting, breaking and lifting equipmentuse of jacksuse of laddersuse of ropes, anchors and rigging systemsuse of visual and audible locating devicesworking in teams

Resource implications Assessment of this competency requires access to an appropriate training location/venue; organisation’s rescue equipment and personnel for team-based activities



Context of assessment Evidence is gathered in an actual or simulated structural collapse and rescue incident over a minimum of four shift changes


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 2 2 3 2

Search as a member of a land search team

UNIT NAME Search as a member of a land search team


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to search for and locate lost persons and/or items as a member of a land search team.


1. Prepare for land search

1. Operation and task information is obtained2. Incident information is used to determine personal

equipment needed for search operation3. Search equipment is checked and packed for use

2. Participate in search 1. Specified team roles and functions are carried out2. Search formation and spacings are maintained3. Search boundaries are marked in line with task

requirements4. Observation skills are applied, and any clues or objects

located are reported immediately in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

5. Communication is maintained within the team6. Personal capabilities and limitations are recognised and

referred to the supervisor

3. Maintain search safety 1. Survival techniques are applied were required2. Search safety procedures are implemented3. Lost searcher procedures are implemented if required

4. Preserve scene 1. Supervisor is immediately advised of located persons or findings in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

2. Initial preservation procedures are implemented to maintain the integrity of evidence

3. Initial scene preservation is conducted in line with the organisation’s requirements

5. Complete recall and stand down procedures

1. Search equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines and organisational procedures

2. Operational debriefing is participated in and documentation is completed to organisational standards

3. Where identified, symptoms of operational stress are recognised and reported


RANGE STATEMENT

Search operations may include

Operations are normally conducted in support of the police Volunteers may be involved in searches for missing personsobjects or evidenceLand searches are most commonly on foot, although searches may be undertaken from two or four wheel vehicles or on horseback, skis and snowshoes

Search terrain may include forestsgrasslandsteep rock areas sandsnowurban areas

Land search may be conducted under conditions which

include

hazardous environmental conditions including: adverse weather after dark operations difficult terrain time pressure dangerous flora and faunaurban or rural environmentsoperating as part of a multi-agency response

Incident and task information may

include

number, nature and description of persons or objects that are the focus of the searchweather forecastoperating areaaccess and egress routesemergency rendezvous pointsterrain and environmental informationpotential hazardsCommand, control and co-ordination arrangementstime constraints


feedback of informationmodes of communication as per PUACOM001Bcalming and reassuring a casualty

Equipment used may include

Personal protective equipment, especially wet weather gear cold weather clothing sun protectionwaterfoodovernight sleeping equipmentpersonal first-air equipmentpersonal hygiene itemsnotebook and pencil boundary marking tapesradio communications equipmentmapcompass or other positioning equipment

Specific team roles Determined based on the selected search technique

Search formations Determined based on the selected search techniques

Observation skills Day and night vision skills


Procedures to locate person or object

are determined locally depending on the nature of the incident and the requirements of the controlling authority. They are made clear in pre-search briefings

Survival techniques may include

Skills relevant to the local areas (such as cold, heat, terrain and forest) Obtain waterconstructing fireslocating shelterconstructing temporary sheltersconserving waterfood and energy


notes or sketches of findings or other relevant information required for potential coronial or other legal proceedings

Symptoms of operational stress

may include fatigueintoleranceindecisionlack of focusnauseaheadachesillness

EVIDENCE GUIDE


It is essential for this unit that competence is demonstrated in compliance with search orders Safety of self and others is observed at all times during the search


Pre-requisite units: PUAFIR201A Prevent injury (Fire Specific requirement)

Co-requisite units: PUATEA001A Work in a team

Underpinning knowledge local documentation requirementslocal hazards and environmental threatslocal operating procedureslocal operational briefing and debriefing procedureslost searcher proceduresobject recovery proceduresrecall proceduresrelevant occupational health and safety principles and practicesrelevant search management arrangements in their State or Territoryrequirements to preserve a crime scene and the preservation of evidencesigns and symptoms of operational stress

Underpinning skills appropriate personal protective equipment worn correctlydeal appropriately with clues and location of objects or causalitiesimplement lost searcher proceduresmaintain search informationobservation skillsspacing and boundary markingsurvival techniquesworking in a team


Resource implications An appropriate environment to conduct the search operation is essential Support may include other organisations



Context of assessment Evidence of competence is to be gathered in an actual or simulated search environment


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 1 2 1 2 2

Participate in an aquatic rescue operation

UNIT NAME Participate in an aquatic rescue operation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to participate in rescue operations as a member of an aquatic rescue team, including inland rivers, lakes, dams, surf zones and oceans. This unit underpins specialist rescue operations.

Participation in a rescue operation may involve working with personnel who are trained appropriately to treat casualties including first aid officers, lifesavers, lifeguards, ambulance crew, doctors, nurses and paramedics.


1. Prepare and respond to rescue

1. Operation and task information is obtained and discussed with team members

2. Appropriate rescue equipment is identified and selected based on task information as directed by the supervisor

3. Personal protective equipment is selected based on the nature of the rescue operation

4. Any further details of the nature of the rescue are received en route

2. Participate in assessing the rescue scene

1. Hazards are identified on approach to rescue scene2. Methods for minimising hazards are discussed and agreed

to by team members3. Hazards and environmental conditions are minimised or

controlled4. Communication with other team members is maintained

using appropriate techniques and terminology5. Health and safety, and security procedures are correctly

followed in accordance with organisational policy and relevant legislation

6. Personal capabilities and limitations are recognised and referred to the supervisor

7. Need for additional personnel and/or specialist equipment is reported to the supervisor

3. Perform rescue 1. Access to incident and/or casualties is gained using techniques and equipment in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Rescue procedures are conducted in accordance with supervisor’s instructions and organisational procedures

3. Casualties are prepared for removal in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

4. Casualties are extricated safely using appropriate equipment, rescue techniques and organisational procedures



1. Equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained to organisational standards and manufacturers’ procedures, and restored to maintain operational readiness

2. Where identified, signs and symptoms of operational stress in self and others are reported to relevant personnel

3. Operational debriefing is participated in and operational documentation is completed to organisational standards

4. Hygiene precautions are implemented in accordance with the organisation’s requirements

RANGE STATEMENT

Rescue operations may include participation in

Aquatic search and rescueBar rescueBoating rescueCliff rescueOpen water sea rescueRiver, lake or dam rescueSurf rescue


BoardsFlotation equipmentHand toolsLife raftsLighting equipmentRescue vesselsRopesTubesWinch

Personal protective equipment may include

Appropriate protective clothingEar protectionHelmetInfection protectionPersonal floating devicesReflective vestsRespiratory protectionSafety glassesSafety glovesSun protectionWetsuits

Hazards may include Adverse weatherCliffs and rocksHazardous creaturesHazardous materialsInsufficient lightOther craft and usersPollutionPiersSandbanks, bars and ripsSea conditionsSurf type



Effects of weatherSea, surf and ocean conditionsShallow water, bars and ripsTides

Communication techniques may include

Non-verbalSigns and signalsTouchVerbalWritten


include

Incident reportsLegislationOrganisation’s policies and procedures

Hygiene precautions may include

Avoiding contact with body fluidsWashing handsWearing appropriate protective clothing

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to apply safe work practices in rescue operations; to use equipment in accordance with organisational procedures; to respond and react to instructions in a safe, correct and timely manner; to correctly select and wear personal protective equipment in accordance with organisational requirements


Pre-requisite units: PUAEME001A Provide emergency careCo-requisite units: PUATEA001A Work in a team


Capabilities and limitations of rescue equipmentCasualty handling techniquesComposition of team, and roles and responsibilities of team membersEnvironmental hazardsManual handling techniquesNationally agreed hazard marking systemsPersonal hygieneProcedures for reporting injuries and accidentsRelevant legislative and regulatory requirementsRopes, lines and knotsSafety precautionsSurface search and surface clearance of casualtiesTechniques and aidsVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques including hand signals and language style

Underpinning skills Participate as a team memberUse rescue equipmentWork on a constantly moving platform

Resource implications Access to: rescue and personal protective equipment listed in the

Range statement a suitable environment necessary to conduct a range of

rescue operations listed in the Range statement



Competency should be demonstrated across a range of rescue operations over time to ensure identified situational variables are consistently achieved

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in a range of rescue operations while on the job or in a simulated environment and under a variety of weather conditions


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 1 2 1 1 1

Undertake a rescue operation in a small powercraft

UNIT NAME Undertake a rescue operation in a small powercraft


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to act as the helmsman or crew member of a rescue boat in a surf rescue or close inshore environment.

Rescue boat operators are expected to act as skipper, helmsman and/or crew of a boat, with one person acting as the master of the vessel.


1. Prepare for rescue boat operation

1. Operational and task information is obtained and verified with team members

2. Operational and task information is used to determine equipment needed for the task

3. Equipment is checked for serviceability and stowed correctly4. Pre-launch checks are conducted in accordance with

organisational standards and manufacturer’s guidelines5. Appropriate protective equipment is worn correctly by all

personnel

2. Operate rescue boat 1. Vessel is launched safely according to local conditions2. Pre-start checks are conducted in accordance with

organisational standards3. Start-up procedures are used in accordance with

manufacturer’s guidelines4. Vessel is correctly loaded and trimmed to ensure safety of

crew and passengers5. Vessel is manoeuvred in a safe manner, consistent with

potential hazards and environmental conditions6. Look-out procedures are conducted in accordance with

organisational standards7. People, supplies, and equipment are transported safely and

efficiently

3. Conduct emergency drills

1. Capsized vessel drill is performed safely2. Disabled vessel is towed with regard to water conditions and

damage to the vessel or its equipment3. Emergency signals are demonstrated correctly4. Basic motor faults are diagnosed and rectified5. Fire on vessel drill is conducted in accordance with

organisational policies6. Abandon boat routine is completed with regard to personal

safety of all crew7. Vessel is safely manoeuvred without motor


4. Conduct rescue boat search and recovery

1. Rescue boat search procedures are conducted to relevant standards

2. People or objects in the water are recovered safely and efficiently

3. Bodies are recovered using organisational procedures to meet coronial requirements

5. Recover and restore vessel

1. Vessel is recovered from a ramp, beach or an improvised site

2. Vessel and associated equipment are restored, cleaned and serviced according to organisational standards and manufacturer’s guidelines


4. Debriefing requirements are met5. Operational documentation is completed to organisational

standards

RANGE STATEMENT

Typical rescue operations include

EvacuationsSearches and rescues

Rescue boat operations can take place in water conditions that include

Fast flowing torrentsShallow waterSlow moving waterSurf

Operation and task information may include

Access and egress routesNearby ramps or launching pointsNumber and nature of casualtiesPotential hazardsPreventative rescue operationsResupply and evacuation requirementsSurf and sea conditionsTidal informationWeather forecast

Equipment used may include

Appropriate rescue equipment required for taskAppropriate trailerEquipment required under State or Territory legislationOrganisational approved rescue boat (aluminium or inflatable hull, propeller or jet impellor propulsion)Personal protective equipment, including protection from sun, heat, cold and protective footwear

Vessels may be launched from

BeachConstructed boat rampsImprovised sites


Hazards and environmental

conditions may include

Adverse weatherFast flowing streams and near still watersFloating and submerged debris and snagsFog or drizzleHeat and coldRocksSea conditionsSurfTime pressureUnderwater hazards such as underwater powerlines and fences reduced visibility due to after dark operations

Disabled vessel may include

Damaged outboard equipmentDislodged loadMechanical faultStructural fault

Towing techniques may include

Come alongsideDouble or single bargingRafting upStern lineTowing sling

Recovery methods are described in

The Australian Emergency Manual – Flood and Inland Waterways Rescue

Rescue boat search procedures are

described in

The Australian Emergency Manual – Flood and Inland Waterways Rescue

Relevant standards for conducting rescue boat search procedures are

contained in

Manufacturer’s guidelinesState and Territory legislation for boat operationThe Australian Emergency Manual – Flood and Inland Waterways Rescue


include

Activity reportsMedical informationNotes or sketches and other relevant information required for potential coronial or other legal proceedingsVehicle and vessel running logs

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to work and manoeuvre the vessel safely while participating in a rescue boat operation


Pre-requisite units: PUASAR009A Participate in an aquatic rescue operation

Co-requisite units: PUACOM001B Communicate in the workplacePUAEME001A Provide emergency carePUAOPE002A Operate communications systems and equipmentPUALAW001A Protect and preserve incident scene



Composition of team, and roles and responsibilities of team membersDriving motor vehicles towing trailersEffects of driving and crewing under adverse conditions including fast flowing water, surf and sea conditionsLocal hazards and environmental threatsLocal operating procedures and organisational standardsNature of the sea and surf hazardsPersonal hygiene protocolsReconnaissance processesRelevant State or Territory legislation, management and inter-service arrangementsRescue techniquesRoles and responsibilities of, and relationship with, other emergency servicesState or Territory regulations for boat operationVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques including hand signals and language style

Underpinning skills Ability to return equipment to organisational readiness after use, including appropriate wash-down and motor flushBacking and manoeuvring boat-trailersCasualty handlingClear interpersonal communication as driver of the vesselConfident and safe boat handling skills, including rescue of persons and recovery of objects from the waterConstant monitoring of hazards and application of safety principlesEmergency drillsKnots and lashings for securing small boatsWorking in a team

Resource implications Access to equipment used in rescue boat operations is essential and access to suitable sea or surf conditions is desirable


Competency should be demonstrated over one or more exercises, scenarios or incidents. Confident boat handling is developed over time, and requires practise before assessment

Competency may be demonstrated through questioning during and after an exercise, scenario or incident, hypothetical questioning and written or oral descriptions, or discussions or feedback during a debrief

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in actual or simulated conditions and should include a range of operations including evacuations, searches and rescues in open sea, rivers, lakes or surf environments, and in a range of water conditions ranging from shallow, slow moving water to fast flowing torrents or surf


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 3 3 2 2 2 2

Search as a member of an aquatic search team

UNIT NAME Search as a member of an aquatic search team


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to search for and locate lost persons and/or items as a member of an aquatic search team including inland rivers, lakes, dams, surf zones and oceans, in a range of search terrain.

While normally undertaken in boats, aquatic searches may also include cliff searches and searches assisted by aerial support or other craft.

Search operations are normally conducted in support of police and may include searches for missing persons, objects and/or evidence.


1. Prepare for aquatic search

1. Search operation information and task information is obtained and discussed with team members

2. Task information is used to determine personal equipment needed for search operation

3. Search equipment is selected and checked for serviceability, and stored/packed for use

4. Faulty equipment is reported to the supervisor

2. Participate in search 1. Specified team roles and functions are carried out in accordance with operational and task information

2. Search formation or grids are used to locate missing persons or objects

3. Search boundaries are marked in line with task requirements

4. Observation skills are applied, and any clues or objects located are reported immediately in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

5. Communication is maintained throughout the search with team members

6. Personal capabilities and limitations are recognised and referred to the team leader

3. Maintain search safety

1. Search safety procedures are implemented2. Survival techniques are applied when necessary3. Lost searcher procedures are implemented when necessary

4. Recover person or findings

1. Team leader is immediately advised of located persons or findings in accordance with the organisation’s procedures

2. Persons or findings are recovered and treated using appropriate search safety procedures

3. Initial preservation procedures are implemented to maintain the integrity of evidence

4. Initial scene preservation is conducted in line with the organisation’s requirements


5. Complete recall and stand down procedures

1. Search equipment is recovered, cleaned and maintained in accordance with manufacturers’ guidelines and organisational procedures

2. Operational debriefing is participated in and operational documentation is completed to organisational standards

3. Where identified, symptoms of operational stress are recognised and reported

RANGE STATEMENT

Search terrain may include

Bays and riversLakes and damsOceanSandSteep rock areasSurf

Aquatic searches may be conducted under

conditions which include

Hazardous environmental conditions including: adverse weather after dark operations difficult sea and surf conditions time pressure dangerous marine creatures

Ocean or inland environmentsOperating as part of a multi-agency response

Task information may include

Emergency rendezvous pointsNumber, nature and description of persons or objects that are the focus of the searchCommand, control and coordination arrangementsOcean, surf and sea environmental informationOperating areaPotential hazardsTime constraintsWeather forecast

Search equipment used may include

Compass or other positioning equipmentFoodMaps and chartsNotebook and pencilPersonal first-aid equipmentPersonal hygiene itemsPersonal protective equipment, especially lifejackets, EPIRBs, wet weather gear, cold weather clothing, sun protectionRadio communications equipmentWater

Search formations may include

Creeping line search patternSquare search pattern

Observation skills may include

Picking up on physical cuesScanning



Auslan gesturesCalming and reassuring a casualtyFace-to-faceFacsimileFeedback of informationInformation technology systemsLand line telephoneMobile telephonePamphlets translated into other languages for persons from culturally and linguistically diverse backgroundsRadioSignalling systemsUse of interpretersWritten

Survival techniques may include

Conserving water, food and energyConstructing temporary sheltersLocating other craftLocating shelterObtaining waterSkills relevant to the local areas (such as cold, heat, sea conditions, aquatic conditions)


include

Notes or sketches of findingsOther relevant information required for potential coronial or other legal proceedings

Symptoms of operational stress may

include

FatigueHeadachesIllnessIndecisionIntoleranceLack of focusNausea

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to comply with search orders and to observe the safety of self and others at all times during the search

Assessment must also confirm the ability to correctly apply appropriate survival techniques, search safety procedures and lost searcher procedures throughout the search when required


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUATEA001A Work in a team


Composition of team and roles and responsibilities of team membersDuty of careLocal documentation requirementsLocal hazards and environmental threatsLocal operational briefing and debriefing proceduresLocal operating proceduresLost searcher proceduresMap readingObject recovery proceduresRecall proceduresRelevant State/Territory search management arrangementsRelevant occupational health and safety principles and practices


Requirements to preserve a crime scene and the preservation of evidenceSearch formationsSigns and symptoms of operational stressSurvival techniquesVerbal and non-verbal communication techniques including hand signals and language style

Underpinning skills Deal appropriately with clues and location of objects or causalitiesImplement lost searcher proceduresMaintain search informationObservationSpacing and boundary markingSurvival techniquesUse appropriate personal protective equipment correctlyWorking in a team

Resource implications Access to an appropriate environment to conduct the search operation in is essential. It may also be necessary to include other organisations in the operation such as police, helicopter rescue, marine search and rescue, other aquatic organisations


Competency should be demonstrated over time during an extended day/night activity during which a variety of searches for persons and objects are undertaken

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in an actual or simulated search environment by observing the individual carry out a number of search activities relating to various search scenarios


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 1 2 1 2 2

Apply surf awareness and self-rescue skills

UNIT NAME Apply surf awareness and self-rescue skills


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to deal with surf awareness and self-rescue skills to safely participate in activities in the surf environment.

This unit is based on SROSRF001A Apply surf survival and self rescue skills.


1. Demonstrate knowledge of the surf environment

1. Potential hazards and environmental conditions of the surf environment are identified

2. Characteristics of different types of waves and their impact on surf safety are used to identify safe surfing locations

3. Distinguishing features of rips, gutters and sweeps are identified and used to determine the most suitable surfing venue

4. Different types of beaches and the safety aspects of the beach structure are identified

2. Apply surf skills and techniques

1. Techniques for survival in the water are demonstrated2. Ability to avoid personal safety and environmental hazards

while in the water is demonstrated

3. Demonstrate self-rescue techniques

1. Ability to negotiate the surf in the prevailing conditions is demonstrated using craft and without craft

2. Ability to get back to the shore in the prevailing conditions is demonstrated, using craft and without craft

3. Strategies to implement when not able to self-rescue or return to shore unassisted are identified and applied

RANGE STATEMENT

Hazards and environmental

conditions may include

Dumping wavesLarge wavesLateral currentsMarine creaturesOther surfers or swimmersOther equipmentOwn equipmentRipsSandbarsShorebreaks

Characteristics of different types of waves

include

Impact of white wash higher than wave itselfPlunging (dumping)Steep, powerful, dangerousShallow water depthSpilling (crumbling)

deeper water wave face less steep wave slower to break


Distinguishing features of rips include

Darker blue/green foam or debrisLack of wavesRippled surface

Techniques for survival may include

Attracting attention of lifesaver/lifeguard or others who may be able to helpFloating and treading waterRecognising hazards and keeping a safe distance from hazardsSwimming or paddling diagonally across rips

Personal safety/environmental

hazards include

HydrationHypothermiaSun safety

Craft may include BodyboardsHandboardsHard surfboardsSit on top kayaksSoft surfboards

Prevailing conditions are influenced by

Availability of assistanceImminent hazardsImminent risksSize of the surf

Strategies when not able to self-rescue may

include

Floating and treading water Remaining with craft where possibleUsing recognised signals for assistance

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to apply sufficient knowledge of surf conditions, factors that affect these conditions and survival techniques

In particular, assessment must confirm the ability to apply this knowledge to negotiate the surf and return through the surf




Effects of wind, tide, swell and ocean floor on surf conditionsFeatures and signs of rips, gutters, sweeps and currentsSurf awareness including knowledge of beach safety zonesSurf hazardsSurf survival techniquesSelf-rescue techniquesTypes of waves and their characteristic features

Underpinning skills Paddle surf craft and use rescue tubesSwim in the surf in moderate conditionsUse recognised signals

Resource implications Access to a surf beach with prevailing conditions appropriate to the level of activity and suitable craft


Competency should be demonstrated over time in order to ensure consistency of performance over the Range Statement and contexts applicable to surf lifesaving


Context of assessment Competence should be assessed while participating in lifesaving activities or in a simulated environment and under a range of weather conditions


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Work in an aviation environment

UNIT NAME Work in an aviation environment

UNIT CODE PUAAMS001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to work effectively as a crew member.


1. Work effectively as a member of a search and rescue crew

1. Functions and responsibilities are determined from policies and procedures

2. Contact/call-out arrangements and requirements are determined from organisational documents and personal employment requirements

3. Factors which impede or disqualify persons from performing safe and effective aircrew duties are determined from policies and procedures

4. Communication equipment, terminology and procedures are utilised in accordance with policies, procedures and company operation’s manuals to ensure safe and effective operations during flight

5. In-flight performance is maintained in accordance with policies, procedures, and company operations manuals

2. Work safely in an aviation environment

1. Safety procedures for working in and around aircraft are determined from policies and procedures

2. Cabin/load security and dangerous goods requirements are determined in accordance with policies and procedures and in consultation with the pilot-in-command

3. Appropriate manual handling strategies are applied when loading the aircraft in accordance with policies and procedures

4. In-flight hazards are managed in accordance with policies and procedures, organisational operations manuals and pilot-in-command instructions

3. Respond to aircraft emergency situations

1. Aircraft cabin, load and occupants are prepared for impact2. Firefighting equipment is used to protect occupants and

the aircraft from fire3. Escape/evacuation plan is implemented in accordance with

policies and procedures4. Emergency care is provided to injured occupants as

required5. Life and health of survivors are supported and maintained6. Survival plan is implemented


1. Manifests, load sheets and other pre-flight documents are completed in accordance with policies and procedures

2. In-flight operations log is completed in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Debriefing documents and other post flight reports are completed in accordance with policies and procedures


RANGE STATEMENT

An aircraft may include A fixed wing or rotary wing aircraft engaged in searchinterception and escortstores droppingrescue or medical evacuation operations over land or sea by day or night

Safety procedures for working in and around aircraft may

include

being familiar with aircraftappreciation of aircraft capabilitiesapproaching rotary wing aircraftterrain-related issues

Search and rescue crew members may include

National Search and Rescue ManualSearch and Rescue Manual for Civil Search and RescueUnit Pilots and DropmastersSearch and Rescue Manual for ObserversCivil Aviation Regulations (CARs)Civil Aviation Orders (CAOs)Aeronautical Information Publications (AIPs)En route Supplementary Australia – Emergency Section (ERSA)Applicable Aircraft Flight Manual and Civil Search and Rescue Unit Operations manual

Escape/evacuation plan may include

evacuating personnel and equipment from the aircraft

Life is supported and maintained may include

aircraft componentssurvival equipmentnatural materials being utilised to provide protection from environmental hazards to aid in location and to maintain the health of survivors

Survival plan may include giving consideration to psychologicalphysiologicalmedial and environmental issues

Organisational documents may include

emergency service pilots and proceduresaircraft operator company operations manualsand memoranda of understanding

Factors which may impede or exclude safe performance

may include

physicalphysiologicalpsychologicalpathological and psychosocial and may include such things as motion sicknesspoor eye sightpregnancyfatiguepoor general healthdrug and/or alcohol affected

The flight may include over-night deploymentinternational travel


Personal requirements may include

passportsadditional clothing refreshments as required for long term/long distance travel

Communications equipment may include

aircraft intercommunications equipment and portable radio transceivers

Terminology and procedures may include

standard aviation and agency specific terminology and procedures associated with Search and Rescue operations

In-flight crew performance may be maintained by

rotation/rest schedulesprevention of motion sicknessduty reassignment or reallocation for people found unsuitable for certain tasks

Safety procedures for working in and around aircraft may

relate to

aircraft propellers and bladesrefuelling operationssmokingloose articlesdanger areasno step/push areas and airside security

Dangerous goods may include Search and Rescue related pyrotechnicsweapons and ammunitionpetroleum fuels

In-flight hazards may include opening doors/windowsmoving around the aircraftoperating near open doorsloose articles in the cabindispatching itemsoperating electronic equipment

Firefighting equipment may include

dry chemical powdervaporising liquidcarbon dioxide and foam extinguishers

Emergency care includes pre-hospital emergency care as described in workplace emergency care qualifications which meet State and Territory OH&S requirements

Survival equipment may include

inflatable life-jacketsinflatable life-raftssurvival kitselectronic location beacons

Environmental hazards may include

marine environmentsextremes of heat and colddangerous creatureshydration and nutrition limitations


Physiological factors may include

health and fitnessheat loss rateshydration and nutritioninjurysurvival time predictions

Rescue factors may include

predicted time to rescuerescue vehicle typesvisibility and location of targetrescue systemsrescue crew competencepriority of survivors

Pre/post-flight documentation may

include

search briefing and debriefing formsmanifestsload sheetsflight logspost flight reports

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Operate safely and effectively as a crew member in an aviation environment


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAAMS002A Search as a member of

an air search teamPUATEA001A Work in a teamPUATEA004B Work effectively in a public safety organisationPUATEA003A Lead, manage and develop teams

Underpinning knowledge Evidence of:a knowledge of aircraft accidental hazards and responsean understanding of airside safety and aircraft safetyan understanding of appropriate air traffic control procedures and terminologyan understanding of appropriate aviation meteorologyan understanding of aviation technology and communication proceduresan understanding of manual handling hazards and techniquesan understanding of Search and Rescue functions and responsibilities

Underpinning skills The ability to:communicate information orally and in writingcomplete Search and Rescue documentationharnesses and emergency exits operate aircraft doorsoperate aircraft intercom systemsoperate aviation survival equipmentoperate firefighting equipment


Resource implications An appropriate training location/venue and access to aircraft and survival equipment required for learning and assessment activities


In order to assess these performance criteria it may be necessary for evidence to be collected over a period of time in a context of rescue operations

Context of assessment Evidence can be collected on the job but may be undertaken in a simulation


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 2 2 1 1 2

Search as a member of an air search team

UNIT NAME Search as a member of an air search team


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to conduct air search observation duties during an air search operation.


1. Prepare for search operations

1. Operational briefing is obtained from relevant search and rescue authority

2. Aircraft is configured and loaded in accordance with policies, procedures and pilot-in-command instructions

3. Involvement in briefings is undertaken in accordance with policies and procedures and relevant documentation

4. Incident information is used to determine personal equipment needed for search operation

2. Conduct search operations

1. Scanning distance is identified and aircraft windows are marked in accordance with organisational procedures

2. Search briefing is reviewed en route to task area in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Impediments to effective observation techniques are identified and appropriate adjustments made in accordance with policies and procedures

4. Observation technique is applied in accordance with policies and procedures

5. Search equipment is operated to maximise sighting and identification effectiveness in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Investigate sightings 1. Sightings are reported and maintained in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Sightings are investigated in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Sightings are logged and communicated to the relevant search and rescue authority in accordance with policies and procedures

4. Communicate outcome search

1. Signals are identified in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Communications are logged and communicated to the relevant search and rescue authority in accordance with policies and procedures


RANGE STATEMENT

Relevant search and rescue authorities may

include

Rescue Coordination CentreState and Territory SAR authoritypilot-in-command

Search operations may include

fixed wing or rotary wing aircraft engaged in the location, identification and communication with persons in distress on land or sea by day or night. This includes searching for evidence of the remains of vehicles. It also includes other Search and Rescue associated duties such as the placement of electronic beacons for use as search datums and drift indicators

Policies and procedures may vary between

sectors and organisations and may

include

legislation relevant to the operation/incident/response legislation relevant to the organisationjurisdictional requirementsoperationalcorporate and strategic plansoperational Standing Operating Proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standardsaircraft flight manuals

Impediments to observation

techniques may include

aircraft structureglaredirty or damaged windowsweatherenvironmental conditionsaircraft flight angle

Observation techniques may include

scanningsaccading

Search equipment may include

binoculars and other magnification equipmentradarinfra-redradio direction finding equipmentvideo/camera equipmentnight vision equipment

Sightings may include debrisdamaged or discoloured vegetationoil slicksreflectionslightssmokeburned areasunusual colours, shapes or movements in the environment floating objects

Targets may include personsvehicleswreckageaircraft crash sitesships and small craft


Target markers may include

smoke/flame pyrotechnicselectrical lightselectronic beaconsdyestreamersbuoys

Signals may include ground to air emergency signal codeinternational code of signalssignal panelsMorse codeimprovised signals

Communications equipment may

include

radio transceiversmobile telephonesheliographssignal panelsmessage bags

Sightings are maintained to

keep the target in sight

Search briefing is reviewed to

utilise the time en route to optimally prepare the searchers

Briefings may include taskcrewpre-flightsafety aircraft equipment

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Knowledge and skill in the safe dispatch of target marking and communications equipment from aircraft in flight


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAAMS001A Work in an aviation

environmentPUATEA001A Work in a teamPUATEA004B Work effectively in a public safety organisation PUAEME001A Provide emergency carePUATE003A Lead, manage and develop teams

Underpinning knowledge Evidence of:a basic understanding of search planninga basic understanding of the physiology of sightan understanding of factors which may indicate evidence of a search targetan understanding of observation techniques and procedures an understanding of signalling/message equipment and proceduresan understanding of target marking equipment and procedures


Underpinning skills The ability to:communicate information clearly within the search teammake decisions based on available informationselect and use available technology appropriate to the search task

Resource implications An appropriate training location/venueAccess to aircraft and equipment required for learning and assessment activitiesFlight operations for learning/skills development and assessment


In order to assess these performance criteria it may be necessary for evidence to be collected over a period of time



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 2 1 1 2 2

Conduct stores dropping operations

UNIT NAME Conduct stores dropping operations


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit applies to the Dropmaster/Loadmaster’s role. It does not cover to competency to control and position the aircraft for dropping operations.


1. Configure aircraft 1. Stores are prepared prior to loading on aircraft in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Search briefing is obtained from relevant Search and Rescue authority

3. Aircraft is configured for drop operations in accordance with the applicable Flight Manual

4. Protective surfaces are installed and protective tape applied in accordance with policies and procedures

5. Stores are checked and secured in accordance with policies and procedures

6. Principles of internal loading of cargo are complied with when loading the aircraft in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Locate target 1. Distance estimation methods are employed to identify target position in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Initial target marking smoke is prepared and dispatched to mark target area in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Visual sighting of target is maintained during stores dropping in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Dispatch stores 1. Reference markers are dispatched under the pilot’s directions and in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Stores are dispatched under the pilot’s directions and in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Visual sighting of target is maintained during stores dropping in accordance with policies and procedures

4. Reconfigure aircraft 1. Equipment is removed and checked for serviceability in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Items of stores used are annotated on the incident form


RANGE STATEMENT

Configure may include Removing doorshatchesfurnishingsfittingsoutfitting with specialist equipmentcrew equipment

Policies and procedures protocols may include

National Search and Rescue ManualSearch and Rescue Manual for Civil Search and Rescue Unit Pilots and DropmastersCivil Aviation Regulations (CARs)Civil Aviation Orders (CAOs)Aeronautical Information Publication (AIPs)En route Supplement Australia – Emergency Section (ERSA)Applicable Aircraft Flight Manual and Civil Search and Rescue Unit Operations manual

Stores may include Safety knivestimerDropmaster bagSeeblitz (strobe marker) life-raftsheliboxespyrotechnic and electronic reference markersstores delivery systemspumpsstorepedoessearch and rescue datum buoyair droppable search and rescue radio

Distance estimation methods may include

using clock method

Hand signals may include 30 seconds to drop10 seconds to dropdrop and abort

Secure may include stowing storesusing netstie-down straps and static line cord

Incident report may include search and rescue incident reportpolice incident reports

Emergency situations may include

drop abortinadvertent raft inflationemergency ejection of the loadinadvertent smoke activation in-flightcanister-related situations (including static line falling to separatehang-up of delivery system)


EVIDENCE GUIDE

Critical aspects of evidence to be

collected

Stores are prepared and secured safely and dispatched under the pilot’s directions


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUAAMS001A Work in an aviation

environmentPUATEA001A Work in a teamPUATEA004B Work effectively in a public safety organisation PUAEME001 Provide emergency care

Underpinning knowledge actions to be carried out in the event of in-flight emergenciesarming procedures for pyrotechnic markers and general operation of electronic markersburning times of pyrotechnic markersfrequencies of electronic markersgeneral operation of light emitting markersinherent dangers of handling pyrotechnic devicesmaximum and minimum weight of a loaded heliboxmeaning of the hand signals relayed by other crew members during a stores dropping operationOH&S considerations as they pertain to operating within an aircraft during stores dropping operationsprinciples of teamwork

Underpinning skills An ability to:check ancillary Search and Rescue equipment for serviceabilityhandle pyrotechnic devices in a safe manneroperate safely around aircraftwork in a crewed environment

Resource implications On job assessment may entail additional costs





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 2 1 1 2 2

Coordinate search and rescue resources

UNIT NAME Coordinate search and rescue resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to identify, procure and task human and physical resources for Search and Rescue. The requirement to coordinate resources may be national, State and Territory and regional levels.


1. Obtain required resources

1. Tasks are prioritised and analysed to determine resource requirements in accordance with the rescue plan

2. The availability of required resources is determined using intelligence gathering methods

3. Strategies for obtaining the required resources are identified as determined by the necessities of the Search and Rescue activity in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

2. Organise resources 1. Resources are assessed and allocated in accordance with their suitability for the task, equipment carried and availability consistent with organisational policies and procedures

2. Resources are coordinated to ensure timely completion of tasks within physiological and environmental constraints

3. Personnel are encouraged and motivated to complete tasks consistent with organisational policies and procedures

4. Personnel needs are continually reviewed in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

5. Support considerations for personnel are taken into account in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

6. Resource needs are continually reviewed based on intelligence

3. Liaise with supporting authorities

1. Contacts are identified in supporting authorities to facilitate liaison and cooperation

2. Details of contacts and resources/services are recorded and maintained in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

3. The role and support capabilities of other Search and Rescue authorities are determined through liaison, consultation and exchange of information in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Advising, activation and deactivation procedures for other Search and Rescue authorities and agencies are initiated in accordance with policies and procedures


RANGE STATEMENT

Intelligence gathering methods may include

Interrogating databasesmaking phone calls

Resources may include Human resources – personnel within own work area and other areas and personnel from outside statutory bodies/agenciessuch as:

Australian Defence Force (ADF)policevoluntary agenciesowners/agentsoffshore mineral/energy facilitates and international agencies

Physical resources:equipmentfacilitiesvehiclesvesselsaircraftfuelaccommodationcomputer-based Search and Rescue systemsADF/police assetscommunications systems and stationery

Organisational policies and procedures

protocols may include

National Search and Rescue ManualInternational Search and Rescue Manual and reference textslegislation relevant to the operation/incident/responselegislation relevant to the organisationoperational, corporate and strategic plansoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standards

Physiological constraints may include

hypothermiahyperthermiaphysical conditionagesexmental conditionhealth

Environmental constraints may

include

terrainweather conditions

Human resource support considerations may

include

welfarehealth (mental and physical)safetyovertimetransportcommunicationsmanagement of stressoccupational health and safety


Strategies for obtaining resources may

include

conducting a cost/benefit analysis and risk analysisformal applicationsboth internal and externalverbal requests

Contacts may include individuals within organisationssections of an organisation(s) or general members of the public

Search and Rescue (SAR) authority is

one of the designated search and rescue authorities in Australia and overseas as defined in the National Search and Rescue manual

Support considerations may include

revising make-up of shiftsmeals and refreshmentsbreaksaccommodationfuel

Reference publications/material

/documents may include

IMO ManualICAO ManualNATSAR ManualMERSAR ManualOrganisational policies and procedures

Databases may include AusSARSAR light calculatortidal predictionsconversion tablesSAR datumMaritime SAR planningSkyglobeTSDSightmasterSHRCOORDSVector calculatorSOS

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Identify and obtain relevant resourcesKnowledge in allocating appropriate assets to suit the situationAssessing the capabilities and limitations of assets and continual review of resources


Pre-requisite units: NilCo-requisite units: PUACOM003A Manage information

PUATEA001A Work in a teamPUAAMS007A Coordinate search and rescue operations


Underpinning knowledge Evidence of:accessing the various databases for contact names/numbers for resource allocationtypes of assets that are suitable for situations including: land search maritime search coastal searchdurationequipment range and performances of resources available for Search and Rescuepolicy relating to the secondment of Australian Defence Force assets for Search and Rescueeach person’s role within the Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC)understanding of organisational policies and proceduresunderstanding of personnel entitlements and administrative proceduresunderstanding of occupational health and safety requirementsunderstanding of technical maintenance state of Search and Rescue resources

Underpinning skills The ability to:collect and analyse informationcooperate as part of a team with minimum supervisioneffectively communicate and consult with a range of individuals by a range of means including fax, telephone and face-to-facenegotiate

Resource implications On job assessment will not entail additional resources However, rosters may need to be amended in order for simulation eg Search and Rescue exercise (SAREX) to be effected


In order to assess these performance criteriait may be necessary for evidence to be collected over a period of time

Context of assessment Evidence can be collected on the job or may be undertaken in a simulation


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 2 3

Coordinate search and rescue operations

UNIT NAME Coordinate search and rescue operations


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency to coordinate a Search and Rescue incident.


1. Prepare search plan 1. Search and rescue assets and potential assets are identified and recorded in databases

2. Strategic and tactical objectives are identified in accordance with unit plans

3. Strategies to achieve objectives are identified in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Risk management strategies are identified and incorporated/conducted in accordance with policy guidelines

5. Information management strategies are identified and applied in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

6. Search and Rescue procedures and policies are communicated to interested and affected persons, groups and organisations in accordance with the needs of those people

2. Apply datum search planning principles

1. A last known/most probable position is established from available data

2. Initial search procedures are implemented in accordance with the National Search and Rescue manual

3. Calculations are made to establish intended track/area/position in accordance with planned route

4. Time frame for survival of the missing person(s) is calculated in accordance with policies and procedures protocols

5. Physiological and environmental factors are determined as a basis for decision making

6. A search area is calculated consistent with organisational policies and procedures

7. Search pattern and track spacing is determined consistent with organisational policies and procedures

8. A probability of detection factor is calculated consistent with organisational policies and procedures

9. Acceptability of probability of detection factor is evaluated consistent with organisational policies and procedures

10. Search area is recalculated or redefined, determined by availability of assets, changing weather conditions and search time available


3. Apply rescue-planning principles

1. The nature of problem/distress is determined in accordance with the available information

2. Rescue resources are identified, mobilised and monitored consistent with organisational policies and procedures

3. Operational risks are assessed and minimised in accordance with policies, procedures and best practices

4. Survivor delivery points are identified in accordance with requirements and capability of the rescue platform

5. Physiological, geographic and medical factors are considered for rescue and delivery as per the situational requirements

6. Time factors are considered as per the situational requirements

7. The chosen solution is evaluated and reported against the determined criteria in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Evaluate operational direction

1. The search and rescue plan is implemented and amended as dictated by the requirements of the situation

2. A process of continual evaluation is applied in accordance with policies and procedures protocol

3. Contingency planning is conducted in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

4. Regular briefings and debriefings are conducted in accordance with organisational policies and procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Databases may include contact namestelephone numbersaddresses (where appropriate)aircraft/vessel detailsaircraft/vessel requirements Databases are maintained by updating details on a regular basis as determined by local policies and procedures

Assets may include aircraftincluding helicoptersAustralian Defence Force aircraftvessels and personnelpolice equipment and personnelcivilian vesselsvolunteer groupsclubs and associations

Strategic objectives may include

the systematic planning for the provision of Search and Rescue services and includes identification of emerging issues


Tactical objectives may include

the management of specific operations and includes resourcingcoordinatingreportingetc


National Search and Rescue manualinternational search and rescue manuals and reference textslegislation relevant to the operation/incident/response legislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plansoperational Standing Operating Proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standards

Last known/most probable position may include

gathering intelligence to establish:route takenlast verbal/radio or other contactknown patterns based on historical/routine datanavigation plan

Physiological constraints may include

hypothermiahyperthermiaphysical conditionagesexmental conditionhealth

Environmental factors may include

terrainweather conditions

Technical manuals documentation

or relevant publication may include

Search and Rescue manualsmedical chartsflight planssail plans

Information management strategies may include

communication flowuse of technologycompatibilityaudit trailsstandardised information reporting procedures and formats

Calculations may include using manual or computer systemsutilising compassesprotractorstime/distance/speed calculatorsrulers and formulaeCalculations include sweep width and track spacing calculations for personsvessels and aircraftcalculations in area – time – velocity – spacingprobability of detection factorstime/distance/speed calculationstime frame for survival and mobility calculations


Calculating a search area may include

the intended track/splash point/last known position and timevectorial factorswindcurrentdriftleeway and other weather factorspositional error and safety factors

Determining a search pattern and track spacing may

include

taking into account environmental factors including: weather conditionscurrentsterraintarget type including: persontype of vessel/life raft; and physiological factors including body massclothingmedical conditions and state of mind

Determining the nature of the problem may include

consideration of such factors as:size of areatime of daynumber of lives at risklocation/accessibilitycondition of survivorscapacity of available resources and speed of rescue platform(s)

Surviving delivery points may include

consideration of safe areas to alight survivorhospital facilitiesmedical facilities

Time factors may include time frame for survivalspeed of rescue platformtime of mobilisationtransit timesrescue platform endurance

Continual evidence may include

reviewing available datamonitoring changing weather conditionsmonitoring assets capabilitiesreassessing requirementsassessing available daylight for search

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Critical aspects of evidence Knowledge of defining the search areapreparing search and rescue plans and making recommendations to the Senior Search and Rescue Officer that are based on research




Underpinning knowledge Evidence of:a knowledge of potential rescue platforms’ capabilities and limitationsan understanding of coronial requirements in relation to SARan understanding of hypothermia/hyperthermia factorsan understanding of Risk Management principlesan understanding of the Personal Development Plan

Underpinning skills The ability to:a knowledge of coaching and team building conceptscollect and analyse informationdevelop a compromised search area to suit available assetseffectively communicate and consult with a range of individuals by a range of means including faxidentify potential search patterns and their use pertaining to terrainplan for resultstelephone and face-to-faceuse initiative to achieve goals

Resource implications On job assessment will not entail additional resources however, rosters may need to be amended in order for simulation eg Search and Rescue exercise (SAREX) to be effected



Context of assessment Competence must be demonstrable for the relevant work situation by day or night. The assessment for this unit is most effectively undertaken on the job but may be undertaken in a simulation eg Search and Rescue Exercise – (SAREX)


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Manage search and rescue operations

UNIT NAME Manage search and rescue operations


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competencies involved in managing Search and Rescue operations.


1. Develop strategies 1. Search and rescue parameters are identified based on information available

2. Search and rescue strategy is developed based on all information available

3. Required resources are identified in accordance with the strategy based on all available information

4. Strategy is evaluated and reviewed as determined by the input of all information and review of available resources

2. Coordinate team members

1. Team members are informed of the scenario and strategy, determined from outcome of review of all information and resource requirements

2. Team members are briefed on their roles and responsibilities and of the way the team will operate

3. Tasks are allocated to team members commensurate with their roles in the team and level of competence

4. Confirmation is gained from team member of an understanding of the scenario, their role and roles of others in the team

5. Performance of team members is monitored and reviewed as the scenario unfolds to determine ongoing requirements

6. Feedback from team members is received and relayed to others in accordance with operational policies and procedures

3. Liaise with internal and external authorities and agencies/organisations

1. Briefings are provided to the appropriate people in accordance with operational procedures

2. Resources are monitored and reviewed to determine changing requirements in accordance with operational procedures

3. Guidance and support are provided and sought to/from authorities and agencies in accordance with requirements

4. Manage communications systems

1. Communications systems are identified as appropriate to the situation and strategy

2. Communications systems are selected in accordance with requirements

3. Communications systems are managed to provide optimum capability


5. Manage Search and Rescue records

1. Records are managed to ensure quality and attention to detail in accordance with policies and procedures

2. Intended audience for written report is identified and expectations negotiated in accordance with policies and procedures

3. Content of report is accurate and written in a concise and logical manner in accordance with organisational requirements

4. Report is disseminated to the intended audience in a timely manner in accordance with organisational requirements

RANGE STATEMENT

Information may include specialist Search and Rescue information systemsSearch and Rescue authoritiesmembers of the publicvessel/aircraft ownersagents and operators both private and commercialvolunteer organisationsgovernment departmentsprofessional associations and event organisers

Resources may include maps/chartselectronic aidsmanualsinstructionspeopleequipmentfacilitiesvehiclesvesselsaircraftfuelaccommodationADF/Police assetscommunications systems and stationery

Specialist Search and Rescue information

systems may include

communications systemsCOSPAS-SARSAT and similar satellite systemsthe Australian Ship reporting system (AUSREP)the Great Barrier Reef reporting (REEFREP) and similar systems

Briefings may include providing information to team membersmembers of the publicexternal Search and Rescue authoritiesManager OperationsAustralian Maritime Safety Authority Public Relations personnelmedia

Means of determining understanding may

include

asking for a précis of briefingrepeating informationeye contact and facial expressionsproviding written and/or oral representation



National Search and Rescue manualinternational search and rescue manuals and reference textslegislation relevant to the operation/incident/response legislation relevant to the organisationoperationalcorporate and strategic plansoperational Standing Operating Proceduresoperational performance standardsorganisational personnel practices and guidelinesorganisational quality standards

Liaising may include face-to-face discussionsusing telecommunications facilitiesproviding written briefs

Guidance and support may include

telecommunications systems including telephonefax and telexelectronic communications systemssatellite communications systems

Records may include databaseslogs and files

Written report protocol will generally include

messaging systemscovering reports (overview of operationrecommendationsattachments)board reports and briefingsbriefings to governmentinitial advice formssearch and rescue logsmedia releases

Team members roles and responsibilities may

include

Intelligence gatheringallocation of assetsrescue planning

EVIDENCE GUIDE


An ability to assess information to form strategies and formulate plans based on strategies and the ability to convey the strategy to team members


This unit of competence may be assessed in conjunction with other Management and Professional Development units of competence

Underpinning knowledge Evidence of:a knowledge of coaching and team building conceptsa knowledge of durationa knowledge of the communications systems available within the Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC)a knowledge of the technical maintenance state of Search and Rescue resourcesabilities and competence levelsan understanding of management techniquesan understanding of OH&S requirementsan understanding of personnel entitlements and administrative procedurean understanding of team members capabilities


an understanding of the organisation’s policies and procedures protocolsequipmentrange and performance of resources available for search and rescue

Underpinning skills develop search and rescue strategies based on information availableeffectively communicate and consult with a range of individuals by a range of means including faxmake decisionsnegotiatetelephone and face-to-facewrite reports

Resource implications On job assessment will not entail additional resources However, rosters may need to be amended if simulation eg Search and Rescue exercise (SAREX) is selected as the method of assessment



Context of assessment Evidence can be collected on the job or may be undertaken in a simulation


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Identify, prevent and report potential workplace emergency situations

UNIT NAME Identify, prevent and report potential workplace emergency situations

UNIT CODE PUAWER001A

UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to identify and prevent the development of workplace emergency situations, or to minimise their consequences, and to report if emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems are compromised.

For this unit the term workplace is defined as the area encompassed by an individual’s responsibilities.

This unit: has been developed to cover the broad range of

emergencies and workplaces as considered in Australian Standard 3745—2002

covers the work required before the emergency services or specialist response team arrives

does not cover the specific use of equipment to prevent workplace emergency situations

is part of a suite of eleven workplace emergency response units of competency that has three streams

is part of the prevention stream


1. Identify, monitor and report situations that could lead to workplace emergencies

1. Situations that could lead to workplace emergencies are identified and reported according to workplace procedures and accepted safe practices

2. Immediate work area is routinely checked for any situations that could lead to emergencies

3. Hazardous work is monitored to ensure precautions and workplace procedures are followed

2. Identify, report and correct situations that could prevent workplace emergencies from being safely handled

1. Principles of operation of relevant emergency protection systems are identified

2. Principles of operation of relevant emergency control equipment are identified

3. Evacuation systems are identified4. Immediate work area is routinely checked according to

workplace procedures and accepted safe practices for any situations that could lead to emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems being made inoperable

5. Situations that could lead to emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems being made inoperable are identified, corrected and/or reported according to workplace procedures and accepted safe practices

6. Workplace procedures and accepted safe practices are regularly monitored and followed to ensure operability of emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems


RANGE STATEMENT

Emergencies must include those

emergencies identified by the workplace hazard

analysis, which may include

Animal or livestock emergenciesBomb threatBuilding invasion/armed invasionChemical, biological and radiologicalCivil disorderCriminal actsCyclones, including storm surgeDeliberate self-harmEarthquakeFailure of utilitiesFireFloodHazardous substances incidentsHostage situationsIndustrial accidentLetter bombMedical emergencySevere weather/storm damageStructural instabilityTerrorismTransport accidentToxic emissionVeterinary emergenciesWildfire

Workplaces include Workplaces, buildings and structures as outlined in Australian Standard 3745—2002

Situations that could lead to workplace emergencies may

include

Deficient or ineffective security arrangementsFailure to follow safe practicesFire/smoke hazardsPoor maintenanceUnreported faultsUnsafe practicesUnsafe storage and handling of dangerous goods and hazardous materials Unsafe use of electrical or mechanical equipment

Hazardous work includes the hazards

identified in the hazard analysis and may

include

Handling dangerous goods and hazardous materials (including waste)Hot workManufacturingUnsafe manual handlingUsing, mixing and/or moving chemicalsWorking at heights, in confined spaces, in poorly ventilated spaces or around noiseWorking around trafficWorking with plant and machineryWorking with unstable equipment or equipment that has deteriorated


Emergency protection systems may include

Automatic fire/leak/spill/movement detectorsCCTVCommunications systemsManual alarmsPassive installations, fire/smoke doors, fire wallsSecurity infrastructureSpecial hazard identification systemsSpill/leak containment systemsSprinkler and deluge systemsWarning systems

Emergency control equipment may include

Communications equipmentEscape equipmentFire/smoke detection, alarm, mitigation and suppression systemsFirst-aid kitsForcible entry toolsInitial response firefighting equipmentIsolation barriersPersonal protection kitsShower and eyewashSpill control kits/equipment

Evacuation systems include

Access, egressExitsProcedures

Situations that could lead to emergency

protection systems, emergency control

equipment and evacuation systems

being made inoperable may

include

Blocking egressCompromising security infrastructure or integrityEmergency lighting and/or exit lighting being damaged, missing or under serviceLocking or blocking exitsImpairing exits and/or pathways to exitsInterfering with alarm systemsNot replacing or replenishing used emergency equipmentNot reporting damage to emergency control equipment or facilitiesPropping open fire/smoke doors

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to identify emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems; to identify and report situations that may lead to or contribute to workplace incidents and/or emergencies




Underpinning knowledge Basic types, principles of operation and limitations of emergency protection systems and emergency control equipment typically installed in the workplaceHazards in the workplace that reduce the effectiveness of emergency protection systems and emergency control equipmentProcedures for identifying, minimising or preventing, correcting and reporting situations within the organisation that may lead to workplace emergenciesSafe practices applicable to the workplace that help to prevent emergenciesSituations in the workplace that may lead to emergenciesSituations that may make emergency protection systems and emergency control equipment inoperable

Underpinning skills Communicate effectively according to workplace procedures and accepted safe practices Identify hazards in the workplace that reduce the effectiveness of emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systemsMonitor the work area to identify new and emerging risks on an on-going basis

Resource implications Access to: scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations

that may be expected in the workplace appropriate emergency protection systems and

emergency control equipment relevant standards and workplace procedures


Competency should be demonstrated in the workplace

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in the workplace


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 1 1 1 N/A 1 1

Ensure workplace emergency prevention procedures, systems and processes are implemented

UNIT NAME Ensure workplace emergency prevention procedures, systems and processes are implemented


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to implement workplace emergency prevention procedures within a workplace or a defined group of workplaces.

The person undertaking this work may be supervising some people in the workplace.






1. Ensure workplace emergency prevention processes are implemented

1. Workplace emergency prevention inspections are carried out according to workplace procedures, safe practices and workplace emergency management plan

2. Situations that could lead to workplace emergencies are identified, mitigated or corrected, and recorded or reported according to workplace procedures

3. Processes are reviewed and reported according to workplace procedures

2. Ensure appropriate hazard analysis is undertaken and results are implemented

1. Workplace procedures are implemented to ensure that an emergency prevention hazard analysis in the area is routinely undertaken

2. Personnel are designated to implement the processes according to the hazard analysis

3. Workplace procedures are implemented to ensure personnel comply with identified emergency prevention processes

3. Ensure workplace emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems remain effective

1. Workplace procedures are implemented to ensure work practices do not interfere with the area’s emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems

2. Workplace procedures are implemented to ensure problems or deficiencies with area emergency protection systems, emergency control equipment and evacuation systems are corrected and reported according to workplace procedures


RANGE STATEMENT






Workplace emergency prevention

processes may include

AuditsInspectionsRecords that indicate equipment and systems operate within acceptable safety limitsTraining logs and recordsVisual checks

Situations that could lead to workplace

emergencies may include

Deficient or ineffective security arrangementsFailure to follow safe practicesFire/smoke hazardsPoor housekeepingUnreported faultsUnsafe practicesUnsafe storage and handling of dangerous goods and hazardous materials Unsafe use of electrical or mechanical equipment

Hazard analysis is Assessed either subjectively (non-quantitatively) or numericallyOngoing and dynamicPart of an emergency risk management processThe process of determining the degree of threat that is posed by one or more hazards to one or more resources, or the product of that process

Emergency protection systems may include

Automatic fire/leak/spill/movement detectorsCommunications equipmentCCTVFire/smoke doorsManual alarmsSecurity infrastructure


Special hazard identification systemsSpill/leak containment systems (sprinkler and deluge systemsWarning systems

Emergency control equipment may include


Evacuation systems include

Access, egressExitsProcedures

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to identify workplace emergency prevention procedures and to ensure these procedures are routinely implemented



Underpinning knowledge Basic types, principles of operation and limitations of emergency prevention and protection systems and emergency control equipment typically installed in the workplaceHazard analysis processesReporting proceduresWorkplace procedures to rectify problems

Underpinning skills CommunicateDelegateLeadershipOrganising

Resource implications Access to: scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations that

may be expected in the workplace relevant workplace hazard analysis results


Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies that could be expected in the workplace



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 1

Manage and monitor workplace emergency, procedures, equipment and other resources

UNIT NAME Manage and monitor workplace emergency, procedures, equipment and other resources


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to participate in the management and monitoring of workplace emergency prevention and control structures for a complex workplace or a defined group of workplaces.

It involves managing problems and resolving issues in relation to the organisation’s workplace emergency prevention process and emergency control structures.






1. Manage emergency measures and practices

1. Emergency prevention measures, practices and control equipment are identified, documented and disseminated according to the requirements of the workplace emergency procedures

2. Purchasing, installation and commissioning procedures are followed

3. Instructions in the safe and effective use and care of emergency control equipment are documented and disseminated

4. Situations that could lead to workplace emergencies are identified and recorded, and options for mitigating or avoiding these situations are formulated, tested and implemented

2. Manage emergency control equipment

1. Emergency control equipment maintenance requirements are specified and managed

2. Instructions and training are provided for on-site personnel in the care of emergency control equipment

3. Equipment maintenance is audited for compliance4. Emergency control equipment is assessed for useability and

accessibility and is reported according to workplace procedures

5. Procedures are followed to correct emergency control equipment defects and deficiencies

3. Record and report emergency control equipment and faults

1. Schedule for verifying and reporting faults is developed and implemented

2. Details and nature of faults are recorded and where possible rectified

3. Maintenance logs, records and tests are consulted and corrective action is verified

4. Reports on faults verified are provided in a timely manner and contain recommendations for improving verified faults


5. Frequency of occurrence of faults is monitored and reported according to workplace procedures

4. Monitor emergency control structures

1. Currency, compliance and appropriateness of the workplace emergency plan are monitored

2. Emergency control organisation activities are monitored to ensure they comply with workplace emergency plans, relevant standards and are appropriate for the workplace

3. Advice is provided to emergency planning committee and emergency control organisation

4. Compliance with relevant standards and statutory requirements is checked and appropriate recommendations are made where compliance is an issue

5. Implementation of hazard analysis recommendations is monitored

6. Representation on the emergency planning committee and emergency control organisation is monitored according to the workplace emergency plan, relevant standards and statutory requirements

7. Recommendations and reports are provided to stakeholders8. Training is provided and monitored in accordance with the

workplace emergency plan and statutory requirements

RANGE STATEMENT

Emergency prevention and control

structures may include

Emergency control organisationEmergency planning committee







Emergency prevention measures may

include

Emergency control equipmentEmergency evacuation systemsEmergency protection systems

Emergency control equipment may

include


Situations that could lead to workplace


Deficient or ineffective security arrangementsFailure to follow safe practicesFaults not being reportedFire/smoke hazardsPoor housekeepingUnsafe practicesUnsafe storage and handling of dangerous goods and hazardous materials Unsafe use of electrical or mechanical equipment

Emergency control equipment

maintenance requirements will

cover

Australian StandardsIndustry practices or needs identified as specific to the organisation or workplaceLegislative requirements including codes of practiceManufacturers’ guidelines

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to ensure compliance of workplace emergency procedures, emergency control structures, equipment and other resources with relevant standards and statutory requirements



Underpinning knowledge Characteristics, use and limitations of workplace emergency procedures and emergency control equipmentMaintenance requirements of workplace emergency procedures and emergency control equipmentPrinciples of emergency prevention Relevant legislation and standardsTypical applications of emergency prevention


Underpinning skills Analyse operational effectiveness of emergency control equipmentApply emergency prevention principlesImplement emergency prevention solutionsImplement maintenance auditing and fault reporting proceduresReport emergency prevention problems and suggestions for correction

Resource implications Access is required to: scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations that

may be expected in the workplace workplace emergency management plan workplace emergency procedures emergency control organisation policy documents emergency planning committee policy documents





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2

Respond to workplace emergencies

UNIT NAME Respond to workplace emergencies


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to recognise emergencies in the workplace, to report emergencies and to take appropriate action.

For this unit workplace is defined as the area encompassed by an individual’s responsibilities.

This unit: applies to all personnel within an organisation has been developed to cover the broad range of



is part of the workplace evacuation stream


1. Prepare for emergency situations

1. Current workplace emergency procedures to be used by employees and other workplace occupants are identified and followed

2. Emergency resources in the workplace are identified and located

3. Emergency response exercises are participated in according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Report emergencies and potential emergencies

1. Emergencies and potential emergencies are identified and reported according to workplace emergency procedures

2. People in any immediate danger from the emergency or potential emergency are alerted according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Respond to emergency warnings and advice

1. Emergency warnings and advice are responded to according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Instructions from emergency control response personnel are complied with during an emergency

3. Sources of additional information are identified and information is sought from relevant people if the situation is not clear

4. Evacuate from the work area

1. Need to evacuate from the work area is determined according to the level of immediate danger or instruction issued under the workplace emergency procedures

2. Work area is prepared for evacuation according to workplace emergency procedures and the nature of the emergency

3. Area of danger is evacuated according to workplace emergency procedures

4. Where it is safe to do so, assistance is provided to people who may require assistance

5. Evacuation procedures and instructions from emergency control organisation or emergency response personnel are followed


6. Alternative pathways or methods of evacuation are identified, assessed and chosen according to workplace emergency procedures if usual means of evacuation are blocked or endangered

7. Communication systems are used according to workplace procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

Emergencies must include those emergencies

identified by the workplace hazard




Emergency response exercises may

include

BriefingsDebriefingsEmergency exercises, simulations and reviewsTable/desk top exercises

Emergency warnings may include

Audible/visual alarmsAudible or vibrating pagersCoded or uncoded public address announcementsE-mailScreen alertsStench alarms

Providing assistance to people who may require assistance is part of the

indemnification as specified in AS 3745—2002 and may include

GuidanceReassuranceSupport


People who may require assistance may include

Babies and childrenPeople with a mobility, intellectual, visual, auditory or sensory impairment, either temporary or permanent, who require assistance during an emergency responsePeople from diverse cultural and linguistic backgroundsPeople who are injuredPeople who are not able to comprehend the instructions givenPregnant women

Instructions may include To evacuateNot to evacuateTo partially evacuateAlternative evacuationAny guidance from emergency response teamDesignated assembly areaEvacuation routes and destination Not to re-enter the evacuated area until directed by emergency personnelProtection in place/lockdownUse of response equipment

Emergency response personnel may include

Emergency control organisation membersCounsellors Emergency response team membersPolice, fire and emergency servicesPeer supportRecovery team

Emergency response personnel may be identified through

Prior advicePublicity eg armbands, helmets, caps, hats, uniforms, tabards, vests or other distinguishing/distinctive clothingWorkplace procedures

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to apply workplace procedures; to maintain own safety and the safety of others in emergency situations; and to follow workplace emergency procedures and the advice of emergency control organisation members



Underpinning knowledge Circumstances where evacuation may need to be modifiedEmergency reporting systems and procedures used on siteEmergency warning system, signals and instructions used on siteEvacuation alarms and workplace emergency procedures used at the workplaceLocation of assembly areas and post-evacuation actionsLocation of emergency equipment in the workplaceProcedures for reporting emergenciesRoles, responsibilities and authority of emergency personnel, emergency control organisation and emergency response teamTypes of emergencies, the hazards and the evacuation actions associated with each one


Type of workplace evacuation information to ask for when working in a new or unfamiliar areaWorkplace procedures

Underpinning skills Communicate effectively in an emergency situation as outlined in the workplace emergency proceduresIdentify an emergency/potential emergency


may be expected in the workplace appropriate emergency resources range of communication equipment relevant to the

workplace workplace emergency procedures and documentation


Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies that could be expected in the workplace including assisting people who may need assistance



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Operate as part of an emergency control organisation

UNIT NAME Operate as part of an emergency control organisation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to implement the emergency response specified in the workplace emergency procedures or specified by a person at a higher level in the emergency control organisation.

People who undertake this work will be working within the command, control and coordinate structure of the emergency control organisation.






1. Respond to emergency reports, signals and warnings

1. Emergency reports, signals and warnings are identified and appropriate action is taken

2. Emergency situations and possible further development are assessed and relevant action is taken according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Arrangements are made for people who may require assistance

4. Emergency stations are attended and operated according to workplace emergency procedures

5. Suitable identification is worn according to workplace emergency procedures and relevant standards

2. Initiate and control initial emergency response

1. Initial emergency response is initiated and carried out according to the workplace emergency procedures or authorised instruction

2. Evacuated areas are checked according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Results of the evacuation of an area are reported to the relevant person according to the workplace emergency procedures

4. People are accounted for appropriately after the evacuation and the results are reported to the relevant person according to the workplace emergency procedures

5. Persons not accounted for are reported in accordance with workplace emergency procedures

3. Anticipate the further development of emergencies

1. Emergency responses are based on the emergency management plan, taking into account the current situation and possible further development

2. Possible further development of emergency situations is continually assessed, reported to the relevant person and acted on according to workplace emergency procedures


4. Assist with post initial response

1. Emergency evacuation or alternative action is completed before any post initial response activities are undertaken

2. Post initial response activities are conducted under the control of the relevant person and are consistent with the workplace emergency plan

RANGE STATEMENT






Emergency reports, signals and

warnings may include


Further development may include

Air contaminationDanger of explosionEnvironmental impactInjury, loss of life or property Loss of communicationsLoss of containmentLoss of emergency resourcesReaction of people to the emergencyRelease of hazardous materialsRisk of cross-infection or contaminationRisk of increased threatening behaviourSpread of hazard/incident area Structural collapseThreat to adjoining/neighbouring areasVapours, fumes, gases


People who may require assistance may include


Emergency stations may include

Assembly or marshalling pointsDesignated telephone or intercomDesignated muster pointsEmergency control point Master emergency control pointWarden’s inter-communication point (WIP) phones

Identification may include

ArmbandsHelmets, caps, hatsUniformsTabards, vests or other distinguishing/distinctive clothing

Relevant standards may include

Relevant Australian Standards such as Australian Standard 3745—2002

Initial emergency response may include

To evacuateNot to evacuateTo partially evacuateAdvice or requests for emergency servicesAlternative evacuationAny guidance from emergency response teamDesignated assembly areaEvacuation routes and destination Not to re-enter the evacuated area until directed by emergency personnelProtection in place/lockdownRelocating or providing welfare services for evacuated personsRestricting entry to danger areasSearching floors or areasSupplying emergency equipmentUse of response equipment

Relevant person may include

Emergency control organisation membersEmergency services personnelPeople with overall evacuation control responsibility or a person delegated with this responsibilityPolice, fire and emergency services

Post initial response activities may include

Assisting with recovery activitiesAssisting with authorised restoration of normal activity Participating in debriefingProviding adviceRequests for emergency services or specialist response teamRelocating or providing welfare services for evacuated personsRestricting entry to danger areasSecuritySupplying emergency equipment


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to respond to emergency reports, signals and warnings appropriately; to supply clear directions under emergency conditions; to make decisions appropriate to the situation; to keep others appropriately informed; to respond according to the workplace emergency procedures; and to take on a leadership role consistent with the emergency control organisation



Underpinning knowledge Arrangements for evacuating people who need support Assessing and anticipating the progress of emergencies that might reasonably be expected in the workplaceCommand, control and coordinate function of the emergency control organisation Context of own role within the workplace emergency proceduresEmergency assessment and reporting proceduresEmergency reporting signals, alarms, warnings and proceduresEmergency response and operating proceduresMembers of the emergency control organisation and their roles and responsibilitiesEvacuation prioritiesHazard identificationPrecautions to be taken during emergencies and during an evacuationMethods of accounting for people during and after emergenciesNeed to keep the relevant person informed of the developing situationPost initial response emergency activitiesResponses to meet the various situationsWorkplace procedures

Underpinning skills Ability to relate to a range of people from a range of cultural, linguistic, social and ethnic backgrounds, and a range of physical and intellectual abilitiesApply methods of accounting for peopleAssist people who need assistanceCarry out a search pattern within an areaCommunicate clearly by the means specified in the workplace emergency procedures Contribute to emergency management planning Exercise leadership within a workplace emergency contextUse equipment assigned to assist with implementing the workplace emergency procedures

Resource implications Access to scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations that may be expected in the workplace






Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 2 2 1 2 1

Lead an emergency control organisation

UNIT NAME Lead an emergency control organisation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to make decisions about people’s safety during a workplace emergency and to give instructions on the priority order for responding to the emergency incident area.

People who undertake this work may act as the primary liaison with emergency services after their arrival.






1. Prepare for workplace emergencies

1. Possible emergency situations in the workplace are identified

2. Information on possible development and characteristics of typical emergency situations is gathered, assessed, analysed and applied according to workplace emergency plan

3. Emergency actions for typical workplace emergency situations and emergency developments are identified according to the workplace emergency plan

2. Apply command, control and coordinate aspects of workplace emergency procedures

1. Initial emergency response is initiated according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Initial emergency response is subsequently controlled and coordinated according to incident type and workplace emergency procedures

3. Suitable arrangements are made for the safety of people4. Welfare of evacuated people is arranged according to

workplace emergency procedures5. Emergency response priority activities are completed before

post initial response activities6. Assets are secured where safe to do so7. Post initial response activities are assessed and initiated in

consultation with emergency services8. Initial recovery activities are coordinated according to the

workplace emergency management plan

3. Control the response to emergency reports, signals and warnings

1. Emergency reports, signals and warnings are correctly identified or initiated

2. Action is taken to ensure emergency stations are attended and operated according to workplace emergency procedures and relevant standards

3. Emergency situations are assessed and appropriate action is taken according to workplace emergency procedures


4. Emergency response actions are controlled according to workplace emergency procedures

4. Coordinate reports and results of initial emergency response

1. Reports of areas affected by the incident are received or sought

2. Accounting for evacuated people is coordinated according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Results and reports of the initial emergency response are analysed according to workplace emergency procedures

5. Conclude incident 1. Action is taken to ensure ‘all clear’ is advised to appropriate people

2. Required information for debriefing is provided in a timely manner

3. Critical incident stress management is organised as appropriate

4. Reporting is undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures

RANGE STATEMENT






Development may include

Air contaminationDanger of explosionEnvironmental impactInjury, loss of life or property Loss of communicationsLoss of containmentLoss of emergency resourcesReaction of people to the emergencyRelease of hazardous materialsRisk of cross-infection or contaminationRisk of increased threatening behaviour


Spread of hazard/incident area Structural collapseThreat to adjoining/neighbouring areasVapours, fumes, gases

Initial emergency response may include


Welfare may include Arranging medical or first aid assistance where requiredArranging transportCollecting personal or critical items when safe to do soLiaising with counselling servicesRelocating evacuated persons to other areas

Post initial response activities may

include

Advice or requests for emergency servicesAssisting with recovery activitiesAssisting with authorised restoration of normal activity Participating in debriefingProviding adviceRequests for emergency services or specialist response teamRelocating or providing welfare services for evacuated personsRestricting entry to danger areasSearching floors or areasSecuritySupplying emergency equipment

Assets may include EquipmentInformationLivestockMachineryMaterialPlant

Emergency reports, signals and

warnings may include


Emergency stations may include

Assembly or marshalling pointsDesignated telephone or intercomDesignated muster pointsEmergency control point Master emergency control pointWarden’s inter-communication point (WIP) phones




Accounting for evacuated people

may be carried out by

Floor checksHead countsProvisions for people evacuated outside normal working hours or during other unusual workplace situations that can be reasonably anticipatedProvisions related to visitors, contractors and other staffRoll calls or checklistsTagging systemsVisitor registers

Results and reports may be reported to

Emergency teams or servicesSenior management

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to respond to emergency reports, signals and warnings properly; to give clear directions under emergency conditions; to make decisions appropriate to the situation; to keep others appropriately informed; to respond in accordance with the workplace emergency procedures; to take on a leadership role consistent with the emergency control organisation; and to operate in accordance with the command, control and coordinate framework of the emergency control organisation structures

Interdependent assessment of

units

Pre-requisite units: PUAWER005A Operate as part of an emergency control organisation



Accounting for evacuated persons and analysis of reports from evacuation areasActions to take in response to developing situationsCommand, control and coordinate frameworkEmergency plan and proceduresEmergency response reports or signalsEmergency response structure including external agencies and disaster plansEmergency risk assessment, response and coordination actionsHazard identification and precautions to be taken during emergencies and during an evacuationLiaison requirements of emergency servicesOwn role in the emergency plan and role and authority of the emergency servicesPeople’s typical behaviour in an emergencyRange of appropriate post initial response activities

Underpinning skills Ability to relate to a range of people from a range of cultural, linguistic, social and ethnic backgrounds, and a range of physical and intellectual abilitiesCommunicate clearly by the means specified in the emergency planInterpersonal communication




Competency should be demonstrated controlling an emergency response or a simulated emergency response



Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 2 3 3 1 3 2

Manage an emergency control organisation

UNIT NAME Manage an emergency control organisation


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to manage or to operate as part of the management of an emergency control organisation.

People who undertake this work would generally be members of an emergency planning committee.






1. Initiate a system of emergency response planning

1. A system of emergency alerting is planned, specified, implemented and maintained according to the workplace emergency plan, needs, resources and relevant legislation

2. A means of alerting people to the need for evacuation or other initial emergency response is provided in accordance with relevant legislation or appropriate standards

3. Emergency risk management process is developed and implemented according to legislative requirements and relevant standards

4. Emergency control organisation is established and trained to meet organisational needs and resources and the workplace emergency plan

5. Resources required to support the effective operation of the emergency control organisation are identified and allocated

2. Ensure emergency control organisation is in place

1. Possible emergencies are identified and defined and plans are developed to deal with them

2. Building plans are analysed for initial emergency response issues

3. Emergency response procedures are based on emergencies identified in the hazard analysis

3. Provide for initiation and control of initial emergency response

1. Procedures for initiating and controlling the initial emergency response are developed, implemented and communicated according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Suitable arrangements are established for the evacuation of people who need assistance

3. Plans provide for assets to be secured where safe to do so4. Plans provide for restricted access to the evacuated area5. Evacuation exercises are conducted to validate and amend

the procedures as required6. A system to account for all people during emergencies is

developed and implemented

1. Priorities for evacuation and post initial response activities are put in place


4. Provide for post initial response activities

2. Need for post initial response activities is considered and discussed with emergency services

3. Possible post initial response activities and procedures are documented in workplace emergency procedures

4. Workplace emergency procedures provide for initial emergency response activities being completed before post initial response activities are undertaken

5. Workplace emergency procedures provide for recovery activities to be identified and developed, and their implementation to be facilitated

5. Plan and implement emergency control organisation training

1. Training needs are identified and documented2. Relevant training is developed, implemented and regularly

reviewed according to workplace emergency plan, legislative requirements and relevant standards

3. Training covers topics identified in the needs analysis before a person is assigned emergency duties, when those duties are changed, or when a significant change occurs to the risk of emergencies at the workplace

4. Sufficient relevant refresher training, drills and exercises are conducted so that competencies needed by the workplace emergency initial response team are maintained

5. Resources required for training are identified and provided6. Training provided reflects the needs of the workplace, the

individuals and statutory requirements7. Qualified and experienced people are used to provide

training8. Feedback on training is sought and used to improve future

training

6. Provide advice and support for people in the post response and recovery phase

1. Provision is made for minimising adverse consequences to people involved, the environment and the organisation

2. A process is provided for debriefing to be undertaken according to workplace procedures

3. A process is provided for external support services to be accessed as necessary

4. Provision is made for liaison with the media to be undertaken according to organisation procedures

5. Provision is made for appropriate reports to be completed and processed according to organisation procedures

RANGE STATEMENT




Animal or livestock emergenciesBomb threatBuilding invasion/armed invasionChemical, biological and radiologicalCivil disorderCriminal actsCyclones, including storm surgeDeliberate self-harmEarthquakeFailure of utilitiesFireFloodHazardous substances incidentsHostage situationsIndustrial accidentLetter bomb


Medical emergencySevere weather/storm damageStructural instabilityTerrorismTransport accidentToxic emissionVeterinary emergenciesWildfire

Workplace includes Workplaces, buildings and structures as outlined in Australian Standard 3745—2002

Initial emergency response may

include




People who need assistance may include


Assets may include EquipmentInformationLivestockMachineryMaterialPlant

Accounting for all people during


Floor checksHead countsProvisions for people evacuated outside normal working hours or during other unusual workplace situations that can be reasonably anticipatedProvisions related to visitors, contractors and other staffRoll calls or checklistsTagging systemsVisitor registers


Post initial response activities may

include

Advice or requests for emergency servicesAssisting with recovery activitiesAssisting with authorised restoration of normal activity Participating in debriefingProviding adviceRequests for emergency services or specialist response teamRelocating or providing welfare services for evacuated personsRestricting entry to danger areasSearching floors or areasSecuritySupplying emergency equipment

Training may include BriefingsCoachingDrills or critiquesExercisesFormal and informal training sessionsInstructionsMeetingsMentoringOn-the-job and off-the-job trainingRegular testing

External support services may include

Community servicesCounselling servicesUnions

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to plan and prepare for the range of possible emergencies as identified by the hazard analysis



Underpinning knowledge Characteristics, limitations and use of emergency alerting systems and proceduresEmergency alerting needsHazard identification and the precautions to be observed during emergenciesLegislative requirementsMethods/priorities in managing media responses in emergency situationsOrganisation and its human resourcesPeople who may need assistance and the assistance they may requirePre-planning procedures to allow for the conduct of post initial response activitiesRoles and responsibilities under legislation of employers, managers, supervisors, employees and contractors Requirements under relevant standards and codes of practice Resources required to support an emergency control organisationSystems for controlling the entry of visitors, contractors and staff during an emergencyWorkplace emergency hazard analysis


Underpinning skills AnalyseChair meetingsManage projectsManage riskPlan

Resource implications Access is required to: scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations that

may be expected in the workplace hazard analyses emergency planning committee





Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 1 3 2

Confine small workplace emergencies

UNIT NAME Confine small workplace emergencies


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to confine small workplace emergencies.

Small workplace emergencies may include such incidents as a small fire that can be controlled using a nearby fire extinguisher; or a chemical spill that can be controlled using workplace personal protective clothing and equipment, and a small spill kit; or a workplace vehicle accident where there is no significant injury or damage.




is part of the initial response stream

This unit does not cover the competency required for first aid; there are other units that cover first aid competence such as PUAEME001A Provide emergency care.


1. Prepare for emergency situations

1. Possible workplace emergency situations and appropriate responses, within the range of current skills and relevant workplace emergency procedures, are identified

2. Relevant emergency resources are identified and their location is ascertained in the work area

3. Any problems with the serviceability of the emergency resources are identified and reported to relevant people in accordance with workplace procedures

2. Identify and assess the emergency

1. Emergency situation or potential emergency situation and risks are identified and the likely effectiveness of initial response action is considered

2. Advice in relation to emergency situation is sought according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Where initial response actions are considered unsafe or inappropriate, action is taken according to workplace emergency procedures

3. Safely confine emergencies where possible

1. Emergencies are confined to the immediate area according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Emergency resources are used within the individual’s limitations imposed by current skills, relevant workplace procedures and relevant legislative requirements

3. Emergency resources used to confine emergency situation are used in a manner that will promote and enhance safe work conditions


4. Use initial response equipment

1. Initial response equipment is checked to ensure its serviceability prior to use

2. Appropriate equipment is selected for use in emergency situations

3. Initial response equipment is used according to accepted safe practices and training

4. Use of equipment is coordinated with other emergency actions

5. Report workplace emergency response

1. Emergency situation response is documented and reported in accordance with workplace procedures

2. Use of initial response equipment is documented and reported according to workplace procedures

3. Initial response equipment is marked or positioned after use and reported to relevant personnel or authority to indicate if it requires servicing or replacing

RANGE STATEMENT



analysis where the impact on the work area

is limited, which may include



Emergency resources may include

Personal access bar codes/swipe cardsBarricadesCommunication systemsFire protection equipmentFirst-aid kitsMechanical ventilation and air handling equipmentPersonal protective equipmentSpill control kitsSurveillance equipment Warning signs


Initial response action may include

Activation of response teamActivation of suppression systemsAlerting othersContaining the emergencyEvacuating the areaRemoving people from dangerRemoving the emergencyRendering basic aid as requiredShut down proceduresUse of containment systemsUse of portable fire extinguishers, fire blankets or hose reels

Checking initial response equipment may

involve

Manufacturers’/company instructionsRelevant standardsWorkplace proceduresWritten instructions

Documentation and records may be used

to

Ensure equipment is restored to serviceInitiate incident investigationsRecord details of emergenciesReport follow-up actionReview own actions/performance appraisalUpgrade initial response equipment or procedures

Marking or positioning equipment after use

may include

Correctly disposing of contaminated spill absorbent Labelling/tagging with an appropriate label or tagLaying extinguishers on their sideNot replacing extinguishers on hooksReplenishing equipment

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to correctly identify the type of emergency that has occurred; to identify and take action to avoid or control any associated hazards; to use initial response equipment and techniques to safely and effectively control or contain the emergency



Underpinning knowledge Actions to be followed when initial response action is not safeAppropriate initial response equipmentFacilities that may be used to confine emergenciesHazards involved with initial response actionImplications of the incorrect use of equipmentLimitations of initial response equipmentLimitations of use of emergency control equipment or facilitiesMethods of extinguishmentSafe use of initial response equipmentSituations that must not be responded to because of the riskTypes of emergenciesWorkplace procedures


Underpinning skills Communicate in an effective mannerGive and follow instructionsImplement workplace proceduresRe-stow initial response equipmentRisk managementUse initial response equipment



Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies that could be expected in the workplace using initial response equipment

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in a simulated environment under conditions that safely replicate workplace emergency situations


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 1 1 1 N/A 1 1

Participate as a member of a workplace emergency initial response team

UNIT NAME Participate as a member of a workplace emergency initial response team


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to participate as a member of a workplace emergency initial response team. This team works in conjunction with the emergency control organisation in the control of workplace emergencies in their early stages prior to the arrival of emergency services or specialist response teams.





This unit does not cover the competency required for crisis management, recovery or restoration.


1. Prepare for workplace emergencies

1. Emergency equipment assigned for use by the initial response team is stored and maintained in a safe, accessible and serviceable state

2. Current workplace emergency procedures to be used by employees are identified and accessed

3. Risk assessment of initial response team activities is undertaken according to workplace procedures

4. Initial response team training activities are undertaken according to workplace emergency procedures and relevant legislation

2. Respond to workplace emergencies

1. Emergency is responded to according to workplace emergency procedures

2. Emergency situation is assessed for hazards and appropriate precautions against those hazards are implemented

3. Identified hazards are reported to people in danger and the initial response team leader

4. Instructions from the initial response team leader are confirmed and implemented safely and promptly

5. Appropriate equipment is selected and operated according to workplace emergency procedures

6. Situation is contained to the extent necessary to prevent an escalation of the emergency and to enable emergency services and specialist response team activity to be completed safely


3. Communicate with and complement other personnel

1. Effective communication with initial response team members and initial response team leader is constantly maintained

2. Activities are consistent with the initial response team leader’s plan of action and support the work of other initial response team members

3. Activities support the actions of other initial response teams4. Any injuries, accidents or near misses involving team

members are reported to the team leader

4. Assist with recovery from workplace emergencies

1. Evidence relating to the cause, origin and progress of the emergency is preserved and recorded as far as possible

2. Appropriate assistance is provided in accordance with the workplace emergency procedures

3. Emergency equipment is returned to a state of readiness as soon as is reasonably practicable

4. Debriefings are attended and participated in as appropriate

RANGE STATEMENT

Emergency services or specialist response teams may include

Ambulance/medical servicesCoast guardDefence workplace response teamsFire servicesOrganisational specialist response teamOrganisations identified as response or support agencies as defined in the appropriate state/territory and/or commonwealth legislationOther external agencies such as hazmat teams, bomb squads, animal rescue servicesPolice servicesRelevant state/territory and commonwealth authorities (such as environmental protection)Rescue services







Emergency equipment may include

Emergency vehicles, trailers, trolleys or cachesFire protection equipment Forcible entry toolsLife support equipment Monitors (or turrets)Personal protective clothing and equipmentRescue equipmentSpill or leak control kits

Hazards may include Chemical, biological, radiologicalClimaticElectricalEnvironmental ExplosiveFire MechanicalPsychological (eg critical incident stress)Noise relatedSecurity relatedStorm/floodStructuralThermalWildlife related

Precautions must include

Risk controls developed by using the hierarchy of controls, also called the safety decision hierarchy, with the priority being in order of: eliminate the hazard substitute with a lesser hazard isolate the hazard engineer controls i.e. guarding implement procedures to minimise risk use appropriate personal protective equipment

Other initial response teams may include

Damage controlEmergency control organisationFire teamFirst aidMaintenance Security

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to be prepared for a safe and prompt response to a workplace emergency; to identify hazards and implement appropriate precautions; to use equipment safely and effectively; and to work as a team member safely and effectively under the direction of a workplace emergency initial response team leader




Underpinning knowledge Alarm systems and associated equipmentAppropriate personal protective clothing and equipmentConcept of dynamic risk assessmentEquipment operating characteristics, limitations, hazards, precautions, procedures and general careGeneral emergency priorities and strategiesHazard analysisHazards and the precautions necessary during control activitiesProcedures for responding to alarmsSurvival, rescue and recovery proceduresTactics for safely handling specific emergenciesWorkplace emergency procedures

Underpinning skills Access and use protective clothing and equipment safely and effectively under emergency conditionsCommunication skills during emergenciesCare for protective clothing and equipmentInterpret and respond to alarm systemsRe-stow initial response equipment


may be expected in the workplace material safety data sheets workplace register of hazardous substances


Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies that could be expected in the workplace, including dealing with plausible contingencies

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in a simulated environment under conditions that safely replicate workplace emergency situations


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

1 2 1 2 1 2 1

Lead a workplace emergency initial response team

UNIT NAME Lead a workplace emergency initial response team


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to lead a workplace emergency initial response team in the control of workplace emergencies in their early stages prior to the arrival of emergency services or specialist response teams.






1. Prepare the team for workplace emergencies

1. Pre-incident planning sessions are conducted to familiarise team members with relevant workplace procedures and safe and effective actions to control workplace emergencies according to relevant legislative requirements

2. Processes are developed and implemented to ensure the competence of team members is developed and maintained

3. Discussions, practice drills and exercises are conducted in accordance with workplace emergency procedures

4. Emergency equipment is confirmed to be in a serviceable and accessible condition in accordance with standard/operating procedures

2. Coordinate the response to control workplace emergencies

1. Initial response team is made aware of the workplace emergency

2. Team’s response to the emergency is coordinated according to workplace emergency procedures, risk assessment and available resources

3. Situation and its likely development is constantly assessed, hazards are identified and appropriate precautions are applied and maintained to safeguard team members

4. Appropriate actions to safely control the emergency are selected, and contingency plans are developed and implemented if needed

5. Instructions to implement selected actions are conveyed to team members in a clear manner and confirmed with them

6. Actions chosen for the team to implement are consistent with available resources and the priority order of safely protecting self, other people and property where safe to do so

7. Team actions are monitored, recorded and adjusted if needed to ensure safe and appropriate action is maintained


3. Communicate with and coordinate personnel

1. Effective communication with team members is constantly maintained according to communication systems

2. Activities are consistent with the workplace emergency procedures and team members’ actions are coordinated

3. Team members’ actions are coordinated with the activities of other initial response teams

4. On arrival incident controller is briefed and control is transferred to the appropriate emergency services/specialist response team

5. Liaison is established with the responding emergency services or specialist response team, and all relevant information and support is provided to them

4. Lead team’s recovery from workplace emergencies

1. Team actions are coordinated to prevent a re-occurrence of the emergency and to enable recovery activities to be commenced safely

2. Appropriate assistance is coordinated, within the scope of the workplace emergency procedures

3. Equipment is checked, serviced and stored, replaced or disposed of, to ensure its readiness for use

4. Any injuries, accidents or near misses involving the team are reported and critical incident support services for the team are requested in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements

5. A debriefing of the team is conducted and an incident report is prepared and submitted according to workplace procedures

RANGE STATEMENT


Ambulance/medical servicesCoast guardDefence workplace response teamsFire servicesOrganisational specialist response teamPolice servicesRelevant state/territory and commonwealth authorities (such as environmental protection)Rescue servicesOrganisations identified as response or support agencies as defined in the appropriate state/territory and/or commonwealth legislationOther external agencies such as hazmat teams, bomb squads, animal rescue services




Animal or livestock emergenciesBomb threatBuilding invasion/armed invasionChemical, biological and radiologicalCivil disorderCriminal actsCyclones, including storm surgeDeliberate self-harmEarthquakeFailure of utilitiesFireFloodHazardous substances incidentsHostage situations


Industrial accidentLetter bombMedical emergencySevere weather/storm damageStructural instabilityTerrorismTransport accidentToxic emissionVeterinary emergenciesWildfire


Pre-incident planning may include

Contingency plans, sketches or notes about workplace layout, features, hazards and emergency control facilitiesDiscussions and/or use of operational procedures involving emergency plans, sketches, notes, procedures or material safety data sheets


Emergency vehicles, trailers, trolleys or cachesFire protection equipment Forcible entry toolsLife support equipment Monitors (or turrets)Personal protective clothing and equipment Rescue equipmentSpill or leak control kits

Initial response team may be made aware

of the emergency through an alerting

system such as

Computer screen alertEmergency warning systemFire alarm systemRadio, telephone or pager system

Hazards may be Chemical, biological, radiologicalClimaticElectricalEnvironmental ExplosiveFire MechanicalPsychological (eg critical incident stress)Noise relatedSecurity relatedStorm/floodStructuralThermalWildlife related

Precautions must include

Risk controls developed by using the hierarchy of controls, also called the safety decision hierarchy, with the priority being in order of: eliminate the hazard substitute with a lesser hazard isolate the hazard engineer controls i.e. guarding implement procedures to minimise risk use appropriate personal protective equipment


Contingency plans may include provision for

An unexpected threat to team member safetyCommunications problemsFailure of emergency control equipmentInjury to a team memberLoss of emergency suppliesUnexpected development of the emergencyTeam leader being injured or not being available

Other initial response teams may include

Damage controlEmergency control organisationFire teamFirst aidMaintenance Security

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to lead a safe and prompt response to a workplace emergency; to constantly assess the situation, identify hazards, apply and coordinate appropriate precautions; to select, implement and coordinate safe and effective actions by the team; to support the responding emergency services or specialist response teams; and to complete appropriate reports


Pre-requisite units: PUAWER009A Participate as a member of a workplace emergency initial response team


Underpinning knowledge Alarm systems and associated equipmentAppropriate personal protective clothing and equipmentBuilding fire safety featuresDealing with contingenciesEquipment operating characteristics, limitations, hazards, precautions, procedures and general careGeneral emergency priorities and strategiesHazards and relevant precautionsHow people react in emergency situations Procedures for responding to alarmsRisk assessmentRoles, responsibilities and authority of emergency services personnelSituational awareness Survival, rescue and recovery proceduresTactics for safely handling specific emergenciesWorkplace emergency management plan

Underpinning skills Coordinate the use of emergency equipment safely and effectively under emergency conditionsLeadership and communication skills during emergencies

Resource implications Access to: scenarios that reflect emergency situations that may be

expected in the workplace workplace emergency initial response equipment



Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies that could be expected in the workplace, including dealing with plausible contingencies while leading a team

Context of assessment Competency should be assessed in a simulated environment under conditions that safely replicate a range of workplace emergency situations


Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

2 3 3 2 2 2 2

Manage workplace emergency initial response teams

UNIT NAME Manage workplace emergency initial response teams


UNIT DESCRIPTOR This unit covers the competency required to manage the workplace emergency initial response teams assigned to control workplace emergencies in their early stages prior to the arrival of emergency services or specialist response teams.

Depending on the size and structure of the workplace, management may involve more than one workplace emergency initial response team over more than one physical location as specified in the emergency management plan.






1. Establish and maintain initial response teams

1. Role, authority, structure and scope of the team are negotiated with the management of the workplace and are clearly defined and documented in the workplace emergency procedures

2. An appropriate and effective system for alerting initial response team members to an emergency is developed, demonstrated to members and regularly tested

3. An appropriate business plan and budget are developed and maintained for the initial response team

4. Workplace emergency systems and procedures are audited for compliance

2. Provide appropriate information and procedures

1. Risk assessment relevant to the expected activities of the initial response team is conducted at intervals relevant to the levels of risk

2. Possible hazards are identified, and appropriate controls for those hazards are developed and implemented

3. Relevant, current information is provided to the initial response team about its role, authority, structure, scope, equipment, training

4. Workplace emergency procedures are developed, provided to appropriate people and regularly reviewed

5. Pre-incident planning information about the current layout of the workplace and key features relevant to emergencies is provided to the initial response team in an accessible form

6. Members of the initial response team and emergency control organisation are consulted and encouraged to participate in the development and review of relevant workplace emergency procedures


3. Make recommendations for the provision of appropriate emergency equipment and manage its maintenance

1. Recommendations are made for the acquisition of emergency equipment appropriate to the role and scope of the initial response team

2. Safe operating procedures, based on risk assessment and manufacturers’ instructions, are developed and communicated to initial response team

3. Appropriate arrangements are made for the storage of emergency equipment in a location that is safe, convenient and readily accessible to initial response team

4. Appropriate arrangements are made to ensure emergency equipment is maintained in an accessible and serviceable condition, according to relevant standards and/or the manufacturers’ instructions

5. Appropriate personal protective equipment, and information about its characteristics, limitations, safe use and care, are provided to each member of the initial response team

4. Arrange appropriate training for the initial response teams

1. Training and assessment is arranged before a person is assigned initial response duties

2. Training is arranged according to the needs analysis to ensure currency of competence and where the duties or risks within the workplace change

3. Arrangements are made for the effective scheduling, promoting, reporting and recording of training

4. Feedback on performance during training is used to validate and improve the training

5. Monitor and report on effectiveness of the initial response teams

1. Initial response team is regularly audited and reviewed for relevance and ability of the workplace to implement the system

2. Status of the initial response team and emergency control system is reported to management on a regular basis

RANGE STATEMENT


Ambulance/medical servicesCoast guardDefence workplace response teamsFire servicesOrganisational specialist response teamPolice servicesRelevant state/territory and commonwealth authorities (such as environmental protection)Rescue servicesOrganisations identified as response or support agencies as defined in the appropriate state/territory and/or commonwealth legislationOther external agencies such as hazmat teams, bomb squads, animal rescue services




Animal and livestock emergenciesBomb threatBuilding invasion/armed invasionChemical, biological and radiologicalCivil disorderCriminal actsCyclones, including storm surgeDeliberate self-harmEarthquake


Failure of utilitiesFireFloodHazardous substances incidentsHostage situationsIndustrial accidentLetter bombMedical emergencySevere weather/storm damageStructural instabilityTerrorismTransport accidentToxic emissionVeterinary emergenciesWildfire


Systems for alerting initial response

team members may include

Computer screen alertEmergency warning systemFire alarm systemRadio, telephone or pager system

Hazards may be Chemical, biological, radiologicalClimaticElectricalEnvironmental ExplosiveFire MechanicalPsychological (eg critical incident stress)Noise relatedSecurity relatedStorm/floodStructuralThermalWildlife related

Pre-incident planning may include

Contingency plans, sketches or notes about workplace layout, features, hazards and emergency control facilitiesDiscussions and/or use of operational procedures involving emergency plans, sketches, notes, procedures or material safety data sheets


Emergency vehicles, trailers, trolleys or cachesFire protection equipment Forcible entry toolsLife support equipment Monitors (or turrets)Personal protective clothing and equipment Rescue equipmentSpill or leak control kits

Management may include

Board chairpersonBoard of directorsChief executive officerExecutive officer/directorGeneral manager


EVIDENCE GUIDE


Assessment must confirm the ability to conduct a risk assessment; to identify hazards; to implement controls effectively; and to audit all processes. There should also be clear evidence of a systematic approach to managing the workplace emergency initial response team



Underpinning knowledge Appropriate personal protective clothing and equipmentAudit management systemsEmergency warning systemsEquipment operating characteristics, limitations, hazards, precautions, procedures and general careGeneral emergency priorities and strategiesHazards and relevant precautionsHow people react in emergency situations Maintenance management systemsSituational awarenessStatutory and legislative requirementsTactics for safely handling specific emergencies Training management systemsWorkplace emergency management plan

Underpinning skills Assess resources needed by workplace emergency initial response teamsCommunicate and consult effectively with a range of agencies, professions and advisersConduct meetingsDeal with conflictDevelop proceduresLeadershipManage and conduct risk assessments/analysisNegotiationPlan and promote trainingRelate to a range of people from a range of cultural, linguistic, social and ethnic backgrounds, and a range of physical and intellectual abilitiesSelect team membersWrite reports for a range of audiences including senior management and external agencies

Resource implications Access is required to scenarios that reflect a range of emergency situations that may be expected in the workplace


Competency should be demonstrated over time with a range of emergencies and workplace emergency team management issues that could be expected in the workplace




Analyse & Organise

Information

Communicate Ideas &

Information



Teams

Use Mathematical

Ideas & Techniques

Solve Problems

Use Technology

3 3 3 3 2 3 2